thousand six hundreth and thirtie 41 These are the nōbers of the families of the sonnes of Gershon of all that did seruice in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion whom Mosés and Aaron did nomber according to the commandement of the Lord. 42 ¶ The nombers also of the families of the sonnes of Merari by their families and by the houses of their fathers 43 From thirtie yere olde and vpward euen vn to fiftie yere olde all that entre into the assemblie for the seruice of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 44 So the nombers of them by their families were thre thousand and two hundreth 45 These are the summes of the families of the sonnes of Merari whome Mosés and Aaron nombred according to the commandement of the Lord by the hand of Mosés 46 So all the nombers of the Leuites whiche Mosés and Aaron and the princes of Israél nombred by their families and by the houses of their fathers 47 From thirtie yere olde and vpwarde euen to fiftie yere old euerie one that came to do his duetie office seruice and charge in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 48 So the nombers of them were eight thousand fiue hundreth and foure score 29 According to the cōmādemēt of the Lord by the hād of Mosés did Aarō nōber thē euerie according to his seruice and according to his charge Thus were they of that tribe nōbred as the Lord cōmāded Mosés CHAP. V. 2 The Leprous and the polluted shal be cast forthe 6 The purging of sinne 15 The 〈◊〉 of the suspect wife 1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 2 Commande the chyldren of Israél that they * put out of the hoste euerie leper and euerie one that hathe * an issue and whosoeuer is defiled by * the dead 3 Bothe male and female shall ye put out out of the host shall ye put them that they defile not their tentes among whome I dwel 4 And the childrē of Israél did so and put thē out of the hoste euen as the Lord had commanded Mosés so did the children of Israél 5 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 6 Speake vnto the children of Israél * When a man or womā shal commit ame sinne that men commit and trāsgresse against the Lord when that persone shall trespas 7 Then they shall confesse their sinne whiche they haue done and shal restore the domma ge thereof * with his principall and put the fift part of it more thereto ād shal giue it vnto him against whome he hathe trespassed 8 But if the man haue no kinsman to whome he shulde restore the dommage the dommage shal be restored to the Lord for the Priests vse besides the ram of the atonemēt whereby he shall make atonement for him 9 And euerie offring of all the holy thyngs of the children of Israél whiche they bring vnto the Priest shal be * his 10 And euerie mans halowed thyngs shal be his that is whatsoeuer anie mā giueth the Priest it shal be his 11 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 12 Speake vnto the children of Israél and say vnto them If anie mans wife turne to euil and commit a trespas against him 13 So that another man lie with her fleshly and it be hid from the eyes of her housband and kept close and yet she be defiled and there be no witnes agaynst her nether she taken with the maner 14 If he be moued with a ielous minde so that he is ielous ouer his wife which is defiled or if he haue a ielous minde so that he is ielous ouer his wife whiche is not defiled 15 Then shall the man bryng hys wyfe to the Priest and bryng her offryng with her the tenth parte of an Epháh of barly meale but he shall not powre oyle vpon it nor put incens thereon for it is an offryng of ielousie an offring for a remembrance callynge the sinne to minde 16 And the Priest shall bryng her and set her before the Lord. 17 Then the Priest shal take the holy water in an earthē vessel of the dust that is in the floure of the Tabernacle euen the Priest shal take it and put it into the water 18 After the Priest shall set the women before the Lorde and vncouer the womans head and put the offryng of the memorial in her hand it is the ielousie offring and the Priest shall haue bitter and cursed water in his hand 19 And the Priest shall charge her by an othe and say vnto the woman If no man haue lien with thee nether thou hast turned to vnclēnes from thine housband be fre from this bitter and cursed water 20 But if thou hast turned frō thine housbād and so art defiled some man hath lien with thee beside thine housband 21 Thē the Priest shal charge the womā with an othe of cursing and the Priest shall say vn to the woman The Lord make thee to be accursed and detestable for the othe among thy people and the Lord cause thy thigh to rott and thy belly to swell 22 And that this cursed water maie go into thy bowels to cause thy belly to swell and thy thigh to rott Then the woman shal answer Amen Amen 23 After the Priest shall write these curses in a boke and shall blot them out with the bit ter water 24 And shall cause the woman to drinke the bitter cursed water and the cursed water turned into bitternes shall entre into her 25 Then the Priest shall take the ielousie offring out of the womans hand shall shake the offring before the Lord and offer it vpō the altar 26 And the Priest shall take an handful of the offring for a memoriall thereof and burne it vpon the altar and afterward make the woman drinke the water 27 When he hath made her drinke the water if she be defiled and haue trespassed against her housbād then shal the cursed water tur ned into bitternes entre into her her belly shal swel her thigh shal rott the woman shal be accursed among her people 28 But if the woman be not defiled but be cleane she shal be fre shal cōceiue beare 29 This is the lawe of ielousie when a wif tur neth from her housband and is defiled 30 Or whē a mā is moued with a ielous minde being ielous ouer his wife thē shal he bring the woman before the Lorde and the Priest shal do to her according to all this lawe 31 And the man shal be fre frō sinne but this woman shal beare her iniquitie CHAP. VI. 2 The lawe of the consecration of the Nazarites 24 The maner to blesse the people 1 ANd the Lorde speake vnto Mosés saying 2 Speake vnto the children of Israél and say vnto them When a man or a woman doeth separate thē selues to vowe a vowe of a
the hoste remoued 46 The nomber of the thre families of Koháth Gershon and Merari ANd the Lorde spake vnto Mosés and to Aarón saying 2 Take the summe of the sonnes of Koháth from among the sonnes of Leui after their families and houses of their fathers 3 From thirtie yere olde and aboue euen vntil fiftie yere olde all that entre into the assemblie to do the worke in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 4 This shal be the office of the sonnes of Koháth in the Tabernacle of the Congregaciō about the Holiest of all 5 ¶ When the hoste remoueth then Aarôn and his sonnes shall come and take downe the coueryng vaile and shall couer the Arke of the Testimonie there with 6 And they shall put thereon a couerynge of badgers skins ād shall spread vpon it a cloth altogether of blewe silke and put to the barres thereof 7 And vpon the * table of shewe bread they shall spread a cloth of blewe silke and put thereon the dishes and the incens cups ād goblets and couerings to couer it with ād the bread shal be the eon continually 8 And they shal spread vpon them a couering of skarlet and couer the same with a coueryng of badgers skins aud put to the barres thereof 9 Then they shall take a cloth of blewe silke and couer the * candelsticke of lyght wyth his lampes and his snoffers * and hys snoffedishes and all the oyle vessels thereof which they occupie about it 10 So they shall put it and all the instruments thereof in coueryng of badgers skins and put it vpon the barres 11 Also vpon the golden altar they shal spread a cloth of blewe silke and couer it with a coueryng of badgers skins and put to the barres thereof 12 And they shal take al the instruments of the ministerie wherewith they minister in the Sā ctuarie and put them in a cloth of blewe silke and couer them wyth a coueryng of badgers skins and put them on the barres 13 Also they shal take away the ashes from the altar and spread a purple cloth vpon it 14 And shal put vpō it all the instruments therof which they occupie about it the censers the fleshhokes and the besomes and the basens euen all the instrumentes of the altar and they shall spread vpon it a coueryng of badgers skins and put to the barres of it 15 And when Aarôn and his sonnes haue made an end of coueryng the Sanctuarie and all the instruments of the Sanctuarie at the remouing of the hoste afterwarde the sonnes of Koháth shall come to beare it but they shalnot touche anie holy thynge lest they dye Thys is the charge of the sonnes of Koháth in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 16 ¶ And to the office of Eleazār the sonne of Aarón the Priest perteineth the oyle for the light and the * swete incens and the dailie meat offring and the * anointing oyle with the ouersight of all the Tabernacle and of all that therein is bothe in the Sanctuarie and in all the instruments thereof 17 ¶ And the Lorde spake vnto Mosés and to Aarón saying 18 Ye shal not cut of the tribe of the families of the Kohathites from among the Leuites 19 But thus do vnto them that they may liue and not dye when they come nere to the moste holy thyngs let Aarón and his sonnes come and appoint them euerie one to hys office and to his charge 20 But let them not go in to se when the Sanctuarie is folden vp lest they dye 21 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 22 Take also the summe of the sonnes of Gershón euerie one by the houses of their Fathers throughout their families 23 From thirtie yere olde and aboue vntil fiftie yere olde shalt thou nombre them al that entre into the assemblie for to do seruice in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 24 This shal be the seruice of the families of the Gershonites to serue and to beare 25 They shall beare the curtaines of the Tabernacle and the Tabernacle of the Congre gacion hys coueryng and the coueryng of badgers skins that is on hie vpon it and the vayle of the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 26 The curtaines also of the court the vaile of the entryng in of the gate of the court whiche is nere the Tabernacle and nere the altar round about with their cordes and all the instruments for their seruice and all that is made for them so shall they serue 27 At the commandement of Aarón and hys sonnes shall all the seruice of the sonnes of the Gershonites be done in all their charges and in all their seruice and ye shal appointe them to kepe all their charges 28 This is the seruice of the families of the son nes of the Gershonites in the Tabernacle of the Congregaciō and their watch shal be vnder the hande of Ithamár the sonne of Aarón the Priest 29 ¶ Thou shalt nomber the sonnes of Merari by their families ād by the houses of their fathers 30 From thirtie yere olde and aboue euen vnto fiftie yere olde shalt thou nōber them all that entre into the assemblie to do the seruice of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 31 And this is their office and charge accordynge to all their seruice in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion the * boardes of the Tabernacle with the barres thereof and hys pillers and his sockets 32 And the pillers round about the court with their sockets and their pins and their cordes with all their instrumentes euen for all their seruice and by name ye shall rekē the instruments of their office and charge 33 This is the seruice of the families of the son ne of Merari accordynge to all their seruice in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion vnder the hande of Ithamár the sonne of Aarón the Priest 34 ¶ Then Mosés and Aaron and the princes of the Congregacion nombred the sonnes of the Kohathites by their families and by the houses of their fathers 35 From thirtie yere olde and aboue euen vnto fiftie yere olde all that entre into the assemblie for the seruice of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 36 So the nombers of them throughout their families were two thousand seuen hūdreth and fiftie 37 These are the nombers of the families of the Kohathites all that serue in the Taberna cle of the Congregacion which Mosés and Aaron did nomber according to the commā ment of the Lord by the hand of Mosés 38 Also the nombers of the sonnes of Gershón throughout their families houses of their fathers 39 From thirtie yere olde and vpwarde euen vnto fiftie yere olde all that entre into the assemblie for the seruice of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 40 So the nombers of them by their families and by the houses of their fathers were two
not lyke Kórah and his companie as the Lord said to hym by the hand of Mosés 41 ¶ But on the morowe all the multitude of the children of Israél murmured against Mosés and agaynst Aarōn saying Ye haue killed the people of the Lord. 42 And when the Congregacion was gathered agaynst Mosés and agaynste Aarón then they turned theyr faces toward the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and beholde the cloude couered it and the glorie of the Lord appeared 43 Then Mosés and Aarón were come before the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 44 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Moses saying 45 Get you vp frome among this Congregacion for I will consume them quickely then they fel vpon their faces 46 And Mosés said vnto Aarón Take the cen ser and put fire therein of the Altar and put therein incens and go quickely vnto the Congregacion and make an atonement for them for there is wrath gone out frome the Lord the plague is begonne 47 Then Aarón toke as Mosés commaunded him and ran into the middes of the Congregacion and beholde the plague was begonne among the people and he put in incens and made an atonemēt for the people 48 And when he stode betwene the dead and thē that were aliue the plague was stayed 49 So they dyed of this plague fourtene thousand and seuen hundreth beside them that dyed in the conspiracie of Korah 50 And Aarōn went againe vnto Mosés before the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and the plague was stayed CHAP. XVII 2 The twelue rods of the twelue princes of the tribes of Israél 9 Aarons rod buddeth and beareth blossoms 10 For a testimonie against the rebellious people 1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 2 Speake vnto the children of Israél and take of euerie one of them a rod after the house of their fathers of all their princes according to the familie of their fathers euē twelue rods and thou shalte write euerie mans name vpon his rod. 3 And write Aarons name vpon the rod of Leui for euerie rod shal be for the head of the house of their fathers 4 And thou shalt put them in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion before the Arke of the Testimonie * where I wyll declare my selfe to you 5 And the mans rod whome I chose shal blos som and I wil make cease from me the grudgyngs of the children of Israél which grudge against you 6 ¶ Then Mosés spake vnto the children of Israél and all their princes gaue him a rod one rod for euerie prince according to the houses of their fathers euen twelue rods ād the rod of Aaron was among their rods 7 And Mosés laid the rods before the Lorde in the Tabernacle of the Testimonie 8 And when Mosés on the morowe went into the Tabernacle of the Testimonie beholde the rod of Aaron for the house of Leui was budded and broght for the buddes and broght forth blossoms and bare ripe almondes 9 Then Mosés broght out all the rods frome before the Lord vnto all the children of Israél and they loked vpon them and toke euerie man his rod. 10 ¶ After the Lord sayd vnto Mosés * Bryng Aarons rod againe before the Testimonie to be kepte for a token to the rebellious chyldren ād thou shalt cause their murmurings to cease from me that they dye not 11 So Mosés did as the Lorde had commanded him so did he 12 ¶ And the children of Israél spake vnto Mo sés saying Beholde we are dead we perish we are all lost 13 Whosoeuer commeth nere or approcheth to the Tabernacle of the Lord shal dye shall we be consumed and dye CHAP. XVIII 1. 7 The office of Aaron and his sonnes 2 with the Leuites 8 The Priests parte of the offrings 20 God in their portion 26 The Leuites haue the tithes and offer the tenthes thereof to the Lord. 1 ANd the Lord said vnto Aarōn Thou and thy sonnes and thy fathers house wyth thee shal beare the iniquitie of the Sanctua rie bothe thou and thy sonnes with thee shal beare the iniquitie of your Priests office 2 And brynge also wyth thee thy brethren of the tribe of Leui of the familie of the father whiche shal be ioyned wyth 〈◊〉 and minister vnto thee but thou and thy sonnes with thee shal minister before the Tabernacle of the Testimonie 3 And they shall kepe thy charge euen the charge of all the Tabernacle but they shall not come nere the instruments of the Sanctuarie nor to the altar lest they dye bothe they and you 4 And they shal be ioyned with thee and kepe the charge of the Tabernacle of the Cōgre gacion for all the seruice of the Tabernacle and no stranger shal come nere vnto you 5 Therefore shall ye kepe the charge of the Sanctuarie and the charge of the altar so there shall fall no more wrath vpon the chil dren of Israél 6 For lo I haue * taken your brethren the Leuites from among the childrē of Israel whiche as a gift of yours are giuen the Lorde to do the seruice of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 7 But thou ād thy sonnes with thee shal kepe your Priests office for all things of the altar and within the vaile therefore shal ye serue for I haue made your Priests office an office of seruice therefore the stranger that commeth nere shal be slaine 8 ¶ Agayne the Lorde spake vnto Aarôn Beholde I haue giuen thee the keping of mine offrings of all the halowed thyngs of the children of Israél vnto thee I haue gyuen them for the anoyntynges sake and to thy sonnes for a perpetual ordinance 9 This shal be thine of the most holie things reserued from the fire all their offryng of all their meat offryng and of all their sin offring and of all their trespas offring whiche they bryng vnto me that shal be moste holy vnto thee and to thy sonnes 10 In the most holy place shalt thou eat it eue rie male shal eat of it it is holy vnto thee 11 This also shal be thine the heaue offringe of their gift with all the shake offrings of the children of Israél I haue giuen them vnto thee and to thy sonnes and to thy daughters with thee to be a duetie for euer all the cleane in thine house shall eat of it 12 All the fat of the oyle and all the fat of the wine and of the wheat whiche they shal offer vnto the Lord for their first frutes I haue giuen them vnto thee 13 And the firste rype of all that is in theyr land whiche they shall bring vnto the Lord shal be thyne all the cleane in thyne house shal eat of it 14 * Euerie thing separate from the commune vse in Israél shal be thine 15 All that first openeth the * matrice of anie fleshe whiche they shal offer vnto the Lord
which wēt out of the land of Egypt according to their bandes vnder the hand of Mosés and Aaron 2 And Moses wrote their goīg out by their iourneyes according to the commandement of the Lord so these are the iourneies of their going out 3 Now they * departed from Ramesés the first moneth euen the fiftenth day of the first moneth on the morowe after the Pas seouer and the children of Israél went out with an hie hand in the sight of all the Egyptians 4 For the Egyptiās buried all their first bor ne which the Lord had smitten among them vpon their gods also the Lord did execution 5 And the children of Israel remoued from Ramesés and pitched in Succoth 6 And they departed from * Succoth and pitched in Etham which is in the edge of the wildernes 7 And they remoned from Ethà m and turned againe vnto Pi-hahiroth which is before Baal-zephon and pitched before migdol 8 And they departed from before hahiroth and * wēt through the middes of the Sea into the wildernes and went thre dayes iourney in the wildernes of Etham and pitched in Marah 9 And they remoued from Marah and came vnto * Elim and in Elim were twelue foun tains of wator and seuent y palme trees and they pitched there 10 And they remoued from Elim and cāped by the red Sea 11 And they remoued from the red Sea and laye in the * wildernes of Sin 12 And they toke their iourney out of the wildernes of Sin and set vp their tentes in Dophkah 13 And they departed from Dophkah lay in Alush 14 And they remoued from Alúsh and lay in * Rephidim where was no water for the people to drinke 15 And they departed from Rephidim pitched in the * wildernes of Sinai 16 And they remoued from the desert of Sinai and pitched * in Kibroth Hattaauah 17 And they departed from Kibroth Hattaauah and lay at Hazeroth 18 And they departed from Hazeroth and pitchet at Rithmah 19 And they departed from Rithmah pit ched at Rimmon Parez 20 * And they departed from Rimmon Parez and pitchet in Libnah 21 And they remoued from Libnah and pitched in Rissah 22 And they iournied from Rissah and pitched in Kehelathah 23 And they wont from Kehelathah and pit ched in mount Shapher 24 And they remoued froūt mount Shapher aud lay in Haradah 25 And they remoued from Haradah pitched in Makheloth This mappe properly apperteineth to the 33 Chap. of Nombres This mappe declareth the way which the Israélites went for the space of fourtie yeres from Egypt through the wildernes of Arabia vntil they 〈◊〉 into the land of Canaan as it is mencioned in Exod. Nomb. Deut. It cōteineth also the 42 places where they pitched their tentes which are named Nomber 33 with the obseruacion of the degrees concerning the length and the breadth and the places of their abode set out by nombers 27 And they departed from Tahath pitched in Tarah 28 And they remoued from Tarà h pitched in Mithkah 29 And they went from Mithkah pitched in Hashmonah 30 And they departed from Hashmonah and lay in Moseróth 31 And they departed from Moserôth and pitched in Bene-iaakan 32 And they remoued from Bene-iaakan lay in Hor-hagidgad 33 And they went from Hor-hagidgad and pitched in Iotbathah 34 And they remoued from Iotbathah and lay in Ebronah 35 And they departed from Ebronah and lay in Ezion-gaber 36 And they remoued from Ezion-gaber and pitched in the * wildernes of Zin which is Kadésh 37 And they remoued from Kadésh and pitched in mount Hor in the edge of the lād of Edóm 38 * And Aarón the Priest went vp in to mount Hor at the commandement of the Lord and died there in the fourtieth yere after the children of Israél were come out of the land of Egypt in the first day of the fifth moneth 39 And Aarôn was an hundreth and thre twētie yere olde whē he died in moūt Hor 40 And * King Arad the Canaanite which dwelt in the South of the land of Canaan heard of the comming of the children of Israél 41 And they departed from mounte * Hor and pitched in Zalmonah 42 And they departed from Zalmonah and pitched in Punón 43 And they departed from Punón and pitched in Obóth 44 And they departed from Obóth and pitched in Iie-abarim ī the borders of Moab 45 And they departed from * Iim and pitched in Dibón-gad 46 And theiremoued from Dibón-gad and lay in Almón-diblathaim 47 And they remoued from Almón-diblathaim and pitched in the mounteines of Abarim before Nebô 48 And they departed from the mounteines of Abarim and pitched in the playne of Moà b by Iorden toward Ierichô 49 And they pitched by Iordén from Bethieshimôth vnto * Abel-shittim in the plai ne of moab 50 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés in the plaine of Moab by Iordén toward Ierichô saying 51 Speake vnto the children of Israél and say vnto them * When ye are come ouer Iordén to entre in to the land of Canaan 52 Ye shal then driue out all the inhabitants of the land before you destroy all their pictures breake a sunder all their images of metal plucke downe all their hie places 53 And ye shal possesse the land and dwel the rein for I haue giuen you the land to possesse it 54 And ye shal inherit the land by lot accordīg to your families * to the more ye shal giue more inheritance to the fewer the lesse inheritance where the lot shal fall to anie man that shal be his according to the tribes of your fathers shal ye inherit 55 But if ye wil not driue out the inhabitants of the land before you then those which ye let remaine of them shal be * prickes in your eies and thornes in your sides shal vexe you in the land wherein ye dwel 56 Moreouer it shal come to passe that I shal do vnto you as I thoght to do vnto them CHAP. XXXIIII The coactes and borders of the land of Canáan 〈◊〉 Certeine men are assigned to deuide the land 1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 2 Commande the children of Israél and say vnto them When ye come into the lād of Canaan this is the land that shal fal vn to your inheritance that is the land of Canaan with the coastes thereof 3 * And your Southquarter shal be from the wildernes of Zin to the borders of Edôm so that your Southquarter shal be from the salt Sea coast Eastward 4 And the border shal cōpasse you from the Southe to Maaleh-akrabbim and reache to Zin and go out from the Southe to Ka desh-barnea thence it shal stretch to Hazar-addar and go along to Azmôn 5 And the border shal compasse from Azmō vnto the riuer of Egypt and shal
of God 1 IN the twelfte yere of Aház Kynge of Iudáh began Hoshéa the sonne of Elah to reygne in Samaria ouer Israél and reygned nine yeres 2 And he did euill in the sight of the Lorde but not as the Kinges of Israél that were before him 3 And Shalmanéser Kynge of Asshur came vp against him and Hoshea became hys seruāt and gaue him presents 4 And the Kynge of Asshur founde treason in Hoshea for he had sent messengers to So Kyng of Egypt and broght no present vnto the Kyng of Asshur as he had done yerely therefore the Kyng of Asshur shut hym vp and put him in prison 5 Then the Kyng of Asshur came vp throughout all the land and went against Samaria besieged it thre yere 6 ¶ * In the ninth yere of Hoshéa the King of Asshúr toke Samaria and caryed Israél away vnto Asshúr and put them in Haláh and in Habór by the riuer of Gozán in the cities of the Medes 7 For when the children of Israél sinned against the Lord their God which had broght them out of the land of Egypt from vnde the hand of Pharaoh King of Egypt and fea red other gods 8 And walked according to the facions of the heathē whome the Lord had cast out before the children of Israél and after the maners of the Kings of Israél which they vsed 9 And the children of Israél had done secretly things that were not vpright before the Lord their God and throughout al their cities had buylt hie places bothe from the to wre of the wache to the defensed citie 10 And had made them images groues vpon euerie hie hil and vnder euerie geenetre 11 And there burnt incense in all the hie place as did the heathen whome the Lord had taken away before them and wroght wicked things to angre the Lord 12 And serued idoles whereof the Lord had said vnto them * Ye shal do no suche thing 13 Notwithstāding the Lord testified to Israél and to Iudáh by all the Prophetes and by all the Seers saying * Turne from your euil waies and kepe my commandements and my statutes according to al the Lawe which I commanded your fathers and which I sent to you by my seruants the Prophetes 14 Neuertheles they wolde not obey * but hardened their neckes lyke to the neckes of their fathers that did not beleue in the Lord their God 15 And they refused his statutes and hys couenant that he made with their fathers and hys testimonies where with he witnessed vnto them and they followe vanitie and be came vaine and followed the heathen that were rounde about them cōcerning whom the Lord had charged them that they shuld not do like them 16 Finally they left the commaundementes of the Lorde their God and made them molten images * euen two calues ād made a groue and worshiped all the hoste of heauen and serued Baal 17 And they made their sonnes ād their daugh ters passe through the fyre and vsed witch craft and enchantements yea solde them selues to do euill in the sight of the Lorde to angre him 18 Therefore the Lorde was excedyng wroth wyth Israél and put them out of hys sight and none was left but the tribe of Iudah onely 19 Yet 〈◊〉 kept not the commandementes of the lord their God but walked according to the facion of Israél which they vsed 20 Therefore the Lorde cast of all the sede of Israél and afflicted them and deliuered them into the hands of spoylers vntill he had cast them out of his sight 21 m For he cut of Israél from the house of Da uid and they made Ierobo am the sonne of Nebat Kyng and Ierobo am drewe Israél away from following the Lord and made thē sinne a great sinne 22 For the children of Israél walked in all the sinnes of Ieroboam whiche he did and departed not therefrom 23 Vntill the Lorde put Israél away out of hys sight as he had said by all his seruants the * Prophetes and caryed Israél awaye out of their land to Asshur vnto this day 24 And the Kynge of Asshur broght folke from Babél and from Cuthah and from Aua and from Hamath and frome Sepharuaim and placed them in the cities of Samaria in steade of the chyldren of Israél so they possessed Samaria and dwelt in the cities thereof 25 ¶ And at the begynning of their dwellyng there they feared not the Lord therefore the Lorde sent lyons among them whiche slewe them 26 Wherefore they spake to the Kyng of Asshur saying The nacions which thou hast re moued and placed in the cities of Samaria knowe not the maner of the God of the lād therefore he hathe sent lyons among them and beholde they slay them because they knowe not the maner of the God of the lād 27 Then the King of Asshur commanded saying Carye thether one of the priests whom ye broght thence and let hym go and dwell there and teache them the maner of the God of the countrey 28 So one of the priests whiche they had caryed from Samaria came and dwelt in Beth-él and taught them how they shuld feare the Lord. 29 Howbeit euerie nacion made their gods ād put them in the houses of the hie places whiche the Samaritans had made euerie nacion in their cities wherein they dwel 30 For the men of Babél made Succoth-Benoth and the men of Cuth made Nergal ād the men of Hamath made Ashima 31 And the 〈◊〉 made Nibhaz and Tartak and the Sepharuims burnt their children in the fyre to Adrammélech and Anammèlech the gods of Sepharuaim 32 Thus they feared the Lorde and appointed out Priests out of them selues for the hie pla ces who prepared for them sacrifices in the houses of the hie places 33 They feared the Lorde but scrued their gods after the maner of the nacions whome they caryed thence 34 Vnto this day they do after the olde maner they nether feare God nether do after their ordinances nor after their customes nor after the Lawe nor after the commandement which the Lorde commanded the children of Iaakōb * whome he named Israél 35 And with whom the Lord had made couenant and charged them saying * Feare none other gods nor bowe your selues to thē nor serue them nor sacrifice to them 36 But feare the Lorde which broght you out of the land of Egypt with great power and a stretched out arme him feare ye and worship him and sacrifice to him 37 Also kepe ye diligently the statutes and the ordinances and the Lawe and the commandement which he wrote for you that ye do them continually and feare not other gods 38 And forget not the couenaunt that I haue made with you nether feare ye other gods 39 But feare the Lord your God ād he wil deliuer you out of
house to the Name of the Lord my God 8 But the worde of the Lord came to me saying * Thou hast shed muche blood hast made great battels thou shalt not buylde an house vnto my Name for thou hast shed muche blood vpon the earth in my sight 9 Reholde a sonne is borne to thee which shal be a man of rest for I wil giue him rest from all his enemies round about therefore his name is Salomón and I wil send peace quietnes vpon Israél in his dayes 10 * He shal buylde an house for my Name and he shal be my sonne and I wil be his father I wil establish the throne of his kingdome vpon Israél for euer 11 Now therefore my sonne the Lord shal be with thee and thou shalt prosper and thou shalt buylde an house to the Lord thy God as he hathe spoken of thee 12 Onely the Lord giue thee wisdome vnderstāding and giue thee charge ouer Israél euen to kepe the Law of the Lord thy God 13 Then thou shalt prosper if thou take hede to obserue the statutes and the iudgements which the Lord cōmanded Mosés for Israél be strong and of good courage feare not ne ther be afraied 14 For beholde according to my pouertie ha ue I prepared for the house of the Lord an hundreth thousand talents of golde and a thousand thousand talents of siluer and of brasse and of yron passing weight for there was abundance I haue also prepared timbre and stone and thou maiest prouide more thereto 15 Moreouer thou hast workemen with thee ynough hewers of stone workemen for timbre and all men expert in euerie worke 16 Of golde of siluer and of brasse and of yron there is no nomber Vp therefore and be doing the Lord wil be with thee 17 Dauid also commanded all the princes of Israél to helpe Salomón his sonne saying 18 Is not the Lord your God with you and ha the giuen you rest on euerie side for he hathe giuen the inhabitants of the land into mine hand and the lands is subdued before the Lord and before his people 19 Now set your hearts and your soules to seke the Lord your God arise buylde the Sanctuarie of the Lord God to bring the 〈◊〉 of the couenant of the Lord and the holy vessels of GOD into the house buylt for the Name of the Lord. CHAP. XXIII 1 Dauid being olde ordeineth Salomon King 3 He causeth the Leuites to be nombred 4 And assigneth them to their offices 13 Aaron and his sonnes are for the hie Priests 14 The sonnes of Moses 1 SO when Dauid was olde and ful of daies * he made Salomón his sonne King ouer Israél 2 And he gathered together all the princes of Israél with the Priests and the Leuites 3 And the Leuites were nombred frō the age of thirtie yere and aboue and their nomber according to their summe was eight and thir tie thousand men 4 Or these foure and twentie thousand were set to aduance the worke of the house of the Lord and six thousand were ouerseers iudges 5 And foure thousand were porters foure thousand praised the Lord with instrumēts which he made to praise the Lord. 6 * So Dauid deuided offices vnto them to wit to the sonnes of Leui to * Gershón Ko háth and Merari 7 Of the Gershonites were Laadān and Shimei 8 The sonnes of Laadán the chief was Iehiél and Zethám and Ioél thre 9 The sonnes of Shimei Shelomith Haziél and Haram thre these were the chief fathers of Laadán 10 Also the sonnes of Shimei were Iáhath Ziná Ieúsh and Beriáh these foure were the sonnes of Shimei 11 And Iáhath was the chief and Zizáh the seconde but Ieúsh and Beriáh had not many 〈◊〉 therefore they were in the families of their father counted but as one 12 ¶ The sonnes of Koháth were Amrám Izhár Hebrón and Vzziél foure 13 * The sonnes of Amrám Aarōn and Mosés and Aarōn was separated to sanctifie the moste holy place he and his sonnes foreuer to burne incēse before the Lord to minister to him and to 〈◊〉 in his Name for euer 14 ¶ Mosés also the man of God and his children werenamed with the tribe of Leui 15 The sonnes of Moses were Gershóm and Eliézer 16 Of the sonnes of * Gershóm was Shebuél the chief 17 And the sonne of Eliézer was Rehabiāh the chief for Eliézer had none other sonnes but the sonnes of Rehabiáh were very many 18 The sonne of Izhár was Shelomith the chief 19 The sonnes of Hebrōn were Ieriáh the first Amariáh the seconde Iahaziél the third and Iekamiám the fourt 20 The sonnes of Vzziél were Micháh the first and Isshiáh the seconde 21 ¶ The sonnes of Merari were Mahli and Mushi The sonnes of Mahli Eleazár and Kish 22 And Eleazár dyed and had no sonnes but daughters and their brethren the sonnesof Kish toke them 23 The sonnes of Mushî were Mahli Edér and 〈◊〉 thre 24 These were the sonnes of Leui according to the house of their fathers euen the chief fathers according to their offices according to the nomber of names and their summe that did the worke for the seruice of the house of the Lord from the age of twenty yeres and aboue 25 For Dauid said The Lord God of Israél hath giuen rest vnto his people that they may dwelin Ierusalém for euer 26 And also the Leuites shal nomore beare the Tabernacle and all the vessels for the seruice thereof 27 Therefore according to the last wordes of Dauid the Leuites were nombred frō twētie yere and aboue 28 And their office was vnder the hād of the sonnes of Aaron for the seruice of the house of the Lord in the courtes and chambers in the purifying of all holy things and in the worke of the seruice of the house of God 29 Bothe for the shewe bread and for the fine sloure for the meat offring and for the vnleauened cakes and for the fryed things and for that which was rosted and for all measures and cise 30 And for to stand euerie morning to giue thankes and to praise the Lord and like wise at euen 31 And to offer all burnt offrings vnto the Lord in the Sabbaths in the moneths and at the appointed times according to the nomber according to their custome continnally before the Lord 32 And that they shulde kepe the charge of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and the charge of the holie place and the charge of the sonnes of Aaron their brethren in the ser uice of the house of the Lord. CHAP. XXIIII Dauid assigneth offices vnto the sonnes of Aarón 1 THese are also the * diuisions of the sonnes of Aarón The sonnes of Aarón were Nadáb and Abihú Eleazár and Ithamár 2 But Nadáb and Abihú dyed before their father
had no children therefore Eleazar and Ithamár executed the Priests office 3 And Dauid distributed them euen Zadok of the sonnes of Eleazár and Ahimélech of the sonnes of Ithamár according to their offices in their ministration 4 And there were found mo of the sonnes of Eleazár by the nomber of men then of the sonnes of i th amár and they deuided them to wit amōg the sonnes of Eleazár sixtene heades according to the housholde of their fathers and among the sonnes of Ithamár according to the housholde of their fathers eight 5 Thus they distributed them by lot the one from the other and so the rulers of the Sanctuarie and the rulers of the house of God were of the sonnes of Eleazar and of the sonnes of Ithamār 6 And Shemaiáh the sonne of Nethaneél the scribe of the Leuites wrote them before the King and the princes and Zadók the Priest and Ahimelech the sonne of Abiathát and before the chief fathers of the Priests and of the Leuites one familie being reserued for Eleazár and another reserued for Ithamár 7 And the first lot fel to Iehoiarib and the second to Iedaiáh 8 The third to Harim the fourt to Seorim 9 The fift to 〈◊〉 the sixt to Miiamin 10 The seuent to Hakkóz the eight to Abiiáh 11 The ninte to Ieshúa the ten to She caniáh 12 The eleuent to Eliáshib the twelft to Iakim 13 The thirtente to Huppáh the fourtene to Ieshebeáb 14 The fiftene to Bilgáh the sixtente to Immér 15 The seuentente to Hezir the eightene to Happizzér 16 The ninetente to Pethahiáh the twentieth to Iehezek el 17 The one and twentie to Iachin the two and twentie to Gamúl 18 The thre and twentie to Deliāh the foure and twentie to Maaziáh 19 These were their ordres according to their offices when they entred into the house of the Lord according to their custome vnder the hand of Aaron their father as the Lord God of Israél had comman ded him 20 ¶ And of the sonnes of Leui that remained of the sonnes of Amrám was Shubaél of the sonnes of Shubaél Iedeiáh 21 Of Rehabiáh euen of the sonnes of Rehabiah the first Isshiiah 22 Of Izhari Shelomóth of the sonnes of She Iomóth Iahath 23 And his sonnes Ieriáh the first Amariáh the seconde Iahaziél the thirde and Iekameám the fourt 24 The sonne of Vzziél was Micháh the son ne of Micháh was Shamir 25 The brother of Micháh was Isshiiáh the sonne of Isshiiáh Zechariáh 26 The sonnes of Merari were Mahli Mushi the sonne of Iaaziiah was Benō 27 The sonnes of Merari of Iahaziah were Benó and Shóham and Zaccur and Ibri 28 Of Mahli came Eleazar whiche had no sonnes 29 Of Kish the sonne of Kish was Ierahmeél 30 And the sonnes of Mushi were Mahli and Edér and Ierimóth these were sonnes of the Leuites after the housholde of their fa thers 31 And these also cast lottes with their brethrē the sonnes of Aarón before King Dauid and Zadōk and Ahimélech and the chief fathers of the Priests and of the Leuites euen the chief of the families against their yōger brethren CHAP. XXV The singers are appointed with their places lottes 1 SO Dauid and the captaines of the armie separated for the ministerie the sonnes of Asaph and Hemā and Ieduthún who shulde sing prophecies with harpes with violes and with cymbales and their nomber was euen of the men for the office of their ministerie to wit 2 Of the sonnes of Asaph Zaccûr and Ioséph and Nethaniah and Asharélah the sonnes of Asaph were vnder the hād of Asaph which sang prophecies by the commission of the King 3 Of Ieduthûn the sonnes of Ieduthún Gedaliah and Zeri and Ieshaiah Ashabiah and Mattithiah six vnder the hands of their father Ieduthún 〈◊〉 prophecies with an harpe for to giue thankes and to praise the Lord. 4 Of Heman the sonnes of Heman Bukkiah Mattaniah Vzziél Shebuél and Ierimóth Hananiah Hanani Eliathah Giddalti Romamti-ézer Ioshbekashah Mallóthi Hothir and Mahazióth 5 All these were the sonne of Hemán the Kings Seer in the wordes of God to lift vp the 〈◊〉 and God gaue to Hemán fourtene son nes and thre daughters 6 All these were vnder the hand of their father singing in the house of the Lord with cymbales violes and harpes for the seruice of the house of God and Asáph Ieduthún and Hemán were at the Kings commande ment 7 So was their nomber with their brethrē that were instruct in the songs of the Lord euē of all that were conning two hūdreth foure score and eight 8 And thei castlottes charge against charge aswel small as great the cunning man as the scholer 9 And the first lot fell to Ioséph which was of Asáph the secōde to Gedaliáh who with his brethren and his sonnes were twelue 10 The third to Zaccúr he his sonnes and his brethren were twelue 11 The fourte to Izri he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 12 The fift to Netaniáh he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 13 The sixt to Bukkiáh he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 14 The seuent to Iesharéláh he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 15 The eight to Ieshaiáh he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 16 The nint to Mattaniáh he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 17 The tent to Shimei he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 18 The eleuent to Azaréel he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 19 The twelft to Ashabiáh he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 20 The thirtene to Shubaél he his sonnes his brethren twelue 21 The fourtent to Mattithiáh he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 22 The fiftent to Ierimóth he his sonnes his brethren twelue 23 The sixtente to Hananiáh he his sonnes his brethren twelue 24 The seuentente to Ioshbekáshah he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 25 The eightente to Hanani he his sonnes his brethren twelue 26 The ninetente to Mallóthi he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 27 The twentieth to Eliáthah he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 28 The one and twentieth to Hothir he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 29 The two and twentieth to Giddálti he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 30 The thre and twentieth to Mahazioth he his sonnes and his brethren twelue 31 The foure and twentieth to Romámtiézer he his sonnes and his brethren twelue CHAP. XXVI 1 The porters of the Tēple are ordeined euerie man to the gate which he shulde kepe 20 And ouer the treasure 1 COncerning the dinisions of the porters of the Kothites Meshelemiáh the sonne of Koré of the sonnes of Asáph 2 And 〈◊〉 sonnes of Meshelemiáh Zechariáh the eldest Iediaél the seconde Zebadiáh the third Iathniél the fourt 3 Elám the fift Iehohanán the sixt and Elichoenái the seuent 4 And of the sōnes of Obéd Edōm Shemaiáh the eldest Iehozabád the seconde Ioáh the third and
my shepe and wil deliuer them out of all places where thei haue bene scattered in the cloudie darke daie 13 And I wil bring them out from the people and gather them from the countreis and wil bring them to their owne lād and fede them vpon the mountaines of Israél by the riuers and in all the inhabited places of the countrey 14 I wil fede them in a good pasture and vpō the hie mountaines of Israél shal their folde be there shal theilie in a good folde in fat pasture shal they fede vpō the moun taines of Israél 15 I wil fede my shepe bring them to their rest saith the Lord God 16 I wil seke that 〈◊〉 was lost and bring againe that which was driuen awaie and wil binde vp that which was broken and wil strengthen the weake but I wil destroy the fat and the strong and I wil fede thē with iudgement 17 Also you my shepe thus saith the Lord God Beholde I iudge betwene shepe and shepe betwene the rams and the goates 18 Semeth it a smale thing vnto you to haue eaten vp the good pasture but ye must tread downe with your fete the residue of your pasture and to haue dronke of the depe waters but ye must trouble the residue with your fete 19 And my shepe eat that which ye haue troden with your fete and drinke that which ye haue troubled with your fete 20 Therefore thus saith the Lord God vnto them Beholde I euen 〈◊〉 wil iudge betwe ne the fat shepe and the leane shepe 21 Because ye haue thrust with side and with shulder and pusht all the weake with your hornes til ye haue scattred them abroade 22 Therefore wil I helpe my shepe and thei shal nomore be spoiled and I wil iudge betwene shepe and shepe 23 And I wil set vp a shepherd ouer them and he shal fede them euen my seruant Dauid he shall fede them and he shal be their shepherde 24 And I the Lord will be their God and my seruant Dauid shal be the prince among them I the Lord haue spoken it 25 And I will make with them a couenant of peace and wil cause the euil beasts to cease out of the land and they shal dwell safely in the wildernes and slepe in the woods 26 And I will seke them as a blessing euen rounde about my mountaine and I wil cause raine to come downe in due season and there shal be raine of blessing 27 And the tre of the field shall yelde her frute and the earth shal giue her frute and they shal be safe in their land and shal know that I am the Lorde when I haue broken the cordes of their yoke and deliuered them out of the hands of those that serued them selues of them 28 And they shall no more be spoyled of the heathen nether shall the beasts of the land deuoure them but they shal dwel safely and none shal make them afraied 29 And I will raise vp for them a plant of renoume and they shal be no more consumed with hungrie in the land nether beare the reproche of the heathen anie more 30 Thus shal they vnderstand that I the Lord their God am with them ād that they euē the house of Israél are my people saith the Lord God 31 And ye my shepe the shepe of my pasture are men and I am your GOD sayth the Lord God CHAP. XXXV 2 The destruction that shall come on mount Seir because they troubled the people of the Lord. 1 MOreouer the word of the Lord came vnto me saying 2 Sonne of man set thy face against mount 〈◊〉 and prophecie against it 3 And saie vnto it Thus saith the Lord God Beholde ô mount Seir I come againste thee and I will stretche out myne hand against thee and I wil make thee desolate and waste 4 I wil laie thy cities waste and thou shalt be desolate and thou shalt knowe that I am the Lord. 5 Because thou hast had a perpetual hatred and hast put the childrē of Israél to flight by the force of the sworde in the time of their cala mitie when their iniquitie had an end 6 Therefore as I liue saith the Lord God I wil prepare the vnto blood and blood shall pursue thee except thou hate blood euen blood shal pursue thee 7 Thus will I make mount Seir desolate and waste and cut of from it hym that passeth out and him that returneth 8 And I wil fill his mountaines with his slayne men in thine hils and in thy valle is and in all thy riuers shall they fall that are slaine with the sworde 9 I wil make thee perpetual desolations and thy cities shall not returne and ye shall knowe that I am the Lord. 10 Because thou hast said These two nacions and these two countreis shal be mine and we will possesse them seing the Lorde was there 11 Therefore as I liue saith the Lord God I wil euen do accordyng to thy wrath and according to thine indignation which thou hast vsed in thine 〈◊〉 against them and I will make my selfe 〈◊〉 among them when I haue iudged thee 12 And thou shalt knowe that I the Lord haue heard all thy blasphemies whiche thou haste spoken against the mountaines of Israel saying they lye waste they are giuen vs to be deuoured 13 Thus with your mouthes ye haue boasted against me and haue multiplied your wordes against me I haue heard them 14 Thus saith the LORD God So shal all the worlde reioyce when I shal make thee desolate 15 As thou didest reioyce at the inheritance of the house of Israél because it was desolate so wil I do vnto thee thou shalt be desolate ô mount Seir and all I dumea wholly ād they shal knowe that I am the Lord. CHAP. XXXVI 8 He promiseth to deliuer Israel from the Gentiles 22 The 〈◊〉 done vnto the Iewes are to be ascribed to the mercie of God and not vnto their deseruings 26 God 〈◊〉 our hearts that we maie walke in his commandements 1 ALso thou sonne of man prophecie vnto the * mountaines of Israél and saie Ye mountaines of Israél heare the worde of the Lord. 2 Thus sayth the LORDE God Because the enemie hathe sayd agaynst you Aha euen the hie places of the worlde are ours in possession 3 Therefore prophecie and saie Thus sayth the Lord God Because that they haue made you desolate and swallowed you vp on euerie syde that ye myght be a 〈◊〉 vnto the residue of the heathen and ye are come vnto the lippes and tongues of men and vnto the reproche of the people 4 Therefore ye mountaines of Israél heare the worde of the Lord God Thus saith the Lord God to the mountaines and to the hilles to the riues and to the valleis and to the waste and desolate places and to the cities that are forsaken whiche are spoiled
yere olde when the Lorde appeared to him f By vision g Suche was the corruption of those times that the chief Priest was become 〈◊〉 and negligent to vnderstand the Lords appearing h God declareth what soden feare shal come vpon men when they shal heare that the Arke is 〈◊〉 and also the Elis house destroyed i Meaning that his 〈◊〉 shulde neuer en ioye the chief Priests office k God punishe thee after this that sort except thoutel metrueth Ruth 1. 17. l The Lord accomplished what soeuer he had said “ Or that Samuél was the faithful Prophet of the Lord. †Ebr. by the wor de of the Lord. () 〈◊〉 the departure of the Israelites out of Egipt vnto the time of Samuél are about 390. yere “ Or stone of helpe Chap. 7. 12. a For it may 〈◊〉 that this warre was vnder taken by Samuéls commandement b For he vsed to appeare to 〈◊〉 betwene the 〈◊〉 ouer the Arke of the couenant Exod 25 vers 17. c Before we fought against men now God is come to fight against vs. d For in the red Sea in the wilder nes the Egyptiās were destroyed whiche was the last of all his plagues Iudg 13. 1. e Dauid alluding to this place Psal. 77 63. saieth they were consumed with fire meaning they were sodēly destroyed f In token of sorrow mourning g Lest it shulde be taken of the enemies Chap. 3. 2. h According as God had a 〈◊〉 said “ Or gouerned “ Or to 〈◊〉 out i And setled her body toward her traúel Or No glorie or where is the glorie k She vttered her great sorrowe by repeting her wordes a Which was one of the fiue principal cities of the Philistims b Which was their chief idole as some write from the nauil downwarde was like a fishe and vpwarde like a man c Thus in steade of acknowledging the true God by this 〈◊〉 they fall to a farther supersticion Psal. 78. 66 d Thogh they had felt Gods power and were affraied thereof yet they wolde farthert ie him whiche thyng God turned to their destruction and his glorie e The wicked when they fele 〈◊〉 hand of God grudge reiecte him where the godli humble thē selues and crye for mercie a Thei thoght by continuance of time the plague wolde haue ceased and so wolde haue kept the Arke stil. b The idolaters confesse there is a true God who punisheth sinne iustely c This is 〈◊〉 iudgement vpon the 〈◊〉 that knowig the true God they worship him not a right Exod. 12. 31. d Meaning the goldē emerods the golden mice e The God of Israél f The wicked attribute almost 〈◊〉 thing to fortune and chance whereasin dede there is nothyng done without Gods 〈◊〉 uidence decree g For the triall of the 〈◊〉 h To wit themê of Bethshémesh whiche were Israelites i These were the fiue principal cities of the Philistims which were not al conquered vnto the time of Dauid Or the plaine or lamentacion k For it was not lauful to 〈◊〉 ether to touch or to se it saue onely to Aaron and his sonnes Nomb. 4. 15. 〈◊〉 a A citie in the tribe of Iudáh called also 〈◊〉 báal Iosh. 15. 60. b Lamented for their sinnes and followed the Lord. Iosh. 24. 15. Iudg. 2. 13. Deut. 6. 4. Mat. 4. 10. Iudg. 2 11 c For Shiloh was now desolate because the Philistims had taken thence the 〈◊〉 d The 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 hathe that they drewe water out of their heart that is wept abū dantly for their sinnes e Signifying that iu the prayers of the godlie there ought to be a vehement zeale f According to the prophecie of Hannáh San. uels mother Chap. 2. 10. g Whiche was a great rocke ouer against Mizpéh h Meaning the Philistims i Which was 〈◊〉 contrarie to the Lawe for as yet a certeine place was not 〈◊〉 ted a Because he was not able to 〈◊〉 the charge b Who was also called Vashni 1. Chro. 6. 28. Deut. 16. 19. c For there his house was Chap. 7. 17. Ose. 13. 10. Act. 13. 21. d Because they were not 〈◊〉 with the ordre that God had ap pointed but wolde be gouer ned as were the Gentiles e To proue if they wil forsake their wicked purpose f Not the kings haue this autoritie by their office but that suche as reigne in Gods wrath shulde vsurpe this ouer their brethren contrary to the Law Deut. 17. 〈◊〉 “ Or chief officers g Because ye repet not for vour sinnes but because ye smart for your afflictions where into ye cast your selues willingly “ Or grant their request a That is bothe valiant and riche Chap. 14. 51. 〈◊〉 Chro. 8. 23. b So that it might semè that God approued their request ī appointing 〈◊〉 suche a persone c Al these circūstāces were meās to serue vnto Gods prouidēce whereby Saul thogh not approued of God was made king d 〈◊〉 was Ramath zophim the citie of Samuél “ Or vitailes e Which is 〈◊〉 fiue pence read Gen. 23. 15. f So called becau se he foresawe 〈◊〉 to come g That is a feast 〈◊〉 thē offring which shulde be kepe in an hie place of the 〈◊〉 appointed for that vse h That is giue thankes and distribute the meat according to their custome †Ebr. in his care Chap. 15. 1. Act. 13. 21. i Not withstanding their wickednes yet God was euer mindful of his 〈◊〉 tance k Meaning all that thou desirest to knowe l Whome doeth Israél desire to be their King but thee m Where the feast was n That is the shoulder with the breast which the Priest had for his familie in all peace offrings Leui 10. 14. o That bothe by the assembling of the people and by the meat pro pared for thee thou mighest vnderstande that I knewe of thy comming p To speake with him secretly for the houses were flat aboue q Gods comman dement as concerning thee a In the Lawe this anointing 〈◊〉 the gifts of the holy Gost whiche were ne cessarie for them that shulde rule Gen 35 20. b Samuél confir meth him by the signes that God hathe appointed him king Or oke †Ebr. of peace c Which was an hieplace in the citie kiriathiearim where the 〈◊〉 was Chap. 7. 1. 〈◊〉 13. 8. †Ebr. shoulder d He gaue him suche vertues as were mete for a king †Or sang 〈◊〉 Chap. 19. 24. e Meaning that prophecie commeth not by succession but is given 〈◊〉 whome it pleaseth God f Noting thereby him that frome lowe degre commeth sodenly to honour g Both to 〈◊〉 vnto then their faute in asking a king and also to shew Gods sentence therein h That is by 〈◊〉 of lot i As thogh he were vnworthy and vn willing †Ebr let the King liue k As it is writen in 〈◊〉 Chap. 17. 15. l Bothe to 〈◊〉 sedition and also to winne them by pacience a After that Saul
surely first taketh away such impedimentes as might iustely ether hurt let or difforme the worke so is it necessarie that your graces zeale appeare herein that nether the craftie persuasion of man nether worldly policie or naturall feare dissuade you to roote out cut downe and destroy these wedes and impedimentes whiche do not onely deface your building but vtterly indeuour yea and threaten the ruine thereof For when the noble Iosias entreprised the like kinde of worke among other notable and many things he destroyed not onely with vtter confusion the idoles with their appertināces but also burnt in signe of detestation the idolatrous priests bones vpon their altars and put to death the 〈◊〉 prophetes and sorcerers to performe the wordes of the Lawe of God and therfore the Lord gaue him good successe and blessed him wonderfully so long as he made Gods worde his line and rule to followe and enterprised nothyng before he had inquired at the mouth of the Lord. And if these zealous beginning seme dangerous and to brede disquietnes in your dominions yet by the storie of Kyng Asa it is manifest that the quietnes and peace of kingdomes standeth in the vtter abolishing of idolatrie and in aduancing of true religion for in his dayes Iudah lyued in rest and quietnes for the space of fyue and thirtie yere till at length he began to be colde in the zeale of the Lord feared the power of man imprisoned the Prophet of God and oppressed the people then the Lord sent hym warres and at length toke hym away by death Wherefore great wisdome not worldelie but heauenly is here required whiche your grace must earnestly craue of the Lord as did Salomon to whome God gaue an vnderstandyng heart to iudge his people a right and to discerne betwene good and bad For if God for the furnishing of the olde temple gaue the Spirit of wisdome and vnderstanding to them that shulde be the workemen thereof as to Bezaleel Aholiab and Hiram how muche more will he indewe your grace and other godly princes and chefe gouernours with a principall Spirit that you may procure and commande things necessarie for this moste holy Temple forese and take hede of things that might hinder it and abolish and destroy whatsoeuer might 〈◊〉 and ouerthrowe the same Moreouer the maruelous diligence zeale of Iehoshaphat Iosiah and Hezekiah are by the singuler prouidence of God left as an example to al godly rulers to reforme their countreys and to establish the worde of God with all spede lest the wrath of the Lord fall vpon them for the neglecting thereof For these excellent Kings did not onely imbrace the worde promptely and ioyfully but also procured earnestly and commanded the same to be taught preached and mainteyned through all their countreys and dominions byding them and all their subjectes bothe great and smale with solemne protestations and couenantes before GOD to obey the worde and to walke after the waies of the Lord. Yea and in the daies of Kyng Asa it was enacted that whosoeuer wolde not seke the Lord God of Israel shulde be slayne whether he were smale or great man or woman And for the establishing hereof and performance of this solem ne othe aswel Priests as Iudges were appointed and placed through all the cities of Iudah to instruct the people in the true knollage and feare of God and to minister iustice accordyng to the worde knowing that except God by his worde dyd reigne in the heartes and soules all mans diligence and indeuors were of none effect for without this worde we can not discerne betwene iustice and iniurie protection and oppression wisdome and foolishnes knollage and ignorance good and euill Therefore the Lord who is the chefe gouernour of his Churche willeth that nothyng be attempted before we haue inquired thereof at his mouth For seing he is our God of duetie we must giue him this preeminence that of our selues we entreprise nothing but that whiche he hath appointed who onely knoweth all things and gouerneth them as may best serue to his glorie and our saluation We ought not therefore to preuent hym or do any thing without his worde but assone as he hath reuciled his will immediately to put it in execution Now as concernyng the maner of this building it is not accordyng to man nor after the wisdome of the flesh but of the Spirit and according to the worde of God whose wais are diuers from mans wais For if it was not lawfull for Moses to builde the material Tabernacle after any other sorte then God had shewed him by a patern nether to prescribe any other ceremonies and lawes then suche as the Lord had expresly commanded how can it be lawfull to procede in this spiritual building any other waies then 〈◊〉 Christ the Sonne of God who is bothe the fundacion head and chief corner stone thereof hathe commanded by his worde And for asmuche as he hath established and left an order in his Churche for the buildyng vp of his body appoictyng some to be Apostles some Prophetes others Euangelistes some pastors and teachers he signifieth that euery one accordyng as he is placed in this body whiche is the Churche ought to inquire of his ministres concernyng the will of the Lord 〈◊〉 is reueiled in his worde For they are saieth Ieremiah as the mouth of the Lord yea he promiseth to be with their mouth and that their lippes shall kepe knollage and that the trueth and the law shal be in their mouth For it is their office chefely to vnderstand the Scriptures and teache them For this cause the people of Israell in matters of difficultie vsed to aske the Lord ether by the Prophets or by the meanes of the hie Priest who bare Vrim Thummin which were tokens of light and knollage of holines perfection which shulde be in the hie Priest Therfore when Iehoshap hat toke this order in the Churche of Israel he appointed Amariah to be the chief concernyng the worde of God because he was moste expert in the Lawe of the Lorde and colde gyue counsel and gouerne accordyng vnto the same Els there is no degre or office which may haue that autoritie and priuiledge to decise concerning Gods worde excepte with all he hath the Spirit of God and sufficient knollage and iudgement to define according thereunto And as euery one is indued of God with greater giftes so ought he to be herein chefely heard or at least that without the expresse worde none be heard for he that hathe not the worde speaketh not by the mouthe of the Lord. Agayne what daunger it is to do any thynge seme it neuer so godly or necessarie without consultyng with Goddes mouth the examples of the Israelites deceiued hereby through the Gibeonites and of Saul whose
of the middes of a bushe and he loked and beholde the bushe burned with fyre and the bushe was not consumed 3 Therefore Mosés sayd I wyll turne aside nowe and se this great sight why the bushe burneth not 4 And when the Lord sawe that he turned aside to se God called vnto hym out of the middes of the bushe and said Mosés Mosés And he answered I am here 5 Then he sayd Come not hither put thy shooes of thy fete for the place whereon thou standest is holy grounde 6 Moreouer he said * I am the God of thyfather the GOD of Abrahám the God of Izhák and the GOD of Iaakob Then Mosés hid hys face for he was afrayed to loke vppon God 7 ¶ Then the Lord sayd I haue surely sene the trouble of my people whiche are in Egypt and haue heard their crye because of their taske masters for I knowe their sorowes 8 Therefore I am come downe to deliuer them out of the hande of the Egyptians and to brynge them out of that lande into a good land and a large into a land that floweth with milke and hony euen into the place of the Canaanites and the Hittites and the Amorites and the Perizzites ād the Hiuites and the Iebusites 9 And nowe lo the crye of the chyldren of Israél is come vnto me and I haue also sene the oppression wherewith the Egyptians oppresse them 10 Come now therefore and I will send thee vnto Pharaóh that thou maiest bring my peo ple the children of Israél out of Egypt 11 ¶ But Mosés said vnto God Who am I that I shulde go vnto Pharaóh and that I shulde bring the children of Israél out of Egypt 12 And he answered Certeinly I wil be with thee and this shal be a token vnto thee that I haue sent thee After that thou hast broght the people out of Egypt ye shal serue God vpon this Mountaine 13 Then Mosés said vnto God Behold whē I shall come vnto the children of Israél and shal say vnto them The God of your fathers hathe sent me vnto you if they say vnto me What is hys Name what aunswere shall giue them 24 And GOD aunswered Mosés I AM that I AM. Also he sayd Thus shalte thou saye vnto the chyldren of Israél I am hathe sent me vnto you 15 And God spake further vnto Mosés Thus shalte thou saye vnto the children of Israél The Lorde God of your fathers the God of Iaakób hathe sent me vnto you this is my Name for euer and this is my memorial vnto all ages 16 Go and gather the Elders of Israél together and thou shalt saye vnto them The LORD God of your fathers the God of Abrahám Izhák and Iaakób appeared vnto me and sayde I haue surely remembred you and that which is done to you in Egypt 17 Therefore I did saye I wyll bryng you out of the affliction of Egypte vnto the land of the Canaanites and the Hittites and the Amorites and the Perizzites and the Hiuites and the Iebusites vnto a land that floweth with milke and hony 18 Then shal they obeye thy voyce and thou ād the Elders of Israél shal go vnto the King of Egypt and saye vnto hym The LORD praye the enowe therefore let vs go thre dayes iourney in the wildernes that we may sacrifice vnto the Lord our God 19 ¶ But I knowe that the Kyng of Egypt wil not let you go but by strong hand 20 Therefore wil I stretch out mine hand and smite Egypt with all my wonders whiche I will do in the middes thereof and after that shal he let you go 21 And I will make this people to be fauored of the Egyptians so that when ye go ye shal not go emptie 22 For euerie woman shall aske of her neigh bour and of her that soiourneth in her house iewels of siluer and iewels of golde and raiment and ye shal put them on your sonnes and on your daughters and shall spoile the Egyptians CHAP. IIII. 3 Moses rod is turned into a serpēt 6 His hād is leprous 9 The water of the riuer is turned into blood 14 Aaron is giuen to helpe Mosés 21 God hardeneth Pharaóh 25 His wife circumciseth her sonne 27 Aaron meteth with Mosés and they come to the Israelites and are beleued 1 THen Mosés aunswered and said But lo they wil not beleue me nor heark en vnto my voyce for they wilsay The Lorde hathe not appeared vnto thee 2 And the Lord said vnto him What is that in thine hand And he answered A rod. 3 Then said he Cast it on the grounde So he cast it on the grounde ād it was turned into a serpent and Mosés fled from it 4 Againe the Lord said vnto Mosés Put for the thine hand and take it by the taile Then he put for the his hand and caught it and it was turned into a rod in his hand 5 Do thys that they may beleue that the Lord God of their fathers the God of Abrahám the God of Izhák and the God of Iaakób hathe appeared vnto thee 6 ¶ And the Lord said furthermore vnto him Thrust nowe thine hande into thy bosome And he thrust his hand into hys bosome and when he toke it out agayne beholde hys hand was leprous as snow 7 Moreouer he sayd Putthine hand into thy bosome agayne So he put his hand into hys bosome againe and pluckt it out of hys bosome and beholde it was turned agayne as his other flesh 8 So shal it be if they will not beleue thee nether obey the voyce of the firste signe yet shal they beleue for the voyce of the seconde signe 9 But if they will not yet beleue these two signes nether obey vnto thy voyce then shalt thou take of the water of the riuer and powre it vpon the drye lande so the water which thou shalt take out of the riuer shal be turned to blood vpon the drye land 10 ¶ But Mosés sayd vnto the Lorde Oh my Lord I am not eloquent nether at any time haue bene nor yet since thou haste spoken vnto thy seruaunt but I am slowe of speache and slow of tongue 11 Then the Lorde said vnto hym Who hathe giuen the mouth to man or who hathe made the domme or the deafe or hym that seeth or the blinde haue not I the Lord 12 Therefore go nowe and * I wyll be with thy mouth and will teache thee what thou shalt say 13 But he sayd Oh my Lorde send I pray thee by the hand of hym whome thou shuldest send 14 Then the Lorde was very angry with Mosés and said Do not I knowe Aarón thy bro ther the Leuite that he him self shal speak for lo he commeth also forthe to mete thee and when he seeth thee he wil be glad in his heart 15 Therefore thou shalt speake
vnto him and put these wordes in his mouth and I wil be with thy mouth and with his mouth and wilteache you what ye ought to do 16 And he shal be thy spokesman vnto the peo ple he shal be euē he shal be as thy mouth and thou shalt be to him as God 17 Moreouer thou shalt take this rod in thine hand where with thou shalt do miracles 18 ¶ Therefore Mosés went and returned to Iethró his father in lawe and sayd vnto him I pray thee let me go and returne to my brethren whiche are in Egypt and se whether they be yet aliue Then Iethró sayd to Mosés Go in peace 19 For the Lorde had said vnto Mosés in Midian Go returne to Egypt for they are all dead which went about to kil thee 20 Then Mosés toke his wife and his sonne and put them on an asse and returned to warde the land of Egypt and Mosés toke the rod of God in hys hand 21 And the LORD sayd vnto Mosés When thou art entred and come into Egypte agayne se that thou do al the wonders before Pharaoh whiche I haue put in thine hande but I wil harden his heart and he shall not let the people go 22 Then thou shalt say to Pharaóh Thus sayth the Lorde Israél is my sonne euen my first borne 23 Wherefore I say to thee Let my sonne go that he may serue me if thou refuse to let him go beholde I will slay thy sonne euen thy first borne 24 ¶ And as he was by the way in the ynne the Lord met him and wolde haue killed him 25 Then Zipporáh toke a sharpe knife and cut awaye the fore skinne of her sonne and cast it at his fete and sayd Thou art in dede a bloodie housband vnto me 26 So 〈◊〉 departed from hym Then she sayd O bloodye housband because of the circumcision 27 ¶ Then the Lorde sayd vnto Aaron Go mete Mosés in the wildernes And he went God of the Ebrewes hath met with vs we and met him in the Mount of God and kissed him 28 Then Mosés tolde Aarón all the wordes of the Lord who had sent him all the signes where with he charged him 29 ¶ So went Moses and Aaron and gathered all the Elders of the children of Israél 30 And Aarón tolde all the wordes which the Lord had spokenvnto Mosés and he did the miracles in the sight of the people 31 And the people beleued and when they heard that the Lord had visited the children of Israél and had loked vpon their tribulacion they bowed downe and worshipped CHAP. V. 1 Moses and Aaron do their message to Pharaoh who letteth not the people of Israel departe but oppresseth them more and more 20 They crye out vpō Moses and Aaron therefore and Moses complaineth to God 1 THen afterward Mosés and Aaron went ād said to Pharaóh Thus saith the Lord God of Israél Let my people go that they maie celebrate a feast vnto me in the wildernes 2 And Pharaóh said Who is the Lord that I shulde heare his voyce let Israél go I kno we not the Lord nether wil I let Israél go 3 And they said We worship the God of the Ebrewes we pray thee suffre vs to go thre daies iournei in the desert and to sacrifice vn to the Lord our God lest he bring vpon vs the pestilence or sworde 4 Then said the King of Egypt vnto them Mosés and Aarón why cause ye the people to cease from their workes get you to your burdens 5 Pharaóh said furthermore Beholde muche people is now in the land and ye make them leaue their burdens 6 Therefore Pharaoh gaue commandement the same day vnto the taske masters of the people and to their officers saying 7 Ye shal giue the people no more strawe to make bricke as in time past but let them go and gather them straw them selues 8 No withstanding lay vpon them the nombre of bricke which they made in time past diminish nothing thereof for they be idle therefore thei crye saying Let vs go to offre sacrifice vnto our God 9 Lay more worke vpon the men and cause them to do it and let them notregarde vaine wordes 10 ¶ Then went the taske masters of the people and their officers out and tolde the people saying Thus saith Pharaóh I wil giue you no more straw 11 Go your selues get you straw where ye can finde it yet shal nothing of your labour be diminished 12 Then were the people scatred abrode throughout all the land of Egypte for to gather stubble in stede of straw 13 And the taske masters hasted them saying Finish your dayes worke euerie dayes taske as ye did when ye had straw 14 And the officers of the children of Israéll which Pharaohs taske masters had set ouer them were beaten and demanded Wherefore haue ye not fulfilled your taske in making brick yesterday today as ī times past 15 ¶ Then the officers of the children of Israél came and cryed vnto Pharaóh saying Wherefore dealest thou thus with thy seruants 16 There is no straw giuen to thy seruants they say vnto vs Make bricke lo thy seruants are beaten and thy people is blamed 17 But he said Ye are to muche idle therefore ye say Let vs go to offre sacrifice to the Lord. 18 Go therefore now and worke for there shal no straw be giuē you yet shal ye deliuer the whole tale of bricke 19 Then the officers of the children of Israél sawe thē selues in an euil case because it was said Ye shal diminish nothing of your brick nor of euerie dayes taske 20 ¶ And they met Mosés and Aarón whiche stode in their way as they came out frome Pharaóh 21 To whome they said The Lordloke vpon you and iudge for ye haue made our sauour to * stincke before Pharaóh and before his seruants in that ye haue put a sworde in their hand to slay vs. 22 Wherefore Mosés returned to the Lord said Lord why hast thou afflicted this people wherefore hast thou thus sent me 23 For since I came to Pharaóh to speake in thy Name he hath vexed this people yet thou hast not deliuered thy people CHAP. VI. 3 God renueth his promes of the deliuerāce of the Israelites 9 Mosés speaketh to the Israelites but they beleue him not 10 Mosés And Aarō are sent againe to Pharaoh 14 The genealogie of Reubén Simeon and Leui of whome came Mosés and Aaron 1 THen the Lorde said vnto Mosés Now shalt thou se what I wil do vnto Pharaoh for by a strong hand shall he let them go and euen be constreined to driue them out of his land 2 Moreouer God spake vnto Mosés and said vnto him I am the Lord. 3 And I appeared vnto Abrahám to Izhák to laak ób by the Name of Almightie God
but by my Name Iehouáh was I not knowē vnto them 4 Furthermore as I made my couenant with them to giue them the land of Canáan the land of their pilgremage wherein they were strangers 5 So I haue also heard the groning of the chil dren of Israél whome the Egyptians kepe in bondage and haue remembred my couenant 6 Wherefore say thou vnto the children of Israél I am the Lorde and I wil bring you out from the burdens of the Egyptians and will deliuer you out of their bondage and wil redeme you in a stretched out arme in great iudgementes 7 Also I wil take you for my people and wil be your God then ye shall knowe that I the Lord your God bring you out from the bur dens of the Egyptians 8 And I wil bring you into the land whiche I sware that I wolde giue to Abrahám to Izhák and to Iaakôb and I wil giue it vnto you for a possession I am the Lord. 9 ¶ So Mosés tolde the children of Israél thus but thei heark ened not vnto Mosés for an guish of spirit and for cruel bondage 10 Then the Lorde speake vnto Mosés saying 11 Go speake to Pharaōh King of Egypt that he let the children of Israél go out of his lād 12 But Mosés spake before the Lorde saying Beholde the children of Israél hearken not vnto me how then shal Pharaóh heare me whiche am of vncircumcised lippes 13 Then the Lord spake vnto Mosés and vnto Aarōn charged thē to go to the children of Israél and to Pharaōh King of Egypt to bring the children of Israél out of the land of Egypt 14 ¶ These be the heades of their fathers hou ses the sonnes of Reubén the first borne of Israél are Hanōch and Pallú Hezrōn Carmi these are the families of Reubén 15 Also the sonnes of Simeón Iemuéll and Iamin and O had and Iachin and Zōar and Shaull the sonnes of a Canaanitish woman these are the families of Simeōn 16 ¶ These also are the names of the sonnes of 〈◊〉 in their generacions Gershōn and Koháth and Merari and the yeres of the life os Leui were an hundreth thirty and seuē yere 17 The sonnes of Gershōn were Libni and Shimi by their families 18 And the sonnes of Koháth Amrám Izhár and Hebrōn and Vzziél and Koháth liued an hundreth thirty and thre yere 19 Also the sonnes of Merari were Mahali Mushi these are the families of Leui by their kinreds 20 And Amrám toke Iochébed his fathers sister to his wife and she bare him Aarōn Mosés and Amrám liued and hundreth thirty and seuen yere 21 ¶ Also the sonnes of Izhár Kórah and Néphegh and Zichri 22 And the sonnes of Vzzièl Mishaél and Elzaphán and Sithri 23 And Aarōn toke Elishēba daughter of Amminadáb sister of Nahashōn to his wife which bare him Nadáb and Abihú Eleazár and Ithamár 24 Also the sonnes of Kōrah Assir and Elkanáh and Abiasáph these are the families of the 〈◊〉 25 And Eleazár Aarons sonne toke hym one of the daughters of Putiél to his wife which bare him * Phinehās these are the principal fathers of the Leuites through out their families 26 These are Aarōn and Mosés to whome the Lord said Bring the children of Israél out of the land of Egypt according to their armies 27 These are that Mosés Aarōn which spake to Pharaōh King of Egypt that they might bring the children of Israēl out of Egypt 28 ¶ And at that time when the Lord spake vn to Mosēs in the land of Egypt 29 When the Lord I say spake vnto Mosés saying I am the Lord speake thou vnto Pharaōh the King of Egypt all that I say vnto thee 30 Then Mosés said before the Lord Beholde I am of vncircumcised lippes and how shal Pharaōh heare me CHAP. VII 3 God hardeneth Pharaohs heart 〈◊〉 Moses and Aaron do the miracles of the serpent and the blood and Pharaohs sorcerers do the like 1 THen the Lord said to Mosēs Beholde I haue made thee Pharaohs God and Aa rōn thy brother shal be thy Prophet 2 Thou shalt speake all that I cōmanded thee and Aarôn thy brother shal speake vnto Pharaóh that he suffre the children of Israél to go out of his land 3 But I wil harden Pharaohs heart and multiplie my miracles and my wondres in the land of Egypt 4 And Pharaōh shal not hearken vnto you that I may lay mine hand vpon Egypt and bring out mine armies euen my people the children of Israél out of the land of Egypt by great iudgements 5 Then the Egyptians shalk now that I am the Lord when I stretch forth e mine hand vpon Egypt and bring out the children of Israél from among them 6 So Mosés and Aarōn did as the Lord commanded them euen so did they 7 Now Mosés was foure score yere olde Aarōn foure score and thre when thei spake vnto Pharaōh 8 ¶ And the Lord had spoken vnto Mosés Aarón saying 9 If Pharaōh speake vnto you saying Shewe a miracle for you then thou shalt say vnto Aarōn Take thyrod and cast it before Pharaōh and it shal be turned into a serpent 10 ¶ Then went Mosés and Aarón vnto Pharaōh and did euen as the Lord god commanded and Aarōn caste forthe his rod before Pharaōh and before his seruants and it was turned into a serpent 11 Then Pharaōh called also for the wise men and sorcerers and those charmers also of Egypt did in like maner with their enchantements 12 For they cast downe euerie man his rod and thei were turned into serpents but Aarons rod deuoured their rods 13 So Pharaohs heart was hardened and he hearkned not to them as the Lord had said 14 ¶ The Lord then said vnto Mosés Pharaohs heart is obstinat he refuseth to let the people go 15 Go vnto Pharaōh in the morning lo he wil come vnto the water thou shalt stand mete him by the riuers brinke and the rod which was turned into a serpent shalt thou take in thine hand 16 And thou shalt say vnto him The Lord God of the Ebrewes hath sent me vnto thee saying Let my people go that they may serue me in the wildernes and beholde hitherto thou woldest not heare 17 Thus saith the Lorde In this thou shalt knowe that I am the Lorde beholde I will smite with the rod that is in mine handvpon the water that is in the riuer and it shal be turned to blood 18 And the fish that is in the riuer shall dye the riuer shal stinke and it shal greue the Egyptians to drinke of the water of the 〈◊〉 19 ¶ The Lord then spake to Mosés Say vnto Aarón Take thy rod and stretche out thine hand ouer the waters of Egypt ouer their streames ouer their riuers ouer their pon des and ouer all
all your trees that bud in the field 6 And they shal fil thine houses and al thy seruant houses and the houses of al the Egyptians as nether thy fathers not thy fathers fath ers haue sene since the time they were vpon the earth vnto this day So he returned and went out from Pharaōh 7 Then Pharaohs seruants said vnto him How long shall he be an offence vnto vs let the men go that they may serue the Lorde their God wilt thou first knowe Egypt is destroyed 8 So Mosés and Aaarōn were broght againe vnto Pharoōh and he said to them Go serue the Lord your God but who are they that shall go 9 And Mosés answered We will go with our yong and with our olde with our sonnes with our daughters with our shepe with our cattel wil we go for we must celebrate a feast vnto the Lord. 10 And he said vnto them Let the Lord so be with you as I will let you go and your children beholde for euill is before your face 11 It shal not be so now go ye that are men and serue the Lord for that was your desire Then they were thrust out from Pharaohs presence 12 ¶ After the Lord said vnto Mosés Stretche out thine hand vpon the land of Egypt for the greshoppers that they may come vpon the land of Egypt and eat all the herbes of the land euen all that the haile hathe left 13 Then Mosés stretched forthe his rod vpon the land of Egypt and the Lord broght an East winde vpon the land all that day and all that night in the morning the East winde broght the greshoppers 14 So the greshoppers went vp vpon all the land of Egypt and remained in all quaters of Egypt so grieuous greshoppers lyke to these were neuer before nether after them shal be suche 15 For they couered al the face of the earth so that the land was darcke and they did eat al the herbes of the land all the frutes of the trees which the haile had left so that there was no grene thyng left vpon the trees nor among the herbes of the field throughout al the land of Egypt 16 Therefore Pharaôh called for Mosés and Aaron in haste and said I haue sinned against the Lorde your GOD and against you 17 And nowe forgiue me my sinne onely this once and pray vnto the Lord your GOD that he may take away from me this death onely 18 Moses then went out from Pharaōh and praied vnto the Lord. 19 And the Lord turned a mightie strōg West winde and toke away the greshoppers and violently cast thē into the red Sea so that there remained not one greshopper in all the coast of Egypt 20 But the Lord hardened Pharaohs heart he did not let the children of Israél go 21 ¶ Againe the lord said vnto Mosés Stretche out thine hand to ward heauen that there may be vpon the land of Egypt darckenes euen darcknes that may be felt 22 Then Mosés stretched forth his hād toward heauen and there was a blacke* darcknes in all the land of Egypt thre days 23 No man sawe an other nether rose vp from the place where he was for thre dayes * but all the children of Israél had light where they dwelt 24 Then Pharaóh called for Moses and said Go serue the Lorde onely your shepe and your cattel shal abide and your childrē shall go with you 25 And Mosés said Thou must giue vs also sacrifices and burnt offrings that we may do sacrifice vnto the Lord our God 26 Therefore our cattell also shall go with vs there shal not an hoofe be left for thereof must we take to serue the Lord ourgod nether do we knowe how we shall serue the Lord vntil we come thither 27 But the Lord hardened Pharaohs heart he wolde not let them go 28 And Pharaôh said vnto him Get thee from me loke thouse my face no more for when soeuer thou commest in my sight thou shalt dye 29 Then Moses said Thou hast said well from hence for the wil I se thy face no more CHAP. XI 1 God promiseth their departure 2 He willeth them to borrow their neighbours iewels 3 Moses was estemed of all saue Pharaoh 5 He signifieth the death of the first borne 1 NOw the Lord had said vnto Mosés Yet wil I bring one plague more vpon Pharaóh and vpon Egypt after that he wil let you go hence when he letteth you go he shal at once chase you hence 2 Speake thou now to the people that euerie man require of his neighbour and euerie woman of her neighbour * iewels of siluer and iewels of golde 3 And the Lord gaue the people fauour in the sight of the Egyptians also * Moses was 〈◊〉 great in the land of Egypt in the sight of Pharaohs seruants and in the sight of the people 4 Also Mosés said Thus saith the Lord * About midnight wil I go out into the middes of Egypt 5 And all the first borne in the land of Egypt shal dye from the first borne of Pharaóh that sitteth on his throne vnto the first borne of the maid seruant that is at the mille and all the first borne of beastes 6 Then there shal be a great crye throughout all the land of Egypt suche as was neuer none like nor shal be 7 But against none of the childrē of Israél shal a dog moue his tongue nether against man nor beast that ye may knowe that the Lord putteth a difference betwene the Egyptians and Israél 8 And all these thy seruantes shal come downe vnto me and fall before me saying Get thee out 〈◊〉 all the people that are at thy fete and after this wil I depart So he went out from Pharaóh very angry 9 And the Lord said vnto Mosés Pharaōh shal not heare you that my wonders may be multiplied in the land of Egypt 10 So Mosés and Aarón did all these wonders before Pharaôh but the Lord hardened Pharaohs heart and he suffred not the children of Israél to go out of his land CHAP. XII 1 The Lord instituteth the Passeouer 26 The fathers must teache their children the mysterie thereof 29 The first borne are slaine 31 The Israelites are driuen out of the land 35 The Egyptians are spoiled 37 The nom bre that departeth out of Egypt 40 How long thei were in Egypt 1 THen the Lord spake to Moses and to Adrôn in the land of Egypt saying 2 This moneth shal be vnto you the beginning of moneths it shal be to you the first moneth of the yere 3 Speake ye vnto all the Congregacion of Israél saying In the tenth of this moneth let euerie mātake vnto him a lambe according to the house of the fathers a lambe for an house 4 If the housholde be to litle for the lambe he shal take his
Edôm shal be amased trembling shal come vpon the great men of Moāb all the inhabitants of Canáan shall waxe faint hearted 16 * Feare and dread shal fall vpon them because of the greatnes of thine arme they shal be stil as a stone til thy people passe ô Lord til this people passe which thou hast purchased 17 Thou shalt bring them in and plant them in the mountaine of thine inheritance which is the place that thou hast prepared 〈◊〉 Lord for to dwel in euen the sanctuarie ô Lord which thine hands shal establish 18 The Lord shal reigne for euer and euer 19 For Pharaohs horses went with his charets and horsmē into the Sea the Lord broght the waters of the Sea vpon them but the children of Israél went on drye land in the middes of the Sea 20 ¶ And Miriám the prophetesse sister of Aarōn toke a timbrel in her hand and all the women came out after her with timbrels daunces 21 And Miriám answered the men Singye vn to the Lord for he hathe triūphed gloriously the horse and his rider hathe he ouerthrowen in the Sea 22 Then Mosés broght Israél from the red Sea aud they wēt out into the wildernes of Shur and they went thre dayes in the wildernes and founde no waters 23 And when they came to Maráh they colde not drinke of the waters of Maráh for they were bitter therefore the name of the place was called Maráh 24 Then the people murmured against Mosés saying What shal we drinke 25 And he cryed vnto the Lord and the Lord shewed him a * tre which whē he had cast into the waters the waters were swete there he made them an ordinance and a lawe and there he proued them 26 And said If thou wilt diligently hearken ô Israel vnto the voyce of the Lord thy God and wilt do that which is right in his sight and wilt giue eare vnto his commande ments and kepe all his ordinances then wil I put none of these diseases vpō thee which I broght vpon the Egyptians for I am the Lord that healeth thee 27 ¶ * And they came to Elim where were twelue founteines of water and seuentie pal me trees they cāped there by the waters CHAP. XVI 1 The Israelites come to the desert of Sin and murmure against Mosés and Aarón 13 The Lord 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and Manna 17 The seuenth day Manna colde not be founde 32 It is kept for a remembrance to the 〈◊〉 1 AFterward all the Congregacion of the children of Israél departed from Elim and came to the wildernes of Sin which is betwene Elim and Sinái the fiftenth day of the secōde moneth after thei departing out of the land of Egypt 2 And the whole Congregacion of the children of Israél murmured against Mosés and against Aaron in the wildernes 3 For the children of Israél said to them Oh that we had dyed by the hand of the Lord in the land of Egypt when we sate by the flesh pottes when we ate bread our bellies ful for ye haue broght vs out into this wildernes to kil this whole companie with famine 4 ¶ Then said the Lord vnto Mosés Beholde I wil cause bread to raine from heauen to you and the people shal go out and gather that that is sufficient for euerie day that I may proue them whether they wil walke in my Lawe or no. 5 But the sixt day they shal prepare that which thei shal bring home and it shal be twise as muche as they gather daiely 6 Then Mosés and Aarôn said vnto all the children of Israél At euen ye shal knowe that the Lord broght you out of the land of Egypt 7 And in the morning ye shal se the glorie of the Lord for he hathe heard your grudgings against the Lord and what are we that ye haue murmured against vs 8 Againe Mosés said At euen shal the Lord giue you 〈◊〉 to eat and in the morning your fil of bread for the Lord hathe heard your murmurīgs which ye murmure against him for what are we your murmurings are not against vs but against the Lord. 9 ¶ And Mosés said to Aarón Say vnto all the Congregaciō of the childrē of Israél Drawe nere before the Lord for he hathe heard your murmurings 10 Now as Aarón spake vnto the whole Congregacion of the children of Israél they loked toward the wildernes and beholde the glorie of the Lord appeared* in a cloude 11 For the Lord had spoken vnto Mosés saying 12 * I haue heard the murmurings of the children of Israél tel them therefore and say At euen ye shal eat flesh and in the morning ye shal be filled with bread ye shal knowe that I am the Lord your God 13 And so at euen the * 〈◊〉 came and coue red the campe in the morning the dewe laye rounde about the hoste 14 * And when the dewe that was fallen was ascended beholde a smale rounde thing was vpon the face of the wildernes smale as the hore frost on the earth 15 And when the childrē of 〈◊〉 saue it they said one to another It is MAN for they wist not what it was And Mosés said vnto them * This is the bread which the Lord hathe giuen you to eat 16 ¶ This is the thing which the Lord hathe commanded 〈◊〉 of it euerie man according to his eating an Omer for a man accor ding to the nombre of your persones 〈◊〉 man shal take for thē which are in his tent 17 And the children of Israél did so and gathe red some more some lesse 18 And when they did measure it with an Omer * he that had gathered muche had nothing ouer and he that had gathered litle had no lacke so euerie man gathered according to his eating 19 Moses then said vnto them Let no man reserue thereof til morning 20 Notwithstanding thei obeid not Mosés but some of thē reserued of it til morning and it was ful of wormes and stanke therefore Mosés was angry with them 21 And they gathered it euerie morning euerie man according to his eating for whē the heat of the sunne came it was melted 22 ¶ And the sixt day they gathered twise so muche bread two Omers for one man then all the rulers of the Congregacion came and tolde Mosés 23 And he answered them This is that which the Lord hathe said To moro we is the rest of the holy Sabbath vnto the Lord bake that to daie which ye wil bake and seche that which ye wil sethe and all that remaineth lay it vp to be kept til the morning for you 24 And they laied it vp til the morning as Mo sés bade and it stanke not nether was there any worme therein 25 Then Mosés said Eat that to day for to day is the
them 13 Thē Mosés rose vp and his minister Ioshúa and Mosés went vp into the mountaine of God 14 And said vnto the Elders Tarie vs here 〈◊〉 we come againe vnto you and beholde Aaron and Hur are with you whosoeuer hathe anie matters let him come to them 15 Then Mosés went vp to the mount and the cloude couered the mountaine 16 And the glorie of the Lorde abode vppon mount Sinái and the cloude couered it six daies and the seuenth day he called vnto Mo sés out of the middes of the cloude 17 And the sight of the glorie of the lord was like consuming fire on the top of the moun taine in the eies of the children of Israél 18 And Mosés entred into the middes of the cloude and went vp to the mountaine and Mosés was in the * mount fourty dayes and fourty nightes CHAP. XXV 2 The voluntarie gifts for the making of the Tabernacle 10 The forme of the Arke 17 The Mercisent 23 The Table 〈◊〉 The Cádelsticke 40 Allmust be done according to the patern 1 THen the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 2 Speake vnto the children of Israél that they receiue an offring for me of * euerie man whose heart giueth it frely ye shal take the offring for me 3 And this is the offring which ye shall take of them golde and siluer and brasse 4 And blewe silke and purple and skarlet and fine linen and goates heere 5 And ramme skins coulored red the skins of badgers and the wood Shittim 6 Oyle for the light spices for anoyting oyle and for the perfume of swete sauour 7 Onix stones and stones to be set in the * Ephod and in the * brest plate 8 Also they shal make me a Sanctuarie that I may dwel among them 9 According to all that I she we thee euen so shal ye make the forme of the Tabernacle the facion of all the instruments thereof 10 ¶ They shal make also an * Arke of Shittim wood two cubites and an halfe long and a cubite and an halfe broad and a cubite and an halfe hie 11 And thou shal ouerlaie it with pure golde within and without shalt thou ouerlaie it shalt mak evpō it a crowne of golde rounde about 12 And thou shalt cast foure rings of golde for it put them in the foure corners thereof that is two rings shal be on the one side of it and two rings on the other side thereof 13 And thou shalt make barres of Shittim wood and couer them with golde 14 Then thou shalt put the barres in the rings by the sides of the Arke to beare the Arke with them THE ARKE OF THE TESTIMONIE A B The length two cubites and an halfe B C. The breadth a cubite and an halfe A D The height a cubite and an halfe E E The golden crow ne aboue the Arke F The foure rynges of golde in the foure corners G. The barres couered wyth golde to putte through the ryngs to cary the Arke H The inner parte of the Arke where the Testimonie was put I The Mercie 〈◊〉 whyche was the coueryng of the Arke where were the two Cherubims and whence the oracle 〈◊〉 15 The barres shal be in the rings of the Arke they shall not be taken away from it 16 So thou shalt put in the Arke the Testimo nie which I shall giue thee 17 Also thou shalt make a Merciseat of pure golde two cubites and an halfe long and a cubite and an halfe broad 18 And thou shalte make two Cherubims of golde of worke beaten out with the 〈◊〉 shalt thou make them at the two endes of the Merciseat 19 And the one Cherub shalt thou make at the one end and the other Cherub at the other ende of the matter of the Mercise at shall ye make the Cherubims on the two endes thereof 20 And the Cherubims shall stretche their wyngs on hie coueryng the Merciseat with their wings and their faces one to an other to the Merciseat ward shall the faces of the Cherubims be 21 And thou shalt put the Merciseat aboue vppon the Arke and in the Arke thou shalt put the Testimonie which I wil giue thee 22 And there I wil declare my selfe vnto thee and frome aboue the Merciseat * betwene the two Cherubims whiche are vpon the Arke of the Testimonie I wyll tell thee all things which I will giue thee in commandement vnto the children of Israel THE TABLE OF THE SHEWE BREAD A B The heyght a cubite ād an halfe B C The length two cubites C D The breadth a cubite E A crowne of gold aboue and beneth separated the one from the other by a border of an hād breadth thycke whyche declareth that the table was an hande breadth thicke F The foure rings G The barres to cary the table which were put through the rings H Dishes wherein the shewe breade was put I The twelue cakes or loaues called the shewe bread K The goblets or couerings L The incense cuppes 23 ¶ * Thou shalt also make a table of Shittim wood of two cubites lōg a cubite broad and a cubite and an half hie 24 And thou shalt couer it with pure golde ād make therto a crown of gold round about 25 Thou shalt also make vnto it a border of fou re fingers round about thou shalt make a goldē crown round about the border therof 26 After thou shalt make for it foure rings of golde ād shalt put the rings in the foure cor ners that are in the foure fete thereof 27 Ouer agaynst the border shall the rings be for places for barres to beare the Table 28 And thou shalt make the barres of Shittim wood ād shalt ouerlay them with golde that the Table may be borne with them 29 Thou shalte make also dyshes for it and incens cups for it and couerings for it and goblets wherewith it shal be couered euē of fine golde shalt thou make them 30 And thou shalte set vpon the Table shewebread before me continually THE CANDELSTICKE Because the facion of the candelstick is so plaine and euident it nedeth not to describe the particular partes thereof accordyng to the ordre of lettres Onely where as it is sayd in the 34 verse that there shal be foure bowles or cuppes in the candelsticke it muste be vnderstande of the shaft or shanke for there are but thre for euerie one of the other braunches Also the knoppes of the candelsticke are those whyche are vnder the braunches as they issue out of the shaft on ether side 31 ¶ * Also thou shalt make a Candelsticke of pure golde of worke beaten out with the hammer shal the Candelsticke be made his shaft and his brāches his bolles his knops and his floures shal be of the same 32 Six branches also shal come out of
twined linen of broydred worke 7 The two shulders therof shal be ioined toge ther by their two edges so shal it be closed 8 And the embroydred garde of the same Ephod whiche shal be vpon hym shal be of the selfe same worke and stuffe euen of golde blewe silke ād purple and skarlet ād fine twined linen 9 And thou shalt take two onix stones and gra ue vpon them the names of the chyldren of Israél 10 Six names of thē vpon the one stone and the six names that remaine vpon the seconde stone according to their generacions 11 Thou shalt cause to graue the two stones ac cordyng to the names of the children of Israél by a grauer of signets that worketh and graueth in stone and shalt make them to be set and embossed in golde 12 And thou shalt put the two stones vpon the shulders of the Ephod as stones of remēbrance of the chyldren of Israél for Aarón shal beare their names before the Lord vpō his two shulders for a remembrance 13 So thou shalt make bosses of golde 14 ¶ And two cheynes of fine golde at the ende of wrethed worke shalte thou make them and shalt fasten the wrethed cheines vpon the bosses 15 ¶ Also thou shalte make the brest plate of iudgement with broydred worke lyke the worke of the Ephod shalt thou make it of golde blewe silke and purple and skarlet and fine twined linen 〈◊〉 thou make it 16 Foure square it shal be ād double an hand bred long an hand bred broad 17 Then thou shalte set it full of places for stones euen foure rowes of stones the ordre shal be this a ruby a topaze and a carbū cle in the first rowe 18 And in the seconde rowe thou shalt set an emeraude a saphir and a diamond 19 And in the thirde rowe a turkeis an achate and an hematite 20 And in the fourte rowe a chrysolite an onix and a iasper and they shal be set in gold in their embossements 21 And the stones shal be accordyng to the names of the children of Israél twelue according to their names grauen as signets euerie one after hys name and they shal be for the twelue tribes 22 ¶ Then thou shalte make vppon the brest plate two cheines at the endes of wrethen worke of pure golde 23 Thou shalt make also vpon the brest plate two rings of golde and put the two rings on the two endes of the brest plate 24 And thou shalt put the two wrethen cheines of golde in the two rings in the endes of the brest plate 25 And the other two endes of the two wrethen cheines thou shalte fasten in the two embossements and shalt put them vpon the shulders of the Ephod on the foreside of it 26 ¶ Also thou shalt make two rings of golde which thou shalt put in the two other endes of the brest plate vpon the border there of to ward the inside of the Ephod 27 And two other rings of golde thou shalt make and put them on the two sides of the Ephod beneth in the fore parte of it ouer against the coupling of it vpon the broydred garde of the Ephod 28 Thus they shal binde the brest plate by his rings vnto the rings of the Ephod with a lace of blewe silke that it may be fast vpon the broydred garde of the Ephod and that the brest plate be not losed frō the Ephod 29 So Aarón shal beare the names of the chil dren of Israél in the brest plate of iudgement vpon his heart when he goeth into the holy place for a remembrance continually before the Lord. 30 ¶ Also thou shalt put in the brest plate of iudgemēt the Vrim the Thúmim which shal be vpon Aarons heart when he goeth in before the Lord and Aarón shal be are the iudgement of the children of Israél vpon his heart before the Lord continually 31 ¶ And thou shalt make the robe of the Ephod altogether of blewe silke 32 And the hole for his heade shal be in the middes of it hauing an edge of wouen worke rounde about the coller of it so it shal be as the coller of an habergeō that it rent not 33 ¶ And beneth vpō the skirtes thereof thou shalt make pomgranates of blewe silke and purple and skarlet round about the skirtes thereof and belles of golde betwene them round about 34 That is * a golden bel and a pomgranate a golden bel a pomgranate rounde about vpon the skirtes of the robe 35 So it shal be vpon Aarón when he ministreth and his sound shal be heard when he goeth into the holy place before the Lord when he commeth out and he shal not dye 36 ¶ Also thou shalt make a plate of pure golde and graue theron as signets are grauen HOLINES TO THE LORD 37 And thou shalt put it on a blewe silk elace and it shal be vpon the mitre euen vpō the fore fronte of the mitre shal it be 38 So it shal be vpō Aarons forehead that Aarón may be are the iniquitie of the offrings which the children of Israél shal offre in all their holy offrings ād it shal be alwaies vpon his forehead to make them acceptable before the Lord. 39 Likewise thou shalt embroydre the fine linen coat and thou 〈◊〉 make a mitre of fine linen but thou shalt make a girdel of nedle worke 40 Also thou shalt make for Aarons sonnes coates and thou shalt make them girdels bonets shal thou make them for glorie and comelines 41 And thou shalt put them vpon Aarōn thy brother and on his sonnes with him shalt anoynt them and fil their hands sanctifie them that they may ministre vnto me in the Priests office 42 Thou shalt also make them linen breches to couer their priuities from the loynes vnto the thighs shal they reache 43 And they shal be for Aarón and his sonnes when they come into the Tabernacle of the Congregacion or when they come vnto the altar to minister in the holy place that they commit not iniquitie and so dye This shabe a lawe for euer vnto him and to hys sede after hym CHAP. XXIX 1 The maner of consecrating the Priests 38 The cōtinual sacrifice 45 The Lord promiseth to dwel amōg the children of Israél 1 THis thyng also shalt thou do vnto them when thou consecratest them to be my Priestes * Take a yong calfe and two rams without blemish 2 And vnleauened bread and cakes vnleauened tempered with oyle and wafers vnleauened anointed with oyle of fine wheat flower shalt thou make them 3 Then thou shalt put thē in one basket and present them in the basket with the calfe and the two rams 4 And shalt bryng Aarón and his sonnes vnto the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and wash them with water 5 Also thou shalt take
the garments and put vpon Aarón the tunicle and the robe of the Ephod and Ephod and the brest plate and shalt close them to hym with the broydred garde of the Ephod 6 Then thou shalt put the mitre vppon hys head thou shalt put the holy * crowne vpon the mitre 7 And thou shalt take the anointyng * oyle and shalt powre vpon his head and anoint him 8 And thou shalt bring his sonnes and put coates vpon them 9 And shalt gird them with girdels bothe Aarón and his sonnes and shalt put the bonets on them and the Priestes office shal be theirs for a perpetuallawe thou * shalt also fil the hands of 〈◊〉 and the hands of his sonnes 10 After thou shalt present the calf before the Tabernacle of the Congregacion * Aaron and his sonnes shall put their hand vppon the head of the calf 11 So thou shalt kill the calf before the Lorde at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 12 Then thou shalt take of the blood of the calf and put it vpon the hornes of the altar with thy finger and shalt powre al the rest of the blood at the fote of the altar 13 * Also thou shalt take al the fat that couereth the inwardes and the kall that is on the liuer and the two kidneis and the fat that is vpon thē and shalt burne them vpon the altar 14 But the flesh of the calf and his sking and his doūg shalt thou burne with fire without the hoste it is a sinne offring 15 ¶ Thou shalt also take one ram and Aarón and his sonnes shal put their hands vpon the head of the ram 16 Thē thou shalt kil therā take his blood and sprinkle it round about vpon the altar 17 And thou shalt cut the ram in pieces wash the inwardes of him and his legges shalt put them vpon the pieces thereof vpon his head 18 So thou shalt burne the whole ram vpó the altar for it is a burnt offring vnto the Lord for a swete sauo ur it is an offring made by sire vnto the Lord. 19 ¶ And thou shalt take the other ram and Aarón and his sonnes shall put their hands vpon the head of the ram 20 Then shalt thou kill the ram and take of his blood and put it vpon the lap of Aarons 〈◊〉 and vpō the lap of the right eare of his sonnes and vpon the thumbe of their right hand and vpon the great toe of their right fote and shalt sprinkle the blood vpon the altar round about 21 And thou shalt take of the blood that is vpon the altar and of the anointing oyle shalt sprinkle it vpon Aaron and vpon his garments and vpon his sonnes and vpon the garments of his sonnes with him so he shal be halowed ād his clothes his sonnes and the garments of his sonnes with hym 22 Also thou shalt take of the rams the fat and the rópe euen the fat that couereth the inwardes the kal of the liuer the two kidneis the fat that is vpon thē and the right shulder for it is the ram of consecration 〈◊〉 23 And one loaf of bread and one cake of bread tēpered with oyle one wafer out of the basket of the vnleauened bread that is before the Lord. 24 And thou shalt put all this in the hands of Aaron and in the hand of his sonnes and shalt shake them to and fro before the Lord 25 Againe thou shalt receiue them of their hands and burne thē vpon the altar besides the burnt offring for a swete sauour before the Lord for this is an offring made by fire vnto the Lord. 26 Likewise thou shalt take the brest of the rā of the consecracion whiche is for Aarón shalt shake it to h and fro before the Lorde and it shal be thy parte 27 And thou shalt sanctifie the brest of the shaken offrings the shulder of the heaue offrings which was shaken to and fro whiche was hcaued vp of the ram of the consecracion which was for Aarón and whiche was for his sonnes 28 And Aarón and his sonnes shal haue it by a statute for euer of the children of Israél for it is an heaue offring and it shal be an heaue offringe of the children of Israél of their peace offrings euen their heaue offryng to the Lord. 29 ¶ And the holy garments which appertey ne to Aarón shal be his sonnes after him to be anointed therein and to be consecrat therein 30 That sonne that shal be Priest in his stede shal put them on seuen dayes when he cometh into the Tabernacle of the Cógregacion to minister in the holy place 31 ¶ So thou shalt take the ram of the consecracion and sethe his flesh in the holy place 32 * And Aarón and his sonnes shal eat the flesh of the ram and the bread that is in 〈◊〉 basket at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 33 So they shal eat these things whereby their atonement was made to consecrat thē and to sanctifie thē but a stranger shal not eate thereof because they are holy things 34 Now if ought of the flesh of the cōsecratiō or of the bread remaine vnto the morning then thou shalt burne the rest with fire it shal not be eatē because it is an holy thing 35 Therefore shalt thou do thus vnto Aarón and vnto his sonnes according to all things which I haue commanded thee seuen daies shalt thou consecrat them 36 And shalt offer euerie day a calf or a sinne offring for reconciliation and thou shalt clense the altar when thou hast offred vpon it for reconciliation and shalt anoint it to sanctifie it 37 Seuen daies shalt thou clense the altar and sanctifie it so the altar shal be moste holy whatsoeuer toucheth the altar shal be holy 38 ¶ * Now this is that which thou shalt present vpon the altar euen two lambes of one yere olde day by day continually 39 The one lambe thou shalt presēt in the mor ning and the other lambe thou shalt present at euen 40 And with the one lambe a tenth parte of fine floure mingled with the fourte parte of an Hin of beaten oile and the fourte parte of an Hin of wine for a drinke offring 41 And the other lambe thou shalt present at euen thou shalt do thereto according to the offring of the morning ād according to the drinke offring thereof to be a burnt offring for a swete sauoure vnto the Lord. 42 This shal be a continual burnt offring in your generations at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion before the Lord where I wil make appointment with you to speake there vnto thee 43 There I wil appoint with the children of Israél and the place shal be 〈◊〉 by my glorie 44 And I wil sanctifie the
the morning that thou maiest come vp early vnto the mount of Sinai and waite there for me in the top of the mount 3 But let no man come vp with thee nether let anie mā be sene throughout al the mount nether let the shepe nor cattell fede before this mount 4 ¶ Then Mosés hewed two Tables of stone like vnto the first rose vp early in the morning and went vp vnto the mount of Sinái as the Lord had commanded him and toke in his hand two Tables of stone 5 And the Lord descended in the cloude and stode with him there and proclaimed the Name of the Lord. 6 So the Lorde passed before his face and cryed The Lord the Lord strong mercifull and gracious slow to angre and abundant in goodnes and trueth 7 Reseruing mercie for thousands forgiuing iniquitie and transgression and sinne not making the wicked innocent * visiting the iniquitie of the fathers vpon the childrē and vpon the childrens children vnto the third and fourth generacion 8 Then Mosés made haste and bowed him self to the earth and worshipped 9 And said ô Lorde I praye thee if I haue founde grace ī thy sight that the Lord wolde now go with vs for it is a stifnecked people and pardone our iniquitie and our sinne and take vs for thine enheritance 10 And he answered Beholde * I will make a couenant before althy people and will do meruels suche as haue not bene done in all the world nether in al nations all the peo ple amōg whome thou art shalse the worke of the Lorde for it is a terrible thing that I wil do with thee 11 Kepe diligently that whiche I commande thee this day beholde I will cast out before thee the Amorites and the Canaanites the Hittites and the Perizzites and the Hiuites and the Iebusites 12 * Take hede to thy self that thou make no compact with the inhabitants of the land whither thou goest lest they be the cause of ruine among you 13 But ye shall ouerthrowe their altars and breake their images in pieces cut downe their groues 14 For thou shalt bowe downe to none other god because the Lord whose Name is * Ielous is a ielous God 15 Lest thou make a * cōpact with the inhabitants of the land when they go a whoring after their gods and do sacrifice vnto their gods some man call thee and thou * eat of his sacrifice 16 And lest thou take of their* daughters vnto thy sonnes ād their daughters go a whoring after their gods and make thy sonnes go a whoring after their gods 17 Thou 〈◊〉 make thee no gods of metal 18 ¶ The feast of vnleauened bread shalt thou kepe seuē dayes shalt thou eat vnleauened bread as I commanded thee in the time of the * moneth of Abib for in the moneth of Abib thou camest out of Egypt 19 * Euerie male that first openeth the wombe shal be mine also the first borne of thy flocke shal be reconed mine bothe of beues and shepe 20 But the first of the asse thou shalt bye out with a lambe and if thou redeme him not then thou shalt breake his necke al the first borne of thy sonnes shalt thou redeme and none shal appeare before me empty 21 ¶ Six dayes thou shalt worke and in the seuenth day thou shalt rest bothe in earyng time and in the haruest thou shalt rest 22 ¶ * Thou shalt also obserue the feast of wekes in the time of the first frutes of wheat haruest and the feast of gathering frutes in the end of the yere 23 ¶ Thrise in a yere shal al your men children appeare before the Lorde Iehouáh God of Israel 24 For I wil cast out the nacions before thee and enlarge thy coastes so that no man shall desire thy land when thou shalt come vp to appeare before the Lorde thy God thrise in the yere 25 Thou shalt not offer the blood of my sacrifice with leauen nether shal ought of the sacrifice of the feast of Passeouer be left vnto the mornyng 26 The first 〈◊〉 frutes of thy land thou shalt bring vnto the house of the Lorde thy God yet shalt thou not se the a kid in his mothers milke 27 And the Lord said vnto Mosés Write thou these wordes for after the tenoure of* these wordes I haue made a couenant with thee with Israél 28 So he was there with the Lorde fourtie daies and fourtie nights and did nether eat bread nor drinke water and he wrote in the Tables * the wordes of the couenant 〈◊〉 the ten commandements 29 ¶ So when Mosés came downe frō mount Sinái the two Tables of the Testimonie were in Mosés hand as he descended from the mount now Mosés wist not that the skin of his face shone bright after that God had talked with him 30 And aarôn and all the children of Israél loked vpon Mosés beholde the skin of his face shone bright and they were afraide to come nere him 31 But Mosés called them and Aaron and al the chief of the Congregacion returned vnto him and Mosés talked with them 32 And after ward al the childrē of Israél came nere and he charged them with all that the Lord had said vnto him in mount Sinái 33 So Mosés made an end of communyng with them * ād had put a couering vpon his face 34 But when Mosés came before the Lorde to speake with hym he toke of the couering vntil he came out then he came out spake vnto the children of Israél that whiche was commanded 35 And the children of Israél sawe the face of Mosés how the skin of Mosés face shone bright therefore Mosés put the coueryng vpon his face vntil he wentto speake with God CHAP. XXXV 2 The Sabbath 5 The fre gifts are required 21 The readines of the people to 〈◊〉 30 Bezale él and Aholiáb are praised of Mosés 1 THen Mosés assembled all the Congregacion of the children of Israél said vnto thē These are the wordes whiche the Lorde hathe commanded that ye shulde do them 2 * Six dayes thou shalt worke but the seuēth day shall be vnto you the holy Sabbath of rest vnto the Lord whosoeuer soeuer doeth anye worke therein shal dye 3 Ye shall kindle no fire throughout all your habitations vpon the Sabbath day 4 ¶ Againe Mosés spake vnto al the Congregacion of the children of Israél saying This is the thing which the Lorde commandeth saying 5 Take from among you an offring vnto the Lorde whosoeuer is of a * willing heart let him bring this offring to the Lord namely golde and siluer and brasse 6 Also blewe silke and purple and skarlet fine linen and goates heere 7 And rams skins died red and badgers skins with Shittim wood 8 Also oyle for light
offring * of Shittim woode fiue cubites was the length thereof and fiue cubites the breadth thereof it was square and thre cubites hie 2 And he made vnto it hornes in the foure cor ners thereof the hornes thereof were of the same and he ouerlaied it with brasse 3 Also he made al the instruments of the Altar the * ashpans and the besomes and the basins the fleshokes and the censers all the instruments thereof made he of brasse 4 Moreouer he made a brasen grate wroght like a net to the Altar vnder the compas of beneth in the middes of it 5 And cast foure rings of brasse for the foure ends of the grate to put barres in 6 And he made the barres of 〈◊〉 wood couered them with brasse 7 The which barres he put into the rings on the sides of the altar to beare it with all and made it holowe within the boardes 8 ¶ Also he made the Lauer of brasse and the fote of it of brasse of the glasses of the women that did assemble and came together at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 9 ¶ Finally he made the courte on the South-side ful Southe the hangings of the courte were of 〈◊〉 twined linen hauing an hundreth cubites 10 Their pillers were twentie and their brasen sockets twentie the hokes of the pillers and their filets were of siluer 11 And on the Northside the hangings were an hundreth cubites their pillers twentie their sockets of brasse twentie the hokes of the pillers and their filets of 〈◊〉 12 On the Westside also were hangings of fiftie cubites their ten pillers with their ten sockets the hokes of the pillers and their filets of siluer 13 And toward the Eastside ful East were hangings of fiftie cubites 14 The hangings of the one side were fiftene cubites their thre pillers and their thre sockets 15 * And of the other side of the courte gate on bothe sides were hangings of fiftene cubites with their thre pillers and their thre sockets 16 All the hangings of the courte round about were of fine twined linen 17 But the 〈◊〉 of the pillers were of brasse the hokes of the pillers and their filets of siluer and the couering of their chapiters of siluer and all the pillers of the courte were hooped about with siluer 18 He made also the hanging of the gate of the courte of nedle worke blewe silke and purple and skarlet and fine twined linen euen twentie cubites long and fiue cubites in height and breadth like the hangings of the courte 19 And their pillers were foure with their foure sockets of brasse their hokes of siluer and the couering of their chapiters ād their filets of siluer 20 But all the * pins of the Tabernacle and of the courte round about were of brasse 21 ¶ These are the partes of the Tabernacle I meane of the Tabernacle of the Testimonie which was appointed by the commandement of Mosés for the office of the Leuites by the hand of Ithamár sonne to Aaron the Priest 22 So Bezaleél the sonne of Vri the sonne of Hur of the tribe of Iudáh made all that the Lord commanded Mosés 23 And with him Aholiáb sonne of Ahisamách of the tribe of Dan a cunning workeman and an embroyderer and a worker of nedle worke in blewe silke and in purple and in skarlet and in 〈◊〉 linen 24 All the golde that was occupied in all the worke wroght for the holy place which was the golde of the offring was nine and twentie talents and seuen hundreth and thir tie shekels according to the shekel of the Sanctuarie 25 But the siluer of them that were nombred in the Congregacion was an hundreth talents and a thousand seuen hundreth seuentie and fiue shekels after the shekel of the Sanctuarie 26 A portion for a man that is halfe a shekel after the shekel of the Sanctuarie for all them that were nombred from twentie yere olde and aboue among six hundreth thousand and thre thousand and fiue hundreth and fiftie men 27 Moreouer there were an hundreth talents of siluer to cast the sockets of the Sanctuarie and the sockets of the vaile an hundreth sockets of an hundreth talens a talent for a socket 28 But he made the hokes for the pillers of a thousand seuen hundreth and seuentie and fiue shekels and ouerlaied their chapiters and made filets about them 29 Also the brasse of the offring was seuentie talents and two thousand and foure hundreth shekels 30 Whereof he made the sockets to the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregation and the brasen Altar and the brasengrate which was for it with all the instruments of the Altar 31 And the sockets of the courte round about and the sockets for the courte gate and all the * pins of the Tabernacle and all the pins of the courte round about CHAP. XXXIX 1 The apparel of Aarón and his sonnes 32 All that the Lord commanded was made and finished 43 Mosés blesseth the people 1 MOreouer they made garments of ministration to ministre in the Sanctuarie of blewe silke and purple and skarlet thei * made also the holy garments for Aarón as the Lord had commanded Mosés 2 So he made the Ephód of golde blewe silke and purple and skarlet and fine twined linen 3 And they did beate the golde into thin plates and cut it into wiers to worke it in the blewe silke and in the purple and in the skar let in the fine linē with broydred worke 4 For the which thei made shulders to couple together for it was closed by the two edges thereof 5 And the broydred garde of his Ephód that was vpon him was of the same stuffe and of like worke euen of golde of blewe silke purple and skarlet and fine twined linen as the Lord had commanded Mosés 6 ¶ And they wroght * two onix stones closed in ouches of golde and graued as signets are grauen with the names of the children of Israél 7 And put thē on the shulders of the Ephód as stones for a * remembrance of the children of Israél as the Lord had commanded Mosés 8 ¶ Also he made the brest plate of broydred worke like the worke of the Ephód to wit of golde blewe silke and purple and skarlet and fine twined linen 9 They made the brest plate double and it was square an hand breadth long an hand breadth broad it was also double 10 And they filled it with foure rowes of stones The ordre was thus 〈◊〉 ruby a topaze a carbuncle in the first rowe 11 And in the seconde rowe an emeraude a saphir and a diamond 12 Also in the third rowe a turkeis an a chate and an hematite 13 Like wise in the fourte rowe a chrysolite an onix and a iasper closed and set in ouches of golde 14 So the stones were according to the names of the children
vpō the wood that is in the fire for it is a burnt offrīg an oblatiō made by fire for a swete sauour vnto the Lord. CHAP. II. 1 The meat offring is after thre sortes of fine floure vnbaken 4 Of bread baken 14 And of corne in the eare 1 ANd when anie wil offer a meat offring vnto the Lord his offring shal be of fine floure and he shal poure oyle vpon it put incenseth ereon 2 And shall bring it vnto Aarons sonnes the Priests he shal take thēce his handful of the floure of the oyle with al the incense and the Priest shal burne it for a memoriall vpon the altar for it is an offring made by fire for a swete sauour vnto the Lord. 3 * But the remnant of the meat offryng shal be Aarons his sonnes for it is most holy of the Lords offrings made by fire 4 ¶ If thou bring also a meat offring baken in the ouen it shal be an vnleauened cake of fine floure mingled with oyle or an vnlea uened wafer anointed with oyle 5 ¶ But if thy meat offring be an oblation of the friyng pan it shal be of fine floure vnleauened mingled with oyle 6 And thou shalt parte it in pieces and powre oyle thereon for it is a meat offring 7 ¶ And if thy meat offring be an oblation made in the caudron it shal be made of fine floure with oyle 8 After thou shalt bring the meat offring that is made of these things vnto the Lord and shalt present it vnto the Priest and he shal bring it to the altar 9 And the Priest shal take from the meat offring a * memorial of it shal burne it vpon the altar for it is an oblation * made by fire for a swete sauour vnto the Lord. 10 But that which is left of the meat offring shal be Aarons his sonnes for it is moste holy of the offrings of the Lord made by fire 11 All the meat offrings which ye shal offer vnto the Lord shal be made without leauen for ye shal nether burne leauen nor hony in any offring of the Lord made by fire 12 ¶ In the oblation of the first frutes ye shal offer them vnto the Lord but they shal not be burnt vpon the altar for a swete sauour 13 All the meat offrings also shalt thou season with * salt nether shalt thou suffre the salt of the couenant of thy God to be lacking frō thy meat offring but vpon all thine oblations thou shalt offer salt 14 If then thou offer a meat offring of thy first frutes vnto the Lord thou shalt offer for thy meat offring of thy first frutes * eares of cor ne dried by the fire and wheat beaten out of the grene eares 15 After thou shalt put oyle vpon it and laie incense thereon for it is a meat offring 16 And the Priest shal burne the memorial of it euen of that that is beaten and of the oyle of it with all the incense thereof for it is an offring vnto the Lord made by fire CHAP. III. 1 The maner of peace offrings and beasts for the same 17. The Israclites may nether eat fat nor blood ALso if his oblation be a peace offring if he wil offer of the droue whether it be male or female he shal offer suche as is without blemish before the Lord 2 And shal put his hand vpon the head of his offring and kil it at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and Aarons sonnes the Priests shal sprinckle the blood vpon the altar round about 3 So he shal offer parte of the peace offrigs as a sacrifice made by fire vnto the Lord euen the * fat that couereth the inwardes and all the fat that is vpon the inwardes 4 He shal also take away the two kidneis and the fat that is on them and vpon the flanks and the kall on the liuer with the kidneis 5 And Aarons sonnes shal burne it on the altar with the burnt offring whiche is vpon the wood that is on the fire this is a sacrifice made by fire for a swete sauourvnto the lord 6 ¶ Also if his oblation be a peace offring vn to the Lord out of the flocke whether it be male or female he shall offer it without blemish 7 If he offer a lambe for his oblation then he shall bring it before the Lord. 8 And lay his hand vpon the head of his offring and shall kill it before the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and Aarons sonnes shal sprinkle the blood therof round about vpon the altar 9 After of the peace offrings he shal offer an offring made by fire vnto the Lord he shall take awai the fat thereof the rumpe altogether hard by the backe bone and the far that couereth the inwardes and all the fat that is vpon the inwardes 10 Also he shall take away the two kidneis with the fat that is vpō thē vpō the * flāks and the kal vpon the liuer with the kidneis 11 Then the Priest shal burne it vpon the altar as the meat of an offrings made by fire vnto the Lord. 12 ¶ Also if his offring be a goat then shal he offer it before the Lord. 13 And shall put his hand vpon the head of it and kil it before the Tabernacle of the Cō gregacion and the sonnes of Aarón shall sprinkle the blood thereof vpon the altar roundabout 14 Then he shal offer there of his offring euē an offring made by fire vnto the Lord the fat that couereth the inwardes al the fat that is vpon the inwardes 15 Also he shal take away the two kidneis and the fat that is vpon thē and vpon the flanks and the kal vpon the liuer with the kidneis 16 So the Priest shal burne thē vpon the altar as the meat of an offring made by fire for a swete sauour * all the fat is the Lords 17 This shal be a perpetual ordināce for your generacions throughoutal your dwellings so that ye shal eat nether fat nor * blood CHAP. IIII. 1 The offring for sinnes done of ignorāce 3 For the Priest 13 The Congregacion 22 The ruler 27 And the priuate man 1 MOreouer the Lord speake vnto Mosés saying 2 Speake vnto the children of Israél saying If anie shall sinne through ignorāce in anie of the commandements of the Lord which oughtnot to be done but shal do cōtrarie to anie of them 3 If the Priest that is anointed do sinne according to the sinne of the people thē shall he offer for his sinne which he hath sinned a yong bullocke without blemish vnto the Lord for a sinne offring 4 And he shal bring the bullocke vnto the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion before the Lord and shal put his hand vpō the bullocks head and kil the
shal pronounce with an othe and it be hid frō him after knoweth that he hathe offēded in one of these points 5 Whē he hathe sinned in anie of these things then he shal confesse that he hathe sinned therein 6 Therefore shal he bring his trespasse offring vnto the Lord for his sinne which he hathe committed euen a female from the flocke be it a lābe or a she goat for a sinne offring and the Priest shal make an atonement for him concerning his sinne 7 But if he be not able to bring a shepe he shal bring for his trespasse which he hathe committed two turtle doues or two yong pigeōs vnto the Lord one for a sinne offring and the other for a burnt offring 8 So he shal bring them vnto the Priest who shal offer the sinne offring first and * wring the necke of it a sundre but not plucke it cleane of 9 After he shal sprinkle of the blood of the sinne offring vpon the side of the altar and the rest of the blood shal be shed at the fote of the altar for it is a sinne offring 10 Also he shal offer the seconde for a burnt offring as the maner is so shal the Priest make an atonement for him for his sinne which he hathe committed and it shal be forgiuen him 11 ¶ But if he * be not able to bring two turtle doues or two yong pigeons then he that ha the sinned shal bring for his offring the tēth parte of an Epháh of fine floure for a sinne offring he shal put none oyle thereto nether put anie incense thereon for it is a sinne ne offring 12 Then shal he bring it to the Priest and the Priest shal take his handeful of it for the * remembrance thereof and burne it vpon the altar * with the offrings of the Lord made by fire for it is a sinne offring 13 So the Priest shal make an atonement for him as touching his sinne that he hathe cōmitted in one of these points and it shal be forgiuen him and the remnant shal be the Priests as the meat offring 14 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 15 If anie persone transgresse sinne through ignorance by taking awaie things consecrated vnto the Lord he shal then bring for his trespasse offring vnto the Lord a rā without blemish out of the flocke worthe two shekels of siluer by thy estimation after the shekel of the Sanctuarie for a trespasse offring 16 So he shal restore that wherein he hathe offended in taking awaie of the holy thing and shal put the fift parte more thereto and giue it vnto the Priest so the Priest shal make an atonemēt for him with the ram of the tres passe offring and it shal be forgiuen him 17 ¶ Also if anie sinne and * do against anie of the commandements of the Lord which ought not to be done and knowe not and sinne and beare his iniquitie 18 Then shal he bring a ram without blemish out of the flocke in thy estimation worth * two shekels for a trespasse offring vnto the Priest and the Priest shal make an atonemēt for him cōcerning his ignorance wherein he erred and was not ware so it shal be forgiuen him 19 This is the trespasse offring for the trespasse committed against the Lord CHAP. VI. 6 The offring for sinnes which are done willingly 9 The lawe of the burnt offrings 13 The fire must abide euermore vpon the altar 14 The lawe of the meat offring 20. The offrings of Aarón and his sonnes 1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 2 If anie sinne cōmit a trespasse against the Lord denie vnto his neighbour that which was takē him to kepe or that which was put to him of trust or doeth by robberie or by violēce oppresse his neighbour 3 Or hathe found that which was lost and denieth it and sweareth falsely * for anie of these things that a man doeth wherein he sinneth 4 When I say he thus sinneth and trespasseth he shal then restore the robbery that he rob bed or the thing taken by violence which he toke by force or the thing which was deliuered him to kepe or the lost thing which he founde 5 Or for whatsoeuer he hathe sworne falsely he shal bothe restore it in the whole * summe and shal adde the fift parte more thereto and giue it vnto him to whome it perteineth the same day that he offreth for his trespasse 6 Also he shal bring for his trespasse vnto the Lord a ram without blemish out of the * flocke in thy estimatiō worthe two shekels for a trespasse offring vnto the Priest 7 And the Priest shal make an atonement for him before the Lord and it shal be forgiuen him whatsoeuer thing he hathe done and trespassed therein 8 ¶ Then the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 9 Commande Aarón and his sonnes saying This is the lawe of the burnt offring it is the burnt offring because it burneth vpon the altar all the night vnto the morning and the fire burneth on the altar 10 And the Priest shal put on his linnen garment and shal put on his linnen breches vpon his flesh and take away the ashes when the fire hathe consumed the burnt offring vpon the altar and he shal put them beside the altar 11 After he shal put of his garments and put on other raiment and cary the ashes forthe without the hoste vnto a cleane place 12 But the fire vpō the altar shal burne thereō and neuer be put out wherefore the Priest shal burne wood on it euerie morning lay the burnt offring in ordre vpon it he shal burne thereon the fat of the peace offrings 13 The fire shal euer burne vpon the altar and neuer go out 14 ¶ * Also this is the lawe of the meat offring which Aarons sonnes shal offer in the presence of the Lord before the altar 15 He shal euen take thence his handful of fine floure of the meat offring and of the oyle and all the incens which is vpon the meat offring and shalt burne it vpon the altar for a swete sauour as a * memorial therefore vnto the Lord 16 But the rest thereof shal Aarōn and his sonnes eat it shal be eaten without leauen in the holy place in the courte of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion they shal eat it 17 It shal not be baken with leauen I haue gi uen it for their porcion of mine offrings ma de by fire for it is as the sinne offring and as the trespasse offring 18 All the males among the children of Aarōn shal eat of it It shal be a statute for euer in your generacions concerning the offrings of the Lord made by fire * whatsoeuer tou cheth them shal be holy 19 ¶ Againe the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying
by a statute for euer frō among the children of Israél 35 ¶ This is the anointyng of Aarôn and the anointyng of his sonnes concernyng the offrings of the Lorde made by fire in the daye whē he presented them to serue in the Priests office vnto the Lord. 36 The which portions the Lord commāded to gyue them in the daye that the anointed them from among the children of Israél by a statute for euer in their generacions 37 This is also the lawe of the burnt offryng of the meat offring and of the sinne offring and of the trespasse offring and of the consecrations and of the peace offrings 38 Which the Lord commanded Mosés in the mount Sinái when he commanded the children of Israél to offer their giftes vnto the Lord in the wildernes of Sinái CHAP. VIII 12 The anointing of Aarón and his sonnes with the sacrifice con ceinyng the same 1 AFterwarde the Lorde spake vnto Mosés saying 2 * Take Aarón and his sonnes with hym and the garments and the * anointing oyle and a bullocke for the sin offring and two rams and a basket of vnleauened bread 3 And assemble all the companie at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 4 So Mosés did as the Lord had commanded him and the companie was assembled at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregaciō 5 Then Mosés said vnto the companie * This is the thyng whiche the Lorde hathe commanded to do 6 And Mosés broght Aarón and his sonnes ād washed them with water 7 And put vpon him the coat and girded him with a girdel ād clothed him with the robe and put the Ephōd on him which he girded with the broydred garde of the Ephód and bonde it vnto him therewith 8 After he put the brest plate thereon and put in the brest plate * the Vrim and the 〈◊〉 9 Also he put the mitre vpon his head and put vpon the mitre on the fore fronte the golden plate ād the holy crowne as the Lord had commanded Mosés 10 Now Mosés had taken the anointing oyle and anointed the Tabernacle and that was therein and sanctified them 11 And sprink led thereof vpon the altar seuen times and anointed the altar and all hys instruments and the lauer and hys fote to sanctifie them 12 * And he powred of the anoynting oyle vppon Aarons head and anointed hym to sanctifie him 13 After Mosés broght Aarons sonnes and put coates vpon them and girded them with gir dels and put bonets vpon their heades as the Lord had commanded Mosés 14 * Then he broght the bullocke for the sin offryng and his sonnes put their handes vppon the head of the bullocke for the sinne offring 15 And Mosés slewe hym and toke the blood which he put vpon the hornes of the Altar round about with his finger ād purified the Altar and powred the reste of the blood at the fote of the Altar so he sanctified it to make reconciliation vpon it 16 Then he toke all the fat that was vpon the inwardes and the kall of the liuer and the two kidneis with their fat which Mosés bur ned vpon the Altar 17 But the bullocke and hys hyde and hys flesh and his doung he burnt with fire without the hoste as the Lorde had commanded Mosés 18 ¶ Also he broght the ram for the burnt offryng and Aaron and hys sonnes put their hands vpon the head of the ram 19 So Mosés killed it and sprinkled the blood vpon the Altar round about 20 And Mosés cut the ram in pieces ād burnt the head with the pieces and the fat 21 And washed the inwardes ād the legs in water so Mosés burnt the ram euerie whit vpō the Altar for it was a burnt offrynge for a swete sauour whiche was made by fire vnto the Lord as the Lord had cōmanded Mosés 22 ¶ * After he broght the other ram the ram of consecracions and Aarōn and his sonnes laied their hands vpon the head of the ram 23 Whyche Mosés slewe and toke of the blood of it and put it vppon the lap of Aarons ryght eare and vppon the thombe of his right hand and vpon the great toe of his ryght fote 24 Then Mosés broght Aarons sonnes and put of the blood on the lap of theyr ryght eares and vpon the thumbes of their ryght hands and vpon the great toes of their right fete and Mosés sprinkled the reste of the blood vpon the Altar round about 25 And he toke the fat and the rumpe and all the fat that was vpon the inwardes and the kall of the liuer and the two kidneis wyth their fat and the right 〈◊〉 26 Also he toke of the basket of the vnleauened bread that was before the Lord one vnleauened cake and a cake of oyled breade and one wafer and put them on the fat and vpon the right shulder 27 So he put * all in Aarons handes and in hys sonnes hands and shoke it to and fro before the Lord. 28 After Mosés toke them out of their hands and burnt them vpon the Altar for a burnt offryng for these were consecracions for a swete sauour which were made by fire vnto the Lord. 29 Likewise Mosés toke the breast of the ram of consecracions and shoke it to and fro before the Lord for it was Mosés * portion as the Lord had commanded Mosés 30 Also Mosés toke of the anointing oyle and of the blood which was vpon the Altar and sprinkled it vpon Aarón vpon 〈◊〉 garments and vpon his sonnes and on hys 〈◊〉 garments with him so he sanctified Aarón hys garments and his sonnes and his sonnes garments with him 31 ¶ Afterward Mosés sayd vnto Aarón and his sonnes Sethe the fleshe at the dore of the g Tabernacle of the Congregacion and there * eat it with the bread that is in the basket of consecracions as I cōmanded saying Aarón and his sonnes shal eat it 32 But that which remaineth of the fleshe and of the bread shal ye burne with fire 33 And ye shalte not departe from the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion seuen dayes vntil the dayes of your consecracions be at an end * for seuē daies said the Lord shal he consecrate you 34 As he hathe done thys day so the Lorde hathe commanded to do to make an atonement for you 35 Therefore shall ye abide at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion daye and nyght seuen dayes and shal kepe the watch of the LORD that ye dye not for so I am commanded 36 So Aarôn and his sonnes did all things whiche the Lord had commanded by the hand of Mosés CHAP. IX 8 The first offrings of Aarón 22 Aaron blesseth the people 23 The glorie of the Lorde is sheweth 24 The fire commeth from the Lord. 1 ANd in the eyght daye Mosés called Aarón and hys sonnes and the Elders of
Isráel 2 * Thē he said vnto Aaron Take thee a yong calf for a sinne offring ād a ram for a burnt offring bothe without blemish and bring them before the Lord. 3 And vnto the children of Israél thou shalte speake saying Take ye an he goat for a sinne offring and a calf and a lambe both of a yere olde without blemish for a burnt offring 4 Also a bullocke ād a ram for peace offrings to offer before the Lord and a meat offring mingled with oyle for to day the Lorde will appeare vnto you 5 ¶ Then thei broght that which Mosés commanded before the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and all the assemble drewe nere and stode before the Lord. 6 For Mosés had said This is the thing which the Lord commanded that ye shulde do and the glorie of the Lord shal appeare vnto you 7 Then Mosés said vnto Aarôn Drawe nere to the Altar and offer thy sin offring and thy burnt offring and make an atonement for thee for the people offer also the offring of the people and make an atonement for them as the Lord hathe commanded 8 ¶ Aarón therefore went vnto the Altar and killed the calf of the sin offring which was for him self 9 And the sonnes of Aaron broght the blood vnto him ād he dipt his finger in the blood and put it vpon the hornes of the Altar and powred the rest of the blood at the fote of the Altar 10 But the fat and the kidneis and the kall of the liuer of the sin offring he burnt vpon the Altar as the LORD had commanded Mosés 11 The flesh also and the hyde he burnt with fire with out the hoste 12 After he slewe the burnt offring and Aarons sonnes broght vnto him the blood which he sprinkled round about vpon the Altar 13 Also thei broght the burnt offring vnto him with the pieces thereof and the head and he burnt them vpon the Altar 14 Likewise he did wash the inwardes and the legs and burnt them vpon the burnt offring on the Altar 15 ¶ Then he offred the peoples offring and toke a goat which was the sin offring for the people and slewe it and offred it for sinne as the first 16 So he offred the burnt offring and prepared it according to the maner 17 He presented also the meat offring and filled his hand thereof and * beside the burnt sacrifice of the morning he burnt this vpon the Altar 18 He slewe also the bullocke and the ram for the peace offrings that was for the people and Aarons sonnes broght vnto him the blood which he sprinkled vpon the Altar round about 19 With the fat of the bullocke and of the ram the rumpe and that which couereth the inwardes and the kidneis and the kall of the liuer 20 So thei laied the fat vpon the breasts and he burnt the fat vpon the Altar 21 But the breasts and the right shulder Aarôn shoke to fro before the Lord as the Lord had commanded Moses 22 So Aarón lift vp his hand towarde the people and blessed thē and came downe from offring of the sinne offring and the burnt offring and the peace offrings 23 After Mosés and Aarón went into the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and came out and blessed the peole * and the glorie of the Lord appeared to all the people 24 * And there came a fire out from the Lord and consumed vpon the Altar the burnt offring and the fat which when all the people sawe thei gaue thankes fel on their faces CHAP. X. 2 Nadáb and Abihu are burnt 6 Israél murneth for thē but the Priests might not 9 The Priests are forbidden wine 1 BVt * Nadáb and Abihú the sonnes of Aarôn toke ether of them his censor and put fire therein and put incens thereupon and offred strange fire before the LORD which he had not commanded them 2 Therefore a fire went out from the Lord and deuoured them so thei dyed before the Lord. 3 Then Mosés said vnto Aarôn This is it that the Lord spake saying I wil be sanctified in them that come nere me and before all the people I wil be glorified but Aarón helde his peace 4 And Mosés called Mishaél and Elzaphán the sonnes of Vzziél the vncle of Aarón and said vnto them Come nere cary your brethren from before the Sanctuarie out of the hoste 5 Then thei went and caryed them in their coates out of the hoste as Mosés had commanded 6 After Mosés said vnto Aarón and vnto Eleazar and I thamar his sonnes Vncouer not your heades nether rent your clothes lest ye dye and lest wrath come vpon all the people but let your brethren all the house of Israél be waile the burning which the Lord hathe kindled 7 And go not ye out from the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion lest ye dye for the anointing oyle of the Lord is vpon you and thei did according to Mosés commandement 8 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Aarôn saying 9 Thou shalt not drinke wine nor strong drinke thou nor thy sonnes with thee when ye come into the Tabernacle of the Congre gacion lest ye dye this is an ordinance for euer throughout your generacions 10 That ye may put difference betwene the holy and the vnholy and betwene the cleane and the vncleane 11 And that ye may teache the children of Israél all the statutes which the Lord hathe cō manded them by the hand of Mosês 12 ¶ Then Mosés said vnto Aarôn and vnto Eleazár and to Ithamár his sonnes that were left Take the meat offring that remaineth of the offrings of the Lord made by fire and eat it without leauen beside the altar for it is moste holy 13 And ye shal eat it in the holy place because it is thy duetie and thy sonnes duetie of the offrings of the Lord made by fire for so I am commanded 14 Also* the shaken breast and the heaue shul der shal ye eat in a cleane place thou and thy sonnes and thy daughters with thee for thei are giuen as thy 〈◊〉 and thy sonnes duetie of the peace offrings of the children of Israél 15 The heaue shulder and the shaken breast shal they bring with the offrings made by fire of the fat to shake it to and fro before the Lord and it shal be thine and thy sonnes with thee by alawe for euer as the Lord hathe commanded 16 ¶ * And Mosés soght the goat that was offred for sinne and lo it was burnt therefore he was angry with Eleazár and Ithamár the sonnes of Aarón which were left aliue saying 17 Wherefore haue ye not eaten the sin offring in the holy place seing it is moste holy and God hathe giuen it you to beare the iniqui tie of the Congregacion to make an atonement for them
before you the land is defiled 28 And shall not the land spue you out if ye defile it as it spued out the people that were before you 29 For whosoeuer shall commit anie of these abominacions the persones that do so shal be cut of from among their people 30 Therefore shall ye kepe mine ordinances that ye do not anie of the abominable customes which haue bene done before you and that ye defile not your selues therein for I am the Lord your God CHAP. XIX 1 A repeticion of sondrie lawes and ordinances 1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 2 Speake vnto al the Cōgregacion of the children of Israél say vnto thē * Ye shal be holy for I the Lord your God am holy 3 ¶ Ye shall feare euerie man is mother his father and shall kepe my Sabbaths for I am the Lord your God 4 ¶ Ye shall not turne vnto idoles nor make you molten gods I am the Lord your God 5 ¶ And when ye shal offer a peace offring vn to the Lord ye shal offer it frely 6 * It shal be eaten the day ye offer it or on the morowe and that whiche remaineth vntill the third day shal be burnt in the fire 7 For if it be eaten the third day it shal be vncleane it shal not be accepted 8 Therefore he that eateth it shall beare his iniquitie because he hathe defiled the halowed thing of the Lorde and that persone shal be cut of from his people 9 ¶ * When ye reape the haruest of your land ye shal not reape euerie corner of your field nether shalt thou gather the glainyngs of thy haruest 10 Thou shalt not gather the grapes of thy vineyarde 〈◊〉 nether gather euery grape of thy vineyarde but thou shalt leaue them for the poore for the stranger I am the Lord your God 11 ¶ Ye shal not steale nether deale falsely netherlie one to another 12 ¶ * Also ye shal not sweare by my Name falsely nether shalt thou defile the Name of thy God I am the Lord. 13 ¶ Thou shalt not do thy neighbour wrong nether robbe him * The worckemans hire shal not abide with thee vntil the morning 14 ¶ Thou shalt not curse the deafe * nether put a stumbling blocke before the blinde but shalt feare thy God I am the Lord. 15 ¶ Ye shal not do vniustely ī iudgemēt * thou shalt not fauour the persone of the poore nor honour the persone of the mighty but thou shalt iudge thy neighbour iustly 16 ¶ Thou shalt not walke about withtalcs among thy people Thou shalt not stand against the blood of thy neighbour I am the Lord. 17 ¶ Thou shalt not hate thy brother in thi ne heart but thou shalt plainely rebukc thy neighbour suffre him not to sinne 18 ¶ Thou shalt not auenge nor be mindeful of wrong against the childrē of thy peo ple. * but shalt louc thy neighbour as thy selfe I am the Lord. 19 ¶ Ye shal kepe mine ordinances Thou shalt not let thy cattel gendre with others of diuers kīdes Thou shalt not sowe thy field with mingled sede nether shal a garment of diuers things as of linen and wollen come vpon thee 20 ¶ Whosoeuer also lieth medleth with a woman that is abonde maid affianced to a housbād not redemed nor fredome giuē her she shal be scourged but they shal not dye because she is not made fre 21 And he shal bring for his trespas offring vnto the Lord at the dore of the Taberna cle of the Congregation a ram for a trespas offring 22 Then the Priest shal make an atonement for him with the rā of the trespas offring before the Lord concerning his sinne which he hath done pardō shal be giuen him for his sinne which he hathe cōmitted 23 ¶ Also when ye shal come into the land and haue planted eucrie tre for meat ye shal counte the frute thereof as vncircumcised thre yere shal it be vncircumcised vnto you it shal not be eaten 24 But in the fourth yere all the frute there of shal be holy to the praise of the Lord. 25 And in the fift yere shal ye eat of the frute of it that it may yelde to youthe encrease there of I am the Lord your God 26 ¶ Ye shal not eat the flesh with the blood ye shal not vse which craft nor obserue times 27 * Ye shal not cut round the corners of your heades nether shalt thou marre the tuftes of thy beard 28 * Ye shal not cut your flesh for the dead nor make anie printe of a marke vpon you I am the Lord. 29 ¶ Thou shalt not make thy daughter commen to cause her to be a whore lest the land also fall to whoredome and the land be ful of wickednes 30 ¶ Ye shal kepe my Sabbaths and reueren ce my Sanctuarie 〈◊〉 the Lord. 31 ¶ Ye shal not regarde them that worke with spirits * nether sothesaiers ye shal not seke to them to be defiled by them I am the Lord your God 32 ¶ Thou shalt rise vp before the horehed and honour the persone of the olde man and dread thy God I am the Lord. 33 ¶ And if a stranger soiourne with thee in your land ye shal not vexe him 34 * But the stranger that dwelleth with you shal be as one of your selues thou shal loue him as thy selfe for ye were strāgers in the land of Egypt I am the Lord your God 35 ¶ Ye shal not do vniustly in iudgement in line in weight or in measure 36 * You shal haue iuste balances true weigh tes a true Ephah a true Hin I am the Lord your God which haue broght you out of the land of Egypt 37 Therefore shal ye obserue all mine ordinances and all my iudgements and do them I am the Lord. CHAP. XX. 2 They that giue of their sedeto Molech must dye 6. They that haue recours to sorcerers 19 The man that committeth adulterie 11 Incest or fornication with the kinred or affinitie 24 Israel a peculiar people to the Lord. 1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 2 Thou shalt say also to the children of Israel * Whosoeuer he be of the children of Israel or of the strangers that dwel in Israél that giueth his children vnto Molech he shal dye the death the people of the land shal stone him to death 3 And I wil set my face against that man cut him of from among his people because he hath giuen his children vnto Mō lech for to defile my Sāctuarie and to pol lute mine holy Name 4 And if the people of the landhide their eyes winke at that mā when he giueth his children vnto Mólech kil him
the Congregacion shal Aarôn dresse them bothe euē and morning before the Lord alwaies this shal be a law for euer through your generacions 4 He shal dresse the lampes vppon the* pure Candelsticke before the Lord perpetually 5 ¶ Also thou shalt take fine floure and bake tweleue* cackes thereof two tenth deales shal be in one cake 6 And thou shalt set thē in two rowes six in a rowe vpō the pure table before the Lord. 7 Thou shalt also put pure in cense vpon the rowes that in stede of the breade it may be for a remembrāce and an offring made by fire to the Lord. 8 Euerie Sabbath he shall put them in rowes before the Lord euermore receauing thē of the children of Israél for an euerlasting couenant 9 * And the bread shal be Aarōs and his sonnes and thei shal eat it in the holy place for it is most holy vnto him of the offrings of the Lord made by fire by a perpetual ordinance 10 ¶ And there went out among the children of Israél the sonne of an Israelitish woman whose father was an Egyptian this sonne of the Israelitish womā amā of Israél stroue together in the hoste 11 So the Israelitish womās sonne blasphemed the Name of the Lord and cursed they broght him vnto Mosés his mothers name also was Shelomith the daughter of Dibri of the tribe of Dan. 12 And they* put him in warde till he tolde them the minde of the Lord. 13 Then the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 14 Bring the blasphemer with out the hoste and let all that heard him * put their hāds vpon his head and let al the Congregaciō stone him 15 And thou shalt speake vnto the children of Israél saying Whosoeuer curseth his God shal beare his sinne 16 And he that blasphemeth the name of the Lord shal be put to death all the Congregacion shallstone him to death as well the strāger as he that is borne in the land whē he blasphemeth the Name of the Lord let him be slaine 17 ¶ * He also that killeth anie man he shal be put to death 18 And he that killeth a beast he shal restore it beast for beast 19 Also if a man cause anie blemish in hys neighbour as he hathe done so shall it be done to him 20 * Breache for breache eie for eie to the for to the such a blemish as he hath made in anie suche shal be repaied to him 21 And he that killeth a beast shal restore it but he that killeth a man shal be slaine 22 Ye shal haue* one la we it shal be aswel for the stranger as for one borne in the countrey for I am the Lord your God 23 ¶ Then Mosés tolde the childrē of Israél and they broght the blasphemer out of the hoste and stond him with stones so the children of Israél did as the Lord had commanded Mosés CHAP. XXV 2 The Sabbath of the seuenth yere 8 The Iubile in the fiftieth yere 14 Not to oppresse their brethren 23 The sale and redeming of lands houses and persones 1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés in moūt Sin ai saying 2 Speake vnto the children of Israél and say vnto them When ye shall come into the land which I giue you the* land shall kepe Sabbath vnto the Lord. 3 Six yeres thou shalt sowe thy field and six yeres thou shalt cut thy vineyarde and gather the frute thereof 4 But the seuenth yere shal be a Sabbath of rest vnto the land it shal be the Lords Sab bath thou shalt nether sowe thy field nor cutthy vineyarde 5 That which groweth of it owne accorde of thy haruest thou shalt not reape nether gather the grapes that thou haste lefte vnlaboured for it shal be a yere of reste vnto the land 6 And the rest of the land shal be meate for you euen for thee and for thy seruant for thy maid for thy hyred seruāt for the stranger that soiourneth with thee 7 And for thy cattel and for the beastes that are in thy land shall all the increase therof be meat 8 ¶ Also thou shalt nomber seuen Sabbaths of yeres vnto thee euen seuen times seuē yere the space of the seuen Sabbaths of yeres wil be vnto the nine fourty yere 9 Then thou shalt cause to blowe the trumpet of the Iubile in the tenth day of the seuenth moneth euen in the day of the recō ciliacion shal ye make the trumpet blowe throughout all your land 10 And ye shall halowe that yere euen the fiftieth yere and proclaime libertie in the land to all the inhabitants there of it shal be the Iubile vnto you and ye shal returne euerie man vnto his possession and euerie man shal returne vnto his familie 11 This fiftieth yere shal be a yere of Iubile vnto you ye shall not sowe nether reape that which groweth of it self nether gather the grapes therof that are left vnlaboured 12 For it is the Iubile it shall be holy vnto you ye shal eat of the increase thereof out of the field 13 In the yere of this Iubile ye shall returne euerie man vnto his possession 14 And when thou sellest ought to thy neigh bour or byest at thy neighbours hande ye shal not oppresse one another 15 But according to the nōber of yeres after the Iubile thou shalt bye of thy neighbour also according to the nōber of the yeres of the reuenues he shal sel vnto thee 16 According to the multitude of yeres thou shalt encrease the price therof and accordynge to the fewnes of yeres thou shalt abate the price of it for the nomber of frutes doeth he sel vnto thee 17 Oppresse not ye therefore anie man hys neighbour but thou shalt feare thy God for I am the Lord your God 18 ¶ Wherefore ye shal obey mine ordināces and kepe my Lawes and do them and ye shalwel in the land in saftie 19 And the land shal giue her frute ye shall eat your fil and dwel therein 〈◊〉 20 And if ye shal say What shal we eat the seuēth yere for we shal not sowe nor gather-in our increase 21 I wil send my blessings vppon you in the sixt yere and it shal bring forthe frute for thre yeres 22 And ye shalsowe the eight yere and eate of the old frute vntil the ninth yere vntil the frute therof come ye shal eat the olde 23 ¶ Also the lād shal not be sold to be cut of frō the familie for the land is mine ye be but strangers and soiourners with me 24 Therfore in al the land of your possession ye shal grante a redempciō for the land 25 ¶ If thy brother be impouerished and sel his possession thē his redemer shall come euen his nere kinsman and bye out
the Priest shal value him according to the abilitie of him that vow ed so shal the Priest value him 9 And if it be a beast whereof men bring an offring vnto the Lord all that one giueth of suche vnto the Lord shal be holy 10 He shal not alter it nor change it a good for a bad nor a bad for a good and if he change beast for beast then both this that which was chāged for it shal be holy 11 And if it be anie vncleane beast of which men do not offer a sacrifice vnto the Lord he shal then present the beast before the Priest 12 And the Priest shal value it whether it be good or bad ād as thou valuest it which art the Priest so shal it be 13 But if he wil bie it againe then he shal giue the fift parte of it more aboue thy valuacion 14 ¶ Also whē a mā shal dedicate his house to be holy vnto the Lord thē the Priest shall value it whether it be good or bad as the Priest shal prise it so shal the value be 15 But if he that sanctified it wil redeme his house then he shal giue therto the fift part of money more then thy estimacion and it shal be his 16 If also a man dedicate to the Lord anie grounde of his inheritāce then shalt thou esteme it according to the sede thereof an Homer of barlie sede shal be at fiftie shekels of siluer 17 If he dedicate his field immediately from the yere of Iubile it shal be worthe as thou doest estemeit 18 But if he dedicate his field after the Iubile then the Priest shal reken hym the money according to the yeres that remaine vnto the yere of Iubile and it shal be abbated by thy estimacion 19 And if he that dedicateth it wil redeme the field then he shal put the fift parte of the price that thou estemedst it at theren̄to and it shal remaine his 20 And if he wil not redeme the filed but the Priest sel the field to another man it shal be redemed no more 21 But the field shal be holie to the Lord when it goeth out in the Iubile as a filed separe te from commune vses the possession ther of shal be the Priests 22 If a mā also dedicate vnto the Lord a field which he hathe boght which is not of the grounde of his inheritance 23 Then the Priest shal set the price to him as * thou estemest it vnto the yere of Iubile and he shal giue thy price the same day as a thing holy vnto the Lord. 24 But in the yere of Iubile the field shal returne vnto him of whome it was boght to him I say whose inheritāce the lād was 25 And all thy valuacion shal be according to the skekel of * the Sanctuarie a shekel cō teineth twenty gerahs 26 ¶ * Notwithstanding the first borne of the beastes because it is the Lords first borne none shal dedicate suche be it bullocke or shepe for it is the Lords 27 But if it be an vncleane beast then he shal redeme it by thy valuacion and giue the fift parte more thereto if it be not rede med then it shal be solde according to thy estimacion 28 * Notwithstāding nothing separate frō the commune vse that a man doeth separate vnto the Lord of all that he hathe whether it be man or beast or land of his inheritance may be solde nor redemed for euerie thing separate from the commune vse is moste holy vnto the Lord. 29 Nothing separate from the cōmune vse which shal be separate from man shal be redemed but dye the death 30 Also all the tithe of the lād bothe of the sede of the ground of the frute of the 〈◊〉 is the Lords it is holy to the Lord. 31 But if a man wil redeme anie of his tithe he shal adde the fift parte thereto 32 And euerie tithe of bullocke and of shepe and of all that goeth vnder the rod the tenth shal be holy vnto the Lord. 33 He shal not loke if it be good or bad nether shal he change it els if he change it bothe it and that it was changed with all shal be holy and it shal not be redemed 34 These are the commādements which the Lord commanded by Mosés vnto the chil dren of Israel in mount Sinai THE FOVR THE BOKE OF Mosés called Nombers THE ARGVMENT FOrasmuche as God hathe appointed that his Church in this worlde shal be vnder the crosse bothe because they shulde learne not to put their trust in worldely things and also fele his comforte when all other helpe faileth he did not straight way bring his people after their departure out of Egypt into the land which he promised them but led them to and fro for the space of fourtie yeres and kept them in continual exercises before they enioyed it to trye their faith to teache them to forget the worlde and to depend on him VVhich tryal did greately profit to discerne the wicked and the hypocrites from the faithful and true seruants of God who serued him with pure heart where as the other preferring their carnal affections to Gods glorie and making religion to serue their purpose murmured when they lacked to content their lustes and despisest them whome God had appointed rulers ouer them By reason whereof they prouoked Gods terrible iudgements against them and are set forthe as a moste norable example for all ages to be ware how they abuse Gods worde preferre their owne lustes to his wil or despise his ministers Not withstanding God is euer true in his promes and gouerneth his by his holy Spirit that ether they fall not to suche inconueniences or els returne to him quickely by true repentance and therefore he continueth his graces toward them he giueth them ordinances and instructions aswel for religion as out ward policie he preserueth them against all craft and conspiracie and giueth them manifolde vi ctories against their enemies And to auoyd all controuersies that might arise he taketh away the occasions by diuiding among all the tribes bothe the land which they had wonne and that also which he had promised as semed best to his god lie wisdome CHAP. I. 1 Mosés and Aaron with the twelue princes of the tribes are commanded of the Lord to nomber them that are able to go to warre 49 The Leuites are exempted for the seruice of the Lord. 1 THe Lord spake agai ne vnto Mosés ī the wildernes of Sinai in the Tabernacle of the Cōgregaciō in the first day of the seconde moneth in the seconde yere after they were come out of the land of Egypt saying 2 * Take ye the summe of all the Congregaciō of the children of Israel after their familiers housholdes of their fathers with the nōber of their names to with all the
their father 5 Then the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 6 Bring the tribe of Leui and set them before Aarôn the Priest that thei may serue him 7 And take the charge with him 〈◊〉 the char ge of the whole Congregacion before the Tabernacle of the Congregacion to do the seruice of the Tabernacle 8 Thei shal also kepe all the instruments of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and haue the charge of the children of Israél to do the seruice of the Tabernacle 9 And thou shalt giue the Leuites vnto Aarón and to his sonnes for thei are giuen him frely from among the children of Israél 10 And thou shalt appoint Aarōn and his sonnes to execute their Priests office and the stranger that commeth nere shal be slaine 11 ¶ Also the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 12 Beholde I haue euen taken the Leuites frō among the children of Israél for all the first borne that openeth the matrice among the childrē of Israél the Leuites shal be mine 13 Because all the first borne are mine for the same day that I smote all the first borne in the land of Egypt * I sanctified vnto me all the first borne in Israél bothe man and beast mine thei shal be I am the Lord. 14 ¶ Moreouer the Lord spake vnto Moses in the wildernes of Sinái saying 15 Nomber the children of Leui after the houses of their fathers in their families euerie male from a moneth olde and aboue shalt thou nomber 16 * Then Mosés nombred them according to the worde of the Lord as he was commanded 17 And these were the sonnes of Leui by their names * Gershón and Koháth and Merari 18 Also these are the names of the sonnes of Gershón by their families Libni and Shimei 19 The sonnes also of Koháth by their families Amrám and Izehár Hebrón and Vzziél 20 And the sonnes of Merari by their families Mahli and Mushi These are the families of Leui according to the houses of their fathers 21 Of Gershón came the familie of the Libnites and the familie of the Shimeites these are the families of the Gershonites 22 The summe whereof after the nomber of all the males from a moneth olde and aboue was counted seuen thousand and fiue hundreth 23 ¶ The families of the Gershonites shal pitch behinde the Tabernacle Westwarde 24 The captaine and ancient of the house of the Gershonites shal be Eliasáph the son ne of Laél 25 And the charge of the sonnes of Gershon in the Tabernacle of the Congregaciō shal be the Tabernacle and the pauillion the coue ring thereof and the vaile of the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 26 And the hanging of the courte and the vaile of the dore of the courte which is nere the Tabernacle and nere the Altar round about and the cordes of it for all the seruice thereof 27 ¶ And of Koháth came the familie of the Amramites and the familie of the Izeharites and the familie of the Hebronites and the fa milie of the Vzzielites these are the families of the Kohathites 28 The nomber of all the males from a moneth olde and aboue was eight thousand and six hundreth hauing the charge of the Sanctuarie 29 The families of the sonnes of Koháth shal pitch on the Southside of the Tabernacle 30 The captaine ancient of the house and families of the Kohathites shal be Elizaphán the sonne of Vzziél 31 And their charge shal be the Arke and the table and the candelsticke and the altars and the instruments of the Sanctuarie that they minister with and the vaile and all that serueth thereto 32 And Eleazárthe sonne of Aarón the Priest shal be chief captaine of the Leuites hauing the ouersight of them that haue the charge of the Sanctuarie 33 ¶ Of Merarî came the familie of the Mahlites and the familie of the Mushites these are the families of Merari 34 And the summe of them according to the nomber of all the males from a moneth olde aboue was six thousand two hundreth 35 The captaine and the ancient of the house of the families of Merari shal be Zuriél the sóne of Abihail thei shal pitch on the North side of the Tabernacle 36 And in the charge and custodie of the sonnes of Merari shal be the boardes of the Tabernacle and the barres thereof and his pillers and his sockets all the instruments thereof and all that serueth thereto 37 With the pillers of the court round about with their sockets and their pins and their cordes 38 ¶ Also on the forefront of the Tabernacle toward the East before the Tabernacle I say of the Congregacion Eastwarde shal Mosés and Aaron and his sonnes pitch hauing the charge of the Sanctuarie and the charge of the children of Israél but the stran ger that commeth nere shal be slaine 39 The whole summe of the Leuites which Mosés and Aarón nombred at the commandement of the Lord throughout their families euen all the males from a moneth olde and aboue was two and twentie thousand 40 ¶ And the Lord said vnto Mosés Nomber all the first borne that are males among the children of Israél from a moneth olde and aboue and take the nomber of their names 41 And thou shalt take the Leuites to me for all the first borne of the children of Israél I am the Lord and the cattel of the Leuites for all the first borne of the cattel of the children of Israél 42 And Mosés nombred as the Lord comman ded him all the first borne of the children of Israél 43 And all the first borne males rehearsed by name from a moneth olde and aboue according to their nomber were two and twentie thousand two hundreth seuentie and thre 44 And the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 45 Take the Leuites for all the first borne of the children of Israél and the cattel of the Leuites for their cattel the Leuites shal be mine I am the Lord 46 And for the redeming of the two hundreth seuentie and thre which are mo then the Leuites of the first borne of the children of Israél 47 Thou shalt also take fiue shekels for euerie persone after the weight of the Sanctuarie shalt thou take it * the shekel conteineth twentie gerahs 48 And thou shalt giue the money where with the odde nomber of them is redemed vnto Aarón and to his sonnes 49 Thus Mosés toke the redempcion of them that were redemed being mo then the Leuites 50 Of the firstborne of the children of Israél toke he the money euen a thousande thre hundreth thre score and fiue shekels after the shekel of the Sanctuarie 51 And Mosés gaue the money of them that were redemed vnto Aarōn ād to his sonnes accordyng to the worde of the Lorde as the Lord had commanded Mosés CHAP. IIII. 5 The offices of the Leuites when
said vnto them Stand still and I wil heare what the Lord wil commande con cerning you 9 ¶ And the Lord speake vnto Mosés saying 10 Speake vnto the children of Israél and say If anie among you or of your posteritie shal be vncleane by the reason of a corps or be in a long iourney he shal kepe the Passeouer vnto the Lord. 11 In the fourtenth day of the seconde moneth at euen thei shal kepe it with vnleauened bread and sowre herbes shal thei eat it 12 They shall leaue none of it vnto the morning * nor breake anie bone of it according to all the ordināce of the Passeouer shal thei kepe it 13 But the man that is cleane and is not in a iourney and is negligent to kepe the Passeouer the same persone shal be cut of from his people because he broght not the offring of the Lord in his due season that man shal beare his sinne 14 And if a stranger dwel among you and wil kepe the Passeouer vnto the Lord as the ordinance of the Passeouer and as the maner thereof is so shal he do * ye shal haue one lawe bothe for the stranger and for him that was borne in the same land 15 ¶ * And when the Tabernacle was reared vp a cloude couered the Tabernacle namely the Tabernacle of the Testimonie at euen there was vpon the Tabernacle as the appearance of fire vntil morning 16 So it was alwaie the cloude couered it by day and the appearance of fire by night 17 And when the cloude was taken vp from the Tabernacle then afterward the children of Israél iourneied and in the place where the cloude abode there the childrē of Israél pitched their tentes 18 At the commandement of the Lord the children of Israél iourneied and at the commandemēt of the Lord thei pitched as long as the cloude abode vpon the Tabernacle * they laye stil. 19 And when the cloude taryed stil vpon the Tabernacle a long time the children of Israél kept the watch of the Lord and iour neyed not 20 So when the cloude abode a fewe daies vpon the Tabernacle thei abode in their tents according to the commandement of the Lord for they iourneyed at the comman dement of the Lord. 21 And thogh the cloude abode vpon the Tabernacle from euen vnto the morning ye if the cloude was taken vp in the morning then they iourneyed whether by day or by night the cloude was taken vp then they iourneyed 22 Or if the cloude taried two dayes or a moneth or a yere vpon the Tabernacle abiding thereon the children of Israél * abode stil iourneied not but when it was taken vp they iourneyed 23 At the commandement of the Lord they pitched and at the commandement of the Lord they iourneyed keping the watch of the Lord at the commandement of the Lord by the hand of Mosés CHAP. X. 2 The vse of the siluer trumpettes 11 The Israelites departe from Sinai 14 The captaines of the hoste are nōbred 30 Hobáb refuseth to go with Mosés his sonne in lawe 1 ANd the Lorde speake vnto Mosés saying 2 Make thee two trumpets of siluer of an whole piece shalt thou make thē that thou maiest vse them for the assemblyng of the Congregacion and for the departure of the campe 3 And when they shal blowe with thē all the Congregacion shal assemble to thee before the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 4 But if they blowe with one then the princes or heads ouer the thousands of Israéll shall come vnto thee 5 But if ye blowe an alarme then the campe of them that pitche on the East parte shal go forwarde 6 If ye blowe an alarme the seconde time thē the hoste of them that lie on the Southside shal marche for they shal blowe an alarme when they remoue 7 But in assemblyng the Congregacion ye shall blowe with out an alarme 8 And the sonnes of Aarón the Priest shall blowe the trumpets and ye shal haue them as a lawe for euer in your generacions 9 And whē ye go to warre in your land against the enemie that vexeth you ye shal blow an alarme with the trumpets ye shal be remē bred before the Lord your God and shall be saued from your enemies 10 Also in the day of your gladnes in your feast daies and in the beginnyng of your monethes ye shal also blowe the trumpets ouer your burnt sacrifices and ouer your peace offrings that they may be a remembrance for you before your God I am the Lord your God 11 ¶ And in the seconde yere in the seconde moneth and in the twentieth day of the moneth the cloude was taken vp from the Tabernacle of the Testimonie 12 An the children of Israél departed on their iourneis out of the desert of Sinái and the cloude rested in the wildernes of Parán 13 So they first toke their iourney at the cōmādemēt of the Lord by the hād of Mosés 14 ¶ * In the first place wēt the standerd of the hoste of the children of Iudáh accordyng to their armies and * Nashón the sonne of Amminadáb was ouer his bande 15 And ouer the bande of 〈◊〉 tribe of the chil dren of Issachár was Nethaneél the sonne of Zuár 16 And ouer the bande of the tribe of the children of Zebulún was Eliáb the sonne of Helón 17 When the Tabernacle was taken downe then the sonnes of Gershón and the sonnes of Merari went forwarde bearing the Tabernacle 18 ¶ After departed the standerd of the hoste of Reubén according to their armies ouer his bande was Elizúr the sonne of Shedeúr 19 And ouer the bande of the tribe of the chil dren of Siméon was Shelumiél the sonne of Surishaddái 20 And ouer the bande of the tribe of the children of Gád was Eliasáph the sonne of Deuél 21 The Kohathites also went forwarde and bare the * Sanctuarie and the former did set vp the Tabernacle against they came 22 ¶ Then the standerd of the hoste of the chil dren of Ephráim went forwarde according to their armies and ouer his bande was Elishamá the sonne of Ammiúd 23 And ouer the bande of the tribe of the sonnes of Manasséh was Gamliél the sonne of Pedazúr 24 And ouer the bande of the tribe of the sonnes of Beniamin was Abidán the sonnes of Gideoni 25 ¶ Last the stāderd of the hoste of the childrē of Dan marched gathering all the hostes according to their armies and ouer his bāde was Ahiézer the sonne of Ammishaddái 26 And ouer the bande of the tribe of the children of Ashér was Pagiél the sonne of Ocrán 27 And ouer the bande of the tribe of the children of Naphtali was Ahirá the sonne of Enán 28 These were the remouings of the children of Israél according to their
vp at once ād possesse 〈◊〉 for vndoutedly we shal ouercome it 32 But the men that went vp with hym sayd We be not able to go vp against the people for they are stronger then we 33 So they broght vp an euyll reporte of the land which they had searched for the childrē of Israél saying The lāde which we haue gone through to searche it out is a land that eateth vp the inhabitantes thereof for all the people that we sawe in it are men of great stature 34 For there were sawe gyantes the sonnes of Anák whiche come of the gyantes so that we semed in our sight lyke greshoppers and so we were in their sight CHAP. XIIII 2 The people murmure against Moses 10 They wolde haue stoned Caléb and Ioshua 13 Moses pacifieth God by his prayer 45 The people that wolde entre into the land contrarie to Gods wil are slaine 1 THen all the Congregacion lifted vp their voyce and cryed and the people wept that nyght 2 And all the children of Israél murmured against Mosés and Aaron and the whole assemblie sayd vnto them Wolde God we had dyed in the land of Egypte or in this wildernes wolde God we were dead 3 Wherefore nowe hathe the Lord broght vs into this lande to fall vpon the sworde our wiues and our children shal be a pray were it not better for vs to returne into Egypt 4 And they said one to another Let vs make a captaine and returne into Egypt 5 Then Mosés and Aarōn fell on their faces before all the assemblie of the Congregaciō of the children of Israél 6 * And Ioshua the sonne of Nun and Calēb the sonne of Iephunnéh two of them that searched the land rent their clothes 7 And spake vnto all the assemblie of the children of Israél saying The lande whiche we walked through to searche it is a very good land 8 If the Lord loue vs he will bring vs into this land and giue it vs which is a land that floweth with milke and honie 9 But rebell not ye agaynst the Lorde nether feare ye the people of the lande for they are but breade for vs theyr shielde is departed from them and the Lord is with vs feare them not 10 And all the multitude said Stone thē with stones but the glorie of the Lorde appeared in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion before all the children of Israél 11 And the Lorde said vnto Mosés How long will this people prouoke me and how long will it be yer they beleue me for all the signes which I haue shewed among them 12 I wil smite them with the pestilēce destroye them and will make thee a greater nacion and mightier then they 13 But Mosés said vnto the Lorde * When the Egyptians shall heare it for thou broghtest thys people by thy power frome among them 14 Then they shall saye to the inhabitantes of this land for they haue heard that thou Lord art among this people and that thou LORD art sene face to face and that thy cloude standeth ouer them and that thou* goest before them by day time in a piller of a cloude and in a piller of fire by night 15 That thou wilte kyll thys people as one man so the heathen whiche haue heard the fame of thee shall thus say 16 Because the Lorde was not * able to bryng this people into the lande whiche he sware vnto them therefore hathe he slayne them in the wildernes 17 And now I beseche thee let the power of my Lorde be great accordyng as thou haste spoken saying 18 The LORDE is * slowe to angre and of greate mercye and * forgyuyng iniquitie and sinne but not makyng the wicked innocent and * visiting the wickednes of the fathers vpon the children in the thirde and fourth generacion 19 Be merciful I beseche thee vnto the iniquitie of people according to thy great mercy and as thou hast forgiuen this people frome Egypt euen vntill nowe 20 And the Lord said I haue forgiuen it according to thy request 21 Notwithstandynge as I liue all the earth shal be filled with the glorie of the Lord. 22 For al those men whiche haue sene my glorie and my miracles which I did in Egypt ād in the wildernes and haue tempted me this ten times and haue not obeyed my voyce 23 Certeinely they shal not se the land whereof I sware vnto their fathers nether shall anie that prouoke me se it 24 But my seruant * Caléb because he had an other spirit ād hathe folowed me stil euen hym will I bryng into the land whether he went and his sede shall inherit it 25 Nowe the Amalekites and the Canaanites remaine in the valley wherfore turne back tomorowe and get you into the wildernes by the way of the red Sea 26 ¶ After the Lord spake vnto Mosés and to Aarōn saying 27 * How long shall I suffre this wicked multitude to murmure agaynst me I haue heard the murmurynges of the children of Israél which they murmure against me 28 Tel them As * I liue sayeth the Lord I will surely do vnto you euen as ye haue spoken in mine eares 29 Your carkeises shall fall in thys wyldernes and all you that were * counted through all your nombers frome twentie yere olde and aboue which haue murmured against me 30 Ye shal not doutles come into the land for the whiche I * lifted vp mine hand to make you dwell therein saue Caléb the sonne of Iephunnéh and Ioshua the sonne of Nun. 31 But your children which ye said shulde be a praye them wyll I bryng in and they shall knowe the land whiche ye haue refused 32 But euen your carkeises shall fall in thys wildernes 33 And your chyldren shall wander in the wildernes fourtie yeres and shal beare your whoredomes vntill your carkeises be wasted in the wildernes 34 After the nomber of the dayes in the whiche ye searched out the land euen fourtie dayes * euerie daye for a yere shall ye beare your iniquitie for * fourtie yeres and ye shal fele my breache of promise 35 I the Lord haue sayd Certeinely I wyll do so to all this wicked companie that are gathered together against me for in this wildernes they shal be consumed and there they shal dye 36 And the men whyche Mosés had sent to searche the lande which when they came againe made all the people to murmure agaynste hym and broght vp a slander vpon the land 37 Euen those men that did bring vp that vyle slander vpon the land * shal dye by a plague before the Lord. 38 But Ioshua the sonne of Nun and Caléb the sonne of Iephunnéh of those mē that went to searche the land shal liue 39 ¶ Then Mosés tolde these sayings vnto all the children of Israél ād the people sorowed greatly
remember all the commandementes of the Lord and dothē and that ye seke not after your owne heart nor after your owne eies after the which ye go a whoring 40 That ye may remember and do al my commandements and be holy vnto your God 41 I am the Lord your God which broght you out of the land of Egypt to be your God I am the Lord your God CHAP. XVI 1 The rebellion of Korah Dathán Abrám 31 Kórah his companie perisheth 41 The people the next day mur mure 49. 14700. are slaine for murmuring 1 NOw * Kórah the sonne of Izhār the sonne of Koháth the sonne of Leui went a parte with Dathán and Abirám the sonnes sonnes of Eliáb and On the sonne of Péleth the sonnes of Reubén 2 And they rose vp against Mosés with certeine of the children of Israél two hundreth and fiftie captaines of the assemblie * famous in the Congregacion and men of renoume 3 Who gathered thē selues together against Mosés and against Āarón and said vnto thē Ye take to muche vpon you seing all the Congregacion is holy euerie one of them and the Lord is among them wherfore thē lift ye your selues aboue the Congregacion of the Lord 4 But when Mosés heard it he fel vpon hys face 5 And spake to Kōrah vnto al his companie saying Tomorowe the Lord wil shewe who is his and who is holy who ought to approche nere vnto him whome he hathe chosen he wil cause to come nere to him 6 This do therefore Take you censers both Kōrah and all his companie 7 And put fire therein and put in cens in them before the Lorde tomorowe and the man whome the Lorde doeth chose the same shal be holy ye take to muche vpon you ye sonnes of Leui. 8 Againe Mosés said vnto Kōrah Heare I pray you ye sonnes of Leui. 9 Semeth it a smal thing vnto you that the God of Israél hathe separated you from the multitude of Israél to take you nere to him self to do the seruice of the Tabernacle of the Lord and to stand before the Congregaciō and to minister vnto them 10 He hathe also taken thee to him al thy brethren the sonnes of Leui with thee and seke ye the office of the Priest also 11 For which cause thou and all thy companie are gathered together against the Lord and what is Aarōn that ye murmure against him 12 ¶ And Mosés sent to call Dathán Abirám the sonne of Eliáb who answered We will not come vp 13 Is it a small thyng that thou hast broght vs out of a land that floweth with milke and hony to kil vs in the wildernes except thou make thy selfe Lord and ruler ouer vs also 14 Also thou hast not broght vs vnto a lande that floweth with milke honie nether giuen vs inheritance of fieldes and viney ardes wilt thou put out the eies of these men we wil not come vp 15 Then Mosés waxed verie angrie and said vn to the Lord * Loke not vnto their offryng I haue not taken so muche as an asse frō them nether haue I hurte anie of them 16 And Mosés said vnto Kōrah Bethou and al thy cōpanie before the Lord both thou they and Aarōn tomorowe 17 And take euerie man his censor and put incens in them and bryngye euerie man his censor before the Lorde two hundreth and fiftie censors thou also and Aarōn euerie one his censor 18 So they toke euerie man his censor and put fire in them laied incens thereon stode in the dore of the Tabernacle of the Cōgregacion with Mosés and Aarôn 19 And Kōrah gathered all the multitude against thē vnto the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion then the glorie of the Lord appeared vnto all the Congregacion 20 And the Lorde speake vnto Mosés and to Aarón saying 21 Separate your selues frō amōg this Congre gacion that I may consume thē atonce 22 And they fell vpon their faces and said O God the God of the spirits of al flesh hath not one man onely sinned and wilt thou be wrath with all the Congregacion 23 And the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 24 Speake vnto the Congregacion and say Get you away from about the Tabernacle of Kórah Dathán and Abirám 25 Then Mosés rose vp went vnto Dathán and Abiram the Elders of Israél followed him 26 And he spake vnto the Congregacion saying Departe I pray you from the tentes of these wicked men and touche nothing of theirs lest ye perish in all their sinnes 27 So they gate them away frō the Tabernacle of Kôrah Dathán Abirám on euerie side and Dathán and Abirám came out stode in the dore of their tentes with their wiues and their sonnes and their litle children 28 And Mosés said Hereby ye shall knowe that the Lorde hathe sent me to do all these workes for I haue not done them of mine owne minde 29 If these men dye the commune death of all men or if they be visited after the visitacion of all men the Lord hath not sent me 30 But if the Lorde make a newe thing and the earth open her mouth swalow thē vp with all that they haue and they go downe quicke into the pit thē ye shal vnderstand that these men haue prouoked the Lord. 31 ¶ And as sone as he had made an end of spaking all these wordes euen the grounde claue a sunder that was vnder them 32 And the earth * opened her mouthe and swalowed them vp with their families and all the men thet were with Kórah and all their goods 33 So they and all that they had went downe aliue into the pit the earth couered thē so they perished frō among the Congregacion 34 And al Israél that were about them fled at the crye of thē for thei said Let vs 〈◊〉 lest the earth swalo we vs vp 35 But there came out a fire from the Lord consumed the two hundreth and fiftie men that offred the incens 36 ¶ And the Lord speake vnto Mosés saying 37 Speake vnto Eleazár the sonne of Aaron the Priest that he take vp the censers out of the burning āds kater the fire beyonde the altar for they are halowed 38 The censers I say of these sinners that destroyed them selues let them make of thē broad plates for a couering of the Altar for they offred thē before the Lord therfore they shal be holy and they shal be a signe vn to the children of Israél 39 Thē Eleazár the Priest toke the brasen censers which they that were burnt had offred and made broad plates of them for a couering of the Altar 40 It is a remembrance vnto the children of Israél that no stranger whiche is not of the sede of Aaron come nere to offer incens before the Lorde that he be
warre and were ready to go vp into the mounteine 42 But the Lord said vnto me Say vnto thē Go not vp nether fight for I am not amōg you lest ye fall before your enemies 43 And when I tolde you ye wolde not heare but rebelled against the commandement of the Lord and were presumpteous and went vp into the mounteine 44 Then the Amorites which dwelt in that mounteine came out against you and chased you as bees vse to do and destroyed you in Seir euen vnto Harmáh 45 And when ye came againe ye wept before the LORD but the Lord wolde not heare your voyce nor incline his eares vnto you 46 Soye abode in Kadésha longe time according to the time that ye had remained before CHAP. II. 1 Israél it is forbidden to fight with the Edomites 9 Moabites 19 And Ammonites 33 Sihón King of Heshbón is discomfited 1 THen we turned and toke our iourney into the wildernes by the waye of the red Sea as the Lord spake vnto me and we compassed mount Seir a long time 2 And the Lord spake vnto me saying 3 Ye haue compassed this mountaine longe ynough turne you Northwarde 4 And warne thou the people saying Ye shal go through the coast of your brethrē the children of Esáu whiche dwell in Seir they shal be afraid of you take ye good hede therefore 5 Ye shall not prouoke them for I will not giue you of their land so muche as a fote breadth * because I haue giuen mount Seir vnto Esau for a possession 6 Ye shall bye meate of them for money to eate and ye shall also procure water of thē for money to drinke 7 For the Lordthy God hathe blessed thee in all the workes of thine hand he knoweth thy walking through this greate wildernes and the Lord thy God hathe bene with thee this fortie yere and 〈◊〉 thou hast lacked nothing 8 And whē we were departed from our brethren the children of Esáu whiche dwelt in Seîr through the waye of the plaine from Eláth from Ezion-gáber we turned and went by the way of the wildernes of Moáb 9 Then the Lord said vnto me Thou shalt not vexe Moáb nether prouoke them to battel for I wil not giue thee of their land for a possession because I haue giuen Ar vnto the children of Lot for a possession 10 The Emims dwelt therein in times past a people great and many and tall as the Anakims 11 They also were taken for gyantes as the Anakims whom the Moabites cal Emims 12 The Horims also dwelt in Seir before time whome the children of Esáu chased out and destroyed them before thē and dwelt in their stede as Israél shall do vnto the land of his possessiō which the Lord hath giuen them 13 Now rise vp said I and get you ouer the riuer * Zéred and we went ouer the riuer Zéred 14 The space also wherein we came frome Kadesh-barnéa vntill we were come ouer the riuer Zeréd was eight and thirtie yeres vntil all the generacion of the mē of warre were wasted out frome amonge the hoste as the Lord sware vnto them 15 For in dede the hande of the Lorde was against them to destroye them from amōg the hoste til they were consumed 16 ¶ So when all the men of warre were cōsumed and dead from among the people 17 Then the Lord spake vnto me saying 18 Thou shalt go through Ar the coaste of Moáb this day 19 And thou shalt come nere ouer agaynste the children of Ammôn but shalt not lay siege vnto them nor moue warre againste them for I wil not giue thee of the land of the children of Ammôn anie possession for I haue gyuen it vnto the children of Lot for a possession 20 That also was taken for a land of gyāts for gyants dwelt therein a fore time whome the Ammonites called Zamzummims 21 A people that was great and many and tall as the Anakims but the LORD destroyed them before thē they succeded them in their inheritance and dwelt in their stede 22 As he did to the children of 〈◊〉 whiche dwell in Seir when he destroyed the Horims before them and they possessed thē and dwelt in their stede vnto this day 23 And the Auims whiche dwelt in Hazerîm euē vnto Azzáh the Caphtorims which came out of Caphtor destroyed them and dwelt in their stede 24 ¶ Rise vp therefore said the Lord take your iourney and passe ouer the riuer Arnón beholde I haue giuen into thy hand Sihón the Amorite King of Heshbôn his land begin to possesse it and prouoke him to battell 25 This 〈◊〉 will begin to send thy feare thy dread vpon all people vnder the heauens whiche shall heare thy fame and shal tremble and quake before thee 26 Then I sent messengers out of the wildernes of Kedemóth vnto Sihōh King of Heshbôn with wordes of peace saying 27 ¶ * Let me passe through thy land I wil go by the hie way I wil nether turne vnto the righthand nor to the left 28 Thou shalt sel me meat for money for to eat and shalt giue me water for money for to drinke onely I will go through on my fote 29 As the children of Esáu whiche dwell in Seir and the Moabites whiche dwell in Ar did vnto me vntill I be come ouer Iordén into the land whiche the LORD our God giueth vs. 30 But Sihôn the Kynge of Heshbôn wolde not let vs passe by him for the LORD thy God had hardened his spirit made hys heart obstinate because he wolde deliuer him into thine hād as appeareth this day 31 And the Lorde sayde vnto me Beholde I haue begonne to giue Sihón and his land before thee begin to possesse and in herite his land 32 * Then came out Sihōn to mete vs hym self with all his people to fight at Iaház 33 But the Lord our God deliuered him into our power we smote him and his sonnes and all his people 34 And we toke all his cities the same time and destroyed euerie citie men and women and children we let nothing remaine 35 Onely the cattel we toke to our selues the spoile of the cities which we toke 36 From Aroér whiche is by the bāke of the riuer of Arnôn and from the Citie that is vpon the riuer euē vnto Gileád there was not one citie that escaped vs for the Lord our God deliuered vp all before vs. 37 Onelye vnto the lande of the children of Ammôn thou camest not nor vnto anye place of the riuer Iabbók nor vnto the Cities in the mountaines nor vnto whatsoeuer the Lord our God forbade vs CHAP. III. 3 Og King of Bashán is slaine 11 The bignes of his bed 18 The Reubenites and Gadites are commanded to go ouer Iordén armed before their brethren 21 Ioshúa is made captaine
And when it was day he went out and stode and said to all the people Ye be righteous beholde I conspired against my master and slewe him but who slewe all these 10 Knowe now that there shal fall vnto the earth nothing of the worde of the Lord which the Lord spake concerning the house of Aháb for the Lord hathe broght to passe the things that he spake by his seruant * Eliiáh 11 So Iehú slewe all that remayned of the hou se of Aháb in Izreél and all that were great with him and his familiars and his priests so that he let none of his remaine 12 ¶ And he arose and departed and came to Samaria And as Iehú was in the waye by an house where the shepherdes did shere 13 He met with the brethren of Ahaziáh King of Iudáh and said Who are ye And thei answered We are the brethren of Ahaziáh and go downe to salute the children of the King and the children of the Quene 14 And he said Take them aliue And thei toke them aliue and slewe them at the well be side the house where the shepe are shorne euen two and fourtie men and he left not one of them 15 ¶ And when he was departed thence he met with Iehonadáb the sonne of Recháb comming to mete him and he blessed him and said to him Is thine heart vpright as mine heart is toward thine And Iehonadáb an swered Yea douteles Then giue me thine hand And when he had giuen him his hand he toke him vp to him into the 〈◊〉 16 And he said Come with me and se the zeale that I haue for the Lord so they made him ryde in his charet 17 And when he came to Samaria he slewe all that remained vnto Ahà b in Samaria til he had destroyed him according to the worde of the Lord which he spake to Eliiáh 18 Then Iehú assembled all the people said vnto them Aháb serued Báal a litle but Iehú shal serue him muche more 19 Now therefore call vnto me all the prophe tes of Báal all his seruants and all his priests let not a man be lack ing for I haue a great sacrifice for Báal who soeuer is lacking he shal not liue But Iehú did it by a subtilitie to destroye the seruants of Báal 20 And Iehú said Proclaime a solemne assem blie for Báal And thei proclaimed it 21 So Iehú sent vnto all Israél and all the seruants of Báal came and there was not a man left that came not And thei came into the house of Báal and the house of Báal was ful from end to end 22 Then he said vnto him that had the charge of the vestrie Bring forthe vestements for all the seruants of Báal And he broght thē out vestements 23 And when Iehú went and Iehonadáb the sonne of Recháb into the house of Báal he said vnto the seruants of Báal Searche diligently and loke lest there be here with you any of the seruants of the Lord but the seruants of Báal onely 24 And when thei went in to make sacrifice burnt offring Iehú appointed fourescore mē without and said If anie of the men whome I haue broght into your hands escape his 〈◊〉 shal be for his soule 25 And when he had made an end of the burnt offring Iehú said to the garde and to the captaines Go in slaye them let not a man come out And they smote them with the edge of the sworde And the garde and the captaines cast them out and went vnto the citie where was the temple of Báal 26 And they broght out the images of the tem ple of Báal and burnt them 27 And they destroyed the image of Báal and threwe downe the house of Báal and made aiakes of it vnto this day 28 So Iehú destroyed Báal out of Israél 29 But from the sinnes of Ieroboám the sonne of Nebát which made 〈◊〉 to sinne Iehú departed not from them nether from the golden calues that were in Beth-éland that were in Dan. 30 〈◊〉 And the Lord said vnto Iehú Because thou hast diligētly executed that which was right in mine eyes and hast donevnto the house of Aháb according to all things that were in mine heart therefore shal thy sonnes vnto the fourte generacion sit on the throne of Israél 31 But Iehú regarded notto walke in the lawe of the Lord God of Israél with all his heart for he departed not from the sinnes of Iero boám which made Israél to sinne 32 In those dayes the Lord began to lothe Israél and Hazaél smote them in all the coastes of Israél 33 From Iordén Eastwarde euen all the land of Gileád the Gadites and the Reubenites and them that were of Manasséh from Aroér which is by the riuer Arnōn and Gileád and 〈◊〉 34 Concerning the rest of the actes of Iehú and all that he did and all his valiant dedes are they not writen in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kings of Israél 35 And Iehu slept with his fathers and they bu ryed him in Samaria and 〈◊〉 his sonne reigned in his steade 36 And the time that Iehú reigned ouer Israél in Samaria is eight and twentie yeres CHAP. XI 1 Athaliah putteth to death all the Kings sonnes except Ioash the sonne of Ohoziah 4 Ioash is appointed King 15 〈◊〉 causeth 〈◊〉 to be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 He maketh a couenant 〈◊〉 God and the people 18 Baal and his priests are destroyed 1 THen * Athaliah the mother of Ahaziáh when she saw that her sonne was dead she arose and destroyed all the Kings sede 2 But 〈◊〉 bathe daughter of King Iorám and sister to Ahaziáh toke loásh the sonne of Ahazià h and stale him from amc̄g the Kings sonnes that shulde be slaine bothe him and his nource keping thē in the bed chamber and they hid him from Athaliah so that he was not slaine 3 And he was with her hid in the house of the Lord six yere and Athaliáh did reigne ouer the land 4 ¶ * And the seuenth yere Iehoiadá sent toke the captaines 〈◊〉 hundreths with other captaines and them of the garde and caused thē to come vnto him into the house of the Lord and made a couenant with thē toke an othe of thē in the house of the Lord and shewed them the Kings sonne 5 And he commanded them saying This is it that ye must do The third parte of you that cometh on the Sabbath shal warde towarde the Kings house 6 And another third parte in the gate of Sur and another third parte in the gate behinde them of the garde and ye shal kepe watche in the house of Massáh 7 And two partes of you that is all that go out on the Sabbath day shal kepe the watche of the house of the Lord about the King 8 And ye shal compasse the King round about euerie
Saneherib King of Asshúr departed and went his way and returned and dwelt in Niniuéh 37 And as he was in the temple worshiping Nisrōch his God Adramélech and Sharézer his sonnes slewe him with the sworde and they escaped into the land of Ararát ad Esarhaddōn his sonne reigned in his steade CHAP. XX. 1 Hezehiáh is sicke and receyueth the signe of his health 12 He receyueth rewardes of Berodách 13 Sheweth his treasures and is reprehended of Isaiah 22 He dyeth and Manasséh his sonne reigneth in his steade 1 ABout that time * was Hezekiáh sicke vn to death and the Prophet Isaiáh the son ne of Amōz came to him and said vnto him Thus sayth the LORD Put thine house in an ordre for thou shalt dye and not liue 2 Then he turned his face to the wall and prayed to the Lord saying 3 I beseche thee ô Lord remember now how I haue walked before thee in trueth with a perfit heart and haue done that which is good in thy sight Hezekiáh wept sore 4 ¶ And a fore Isaiáh was gone out into the middle of the court the worde of the Lord came to him saying 5 Turne againe and tel Hezekiáh the captaine of my people Thus sayth the Lord God of Dauid thy father I haue heard thy prayer and sene thy teares beholde I haue healed thee and the third day thou shalt go vp to the house of the Lord 6 And I wil adde vnto thy dayes fiftene yere and wil deliuer thee and this citie out of the hand of the King of Asshúr and wil defend this citie for mine owne sake and for Dauid my seruants sake 7 Then Isaiáh said Take a lompe of drye figs And they toke it and layed it on the 〈◊〉 and he recouered 8 ¶ For Hezekiáh had said vnto Isaiáh What shal be the sigue that the Lord wil heale me and that I shal go vp into the house of the Lord the third day 9 And Isaiáh answered This signe shalt thou haue of the Lord that the Lord wil do that he hathe spoken Wilt thou that the 〈◊〉 go forwarde ten degrees or go bicke ten degrees 10 And Hezekiáh answered It is a light thing for the shadowe to passe forwarde ten degrees not so then but let the shadowe go backe ten degrees 11 And Isaiáh the Prophet called vnto the Lord and he broght againe the shadowe ten degrees backe by the degrees 〈◊〉 by it had gone downe in the dial of Aház 12 ¶ * The same season Berodách Baladán the sonne of Baladán King of 〈◊〉 sent letters and a present to Hezekiáh for he had heard how that Hezekiáh was sicke 13 And Hezekiáh heard thē and shewed them all his treasure house to wit the siluer and the golde and the spices and the precious ointmēt and all the house of his armour and al that was founde in his treasures there was nothing in his house and in all his realme that Hezekiáh she wed them not 14 Then Isaiáh the Prophet came vnto King Hezekiáh and said vnto him What said thesemen and from whence came they to thee And Hezekiáh said They be come from a farre countrey euen from Babél 15 Then said he What haue they sene in thine house And Hezekiáh answered All that is in mine house haue they sene there is nothing among my treasures that I haue not shewed them 16 And Isaiáh said vnto Hezekiáh Heare the worde of the Lord. 17 Beholde the dayes come that all that is in thine house and whatsoeuer thy fathers haue laied vp in store vnto this day * shal be caried into Babél Nothing shal beleft saith the Lord. 18 And of thy sonnes that shal procede out of thee and which thou shalt be get shal they take away and they shal be eunuches in the place of the King of Babél 19 Then Hezekiáh said vnto Isaiáh The word of the Lord which thou hast spokē is good for said he Shal it not be good if peace and trueth be in my dayes 20 Concerning the rest of the actes of Hezekiáh all his valiāt dedes and how he made a poole and a condite broght water into the citie are they not writen in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kings of Iudà h 21 And Hezekiáh slept with his fathers and Manasséh his sonne reigned in his steade CHAP. XXI 3 King Manasséh restoreth idolatrie 16 And vseth great 〈◊〉 18 He dyeth and Amon his sonne succedeth 23 who is killed of his owne seruants 26 After him 〈◊〉 Iosiah 1 MAnasséh * was twelue yere olde when he began to reigne and reigned fiftie and fiue yere in Ierusalém his mothers name also was Hephzi-báh 2 And he did euil in the sight of the Lord after the abominacion of the heathen whome the * Lord had cast out before the children of Israél 3 For he went backe and buylt the hie places * which Hezekià h his father had destroied and he erected vp altars for Báal and made a groue as did Aháb King of Israél and worshiped all the hoste of heauen and serued them 4 Also he * buylt altars in the house of the Lord of the which the Lord said * In Ierusalém wil I put my Name 5 And he buylt altars for all the hoste of the heauen in the two courtes of the house of the Lord. 6 And he caused his sonnes to passe through the fyre and gaue him selfe to witch craft and sorcerie and he vsed them that had fami liar spirits and were sothe sayers and did mu che euil in the sight of the Lord to 〈◊〉 him 7 And he set the image of the groue that he had made in the house where of the Lord had said to Dauid and to Salomōn his sonne * In this house ād in Ierusalém which I haue chosen out of all the tribes of Israél wil I put my Name for euer 8 Nether wil I make the feete of Israél moue anie more out of the land which I gaue their fathers so that they wil obserue and do all that I haue commanded them and according to all the Lawe that my seruant Mosés commanded them 9 Yet they obeyed not but Manasséh led thē out of the way to do more wickedly then did the heathen people whome the Lord de stroyed before the children of Israél 10 Therefore the Lord spake by his seruants the Prophetes saying 11 * Because that Manasséh King of Iudáh hathe done suche abominacions and hathe wroght more wickedly then all that the Amorites which were before him did and ha the made Iudáh sinne also with his idoles 12 Therefore thus saith the Lord God of Israél Beholde I wil bring an euil vpon Ierusalém and Iudáh that whoso heareth of it bothe his eares shal tingle 13 And I wil stretch ouer Ierusalém the line of Samaria and the plommet of the house of Aháb
you me 5 〈◊〉 you not to knowe that the Lorde GOD of Israél hathe giuen the kyngdome ouer Israél to Diuid for euer euen to him and to his sonnes by a couenant of salt 6 And Ieroboam the sonne of Nebat the seruant of Salomón the sonne of Dauid is risen vp and hathe * rebelled against his Lord. 7 And there are gathered to hym vaine men and wicked and made them selues strong agaynste Rehoboam the sonne of Salomón for Rehoboam was but a childe and * tender hearted and colde not resist them 8 Now therefore ye thinke that ye be able to resiste agaynste the kingdome of the Lorde whiche is in the handes of the sonnes of Dauid and ye be a great multitude and the golden calues are with you whyche Ieroboam made you for gods 9 * Haue ye not driuen awaye the Priestes of the Lorde the sonnes of Aaron and the Leuites and haue made you Priestes lyke the people of other countreis whosoeuer commeth to consecrate with a yong bullocke and seuen rams the same maye be a Priest of them that are no gods 10 But we belong vnto the Lord our God and haue not forsaken him and the Priestes the sonnes of Aaron minister vnto the Lord and the Leuites in their office 11 And they burne vnto the Lord euerie mor nyng and euerie euening burnt offrings and swete incense and the bread is set in order vpon the pure table and the candel sticke of golde with the lampes thereof 〈◊〉 burne eue rie euenyng for we kepe the watche of the Lord our God but ye haue forsaken him 12 And beholde this God is with vs as a captaine and hys Priestes with the soundyng trumpets to crye an alarme agaynst you O ye children of Israèl fight not agaynste the LORDE God of your fathers for ye shall not prosper 13 ¶ But Ieroboam caused an ambushment to compasse and come behinde them whē they were before Iudah and the ambushement behinde them 14 Then Iudah loked and beholde the battel was before and behinde them and they cryed vnto the Lorde and the Priests blewe with the trumpets 15 And the men of Iudah gaue a shoute and euen as the men of Iudah shouted GOD smote Ieroboam and also Israél before Abiiah and Iudah 16 And the children of Israél fled before Iudah and God 〈◊〉 thē into their hand 17 And Abiiah and hys people slewe a greate slaughter of them so that there fell downe wounded of Israél fiue hundreth thousand chosen men 18 So the children of Israél were broght vnder at that tyme and the children of Iudah preuailed because they stayed vpon the Lord God of their fathers 19 And Abiiah pursued after Ieroboam and toke cities from him euen Bethél and the villages thereof and Ieshanah with her villages and Ephron with her villages 20 And Ieroboam recouered no strength againe in the dayes of Abiiah but the Lorde plaged him and he dyed 21 So Abiaah waxed mightie ' and maried four tene wiues and begate two and twentie sonnes and sixtene daughters 22 The rest of the actes of Abiiah and his maners and hys sayings are writen in the storie of the Prophet Iddo CHAP. XIIII 3 Asa destroieth idolatrie and commandeth his people to serue the true God 11 He prayeth vnto God when he shulde go to fight 12 He 〈◊〉 the victorie 1 SO * Abiiah slept with his fathers and they buryed hym in the citie of Dauid and Asá hys sonne reygned in hys steade in whose dayes the land was quiet ten yere 2 And Asá did that was good and ryght in the eyes of the Lord his God 3 For he toke awaye thē altars of the strange gods and the hie places and brake downe the images and cut downe the groues 4 〈◊〉 commaunded Iudah to seke the Lorde God of their fathers and to do accordyng to the Lawe and the commandement 5 And he toke away out of all the cities of Iudah the places and the images therfore the kingdome was quiet before him 6 He buylt also strong cities in Iudah because the land was in rest and he had no warre in those yeres for the LORDE had gyuen hym rest 7 Therfore he said to Iudah Let vs buyld these cities and make walles about and to wres ga tes and barres whiles the land is before vs because we haue soght the Lorde our God we haue soght him and he hath giuen vs rest on euerie side so they buylt and prospered 8 And Asá had an armie of Iudah that bare shields and speares thre hundreth thousand and of Beniamin that bare shields and drewe bowes two hundreth and foure score thou sand all these were valiant men 9 ¶ And there came out againste then Zérah of Ethiopia with an hoste often hundreth thousand and thre hundreth charets and came vnto Maresháh 10 Then Asa went out before hym and they set the battel in aray in the valley of Zephathah beside Mareshah 11 And Asa * cryed vnto the Lord his God and said Lord it is nothing with thee to helpe with many or with no power helpe vs ô Lorde our God for we rest on thee and in thy Name are we come against this multitude ô Lord thou art our God let not mā pre uaile against thee 12 ¶ So the Lorde smotethe Ethiopians before Asá and before Iudáh and the Ethiopians 〈◊〉 13 And Asá and the people that was with him pursued them vnto Gezár And the Ethiopians host was ouerthrowen so that there was no life in them for they were destroyed before the Lorde and besore his hoste and they caryed away a mighty great spoile 14 And they smote all the cities rounde about 〈◊〉 for the feare of the Lord came vpon them ād they spoiled all the cities for there was exceding muche spoile in them 15 Yea and they smote the tents of cattel and caryed away plentie of shepe and camels ād returned to Ierusalém CHAP. XV. 1 The exhortation of Azariah 8 Asa purgeth his countrey 〈◊〉 11 He 〈◊〉 with the people 14 The sweare together to 〈◊〉 the Lord. 16 He deposeth hys mother for her idolauie 1 THen the Spirit of God came vpon Azariah the sonne of Obéd 2 And he went out to mete 〈◊〉 and said vnto hym O Asa and all Iudáh and Beniamin heare ye me The Lorde is with you while ye be with him and if ye seke hym he wil be founde of you but if ye forsake him he will forsake you 3 Nowe for a long season Israél hathe bene without the true God and without Priest to teache and without Lawe 4 But whosoeuer returned in his affliction to the Lorde God of Israél and soght him he was founde of them 5 And in that time there was no peace to him that did go out and go in but great troubles were to all the inhabitants
that ye wil remaine in Ierusalém during the siege 11 Doeth not Hezekiáh en tice you to gyue ouer your selues vnto death by famine by thirst saying The Lord our GOD shall deliuer vs out of the hand of the Kyng of Asshúr 12 Hathe not the same Hezekiáh takē away his hie places and his altars and commāded Iudáh and Ierusalém saying Ye shall worship before one altar and burne incēse vpon it 13 Knowe ye not what I and my fathers haue done vnto all the people of other countreies Were the Gods of the nations of other lands able to deliuer their land out of mine hand 14 Who is he of all the Gods of those nacions that my fathers haue destroied that colde deliuer his people out of mine hand that your God shulde be able to delyuer you out of mine hand 15 Now therefore let not Hezekiáh deceiue you nor seduce you after this sorte nether beleue ye him for none of all the Gods of any nacion or kingdome was able to deliuer his people out of myne hand and out of the hande of my fathers how muche lesse shall your Goddes delyuer you out of mine hand 16 And his seruants spake yet more agaynst the Lord God and against his seruāt Hezekiáh 17 He wrote also letters blasphemyng the Lord God of Israél and speaking agaynste him saying As the gods of the nacions of other countreis colde not delyuer theyr people out of mine hande so shall not the God of Hezekiáh deliuer hys people out of mine hand 18 Then they cryed with a lowde voyce in the Iewes speache vnto the people of Ierusalém that were on the wall to feare them and to astonish them that thei might take the citie 19 Thus they spake against the GOD of Ierusalém as against the gods of the people of the earth euen the workes of mans hands 20 But Hezekiáh the King and the Prophet Isaiáh the sonne of Amoz praied agaynst this and cryed to heauen 21 And the Lord sent an Angell whiche de stroied all the valiantmen and the princes and captaines of the hoste of the Kynge of Asshúr so he returned with shame to his owne land And when he was come into the house of his God they that came forth of his owne bowels slewe him there with the sworde 22 So the Lord saued Hezekiáh and the inhabitants of Ierusalém from the hande of Sanneherib King of Asshúr and frome the hand of all other and mainteined them on euerie side 23 And many broght offrings vnto the Lord to Ierusalém and presents to Hezekiáh King of Iudáh so that he was magnified in the sight of all nacions frome thence forthe 24 * In those dayes Hezekiáh was sicke vnto the death and praied vnto the Lord who spake vnto him and gaue him a signe 25 But Hezekiáh did not rendre accordyng to the rewarde bestowed vpō him for his heart was lift vp and wrath came vppon him and vpon Iudáh and Ierusalém 26 Notwithstanding Hezekiáh humbled him selfe after that his heart was lifted vp he and the inhabitants of Ierusalém and the wrath of the Lord came not vpon them in the daies of Hezekiáh 27 Hezekiáh also had exceding much riches and honour and he gate him treasures of siluer and of golde of precious stones and of swete odours and of shields and of all pleasant vessels 28 And of store houses for the increase of wheat and wine and oyle and stalles for all beastes and rowes for the stables 29 And he made him cities and had possession of shepe and oxen in abundance for God had giuen him substance excedynge muche 30 This same Hezekiáh also stopped the vpper water springs of Gihón and led then streight vnderneth toward citie of Dauid Westward so Hezekiáh prospered in all his workes 31 But because of the ambassadours of the princes of Babél whiche sent vnto hym to enquire of the wondre that was done in the land God left him to trye him to knowe all that was in his heart 32 Concerning the rest of the actes of Hezekiáh and his goodnes beholde they are writen in the visiō of Ishaiáh the Prophet the sonne of Amóz in the boke of the Kings of Iudáh and Israél 33 So Hezekiáh slept with his fathers and they buryed him in the highest sepulchre of the sonnes of Dauid and all Iudáh the inhabitants of Ierusalém did him honour at his death and Manasséh his sonne reygned in his stead CHAP. XXXIII 1 Manasséh an 〈◊〉 9 He causeth Iudah to erre 〈◊〉 He is led awaye prisoner into Babylón 12 He praieth to the LORD and is delyuered 14 He abolisheth idolatrie 16 And setteth vp true religion 20 He dyeth and Amón hys sonne succedeth 24 whome his owne seruants slay 1 MAnasséh was twelue yere olde* whē he began to reygne and he reygned fiue and fiftie yere in Ierusalém 2 And he did euill in the sight of the Lorde like the abominacions of the heathen * whome the Lord had cast out before the children of Israél 3 For he went backe and buylt the hie places * which Hezekiáh his father had broken downe * and he set vp altars for Baalim and made groues and worshiped all the hoste of the heauen and serued them 4 Also he buylt altars in the house of the Lord whereof the Lord had said * In Ierusalém shal my Name be for euer 5 And he buylt altars for all the hoste of the heauen in the two courtes of the house of the Lord. 6 And he caused his sonnes to passe through the fyre in the valley of 〈◊〉 he gaue him selfe to witch craft and to charming and to sorcerie and he vsed thē that had familiar Spirits and sothesayers he did verye muche euyll in the sight of the Lord to angre him 7 He put also the karued image whiche he had made in the house of God whereof God had said to Dauid and to Salomón his sonne * In this house and in Ierusalē which I haue chosē before all the tribes of Israél wil I put my Name for euer 8 Nether will * I make the foote of Israél to remoue any more out of the lande whiche I haue appointed for your fathers so that they take hede and do all that I haue commanded them accordynge to the Law and statutes and iudgements by the hand of Mosés 9 So Manasséh made Iudáh and the inhabitants of Ierusalém to erre to do worse then the heathen whome the Lorde had destroyed before the children of Israél 10 ¶ And the Lord spake to Manasséh and to his people but they wolde not regarde 11 Wherefore the Lord broght vppon them the captaines of the hoste of the Kynge of Asshúr whiche toke Manasséh put him in fetters and bounde him in chaines and caryed him to Babél 12 And when he was in tribulacion he praied to the
his sword he hathe bent his bowe and made it readie 13 He hathe also prepared hym deadly weapons he wil ordeine his arrowes for them that 〈◊〉 me 14 * Beholde he shal 〈◊〉 with wickednes for he hathe conceiued mischief but he shal bring forthe a lye 15 He 〈◊〉 made a pit and diggedit and is fallen into the pit that he made 16 His mischief shal returne vpon hys owne head and his crueltie shal fall vpon his owne pate 17 I will praise the Lorde accordyng to hys righteousnes and wil sing praise to the Name of the Lord moste high PSAL. VIII 1 The Prophete consideryng the exc 〈◊〉 liberalitie and fatherlie prouidence of GOD towards man whome he made as it were a god ouer all his workes doeth not one ly giue great thankes but is astonished with the admiration of the same as one nothyng able to compasse suche great mercies ¶ To him that excelleth on Gittith A Psalme of Dauid 1 O Lord our Lorde howe excellent is thy Name in all the worlde whiche hast set thy glorie aboue the heauens 2 Out of the mouthe of babes and suckelings hast thou ordeined strength because of thine enemies that thou my ghtest still the enemie and the auenger 3 When I beholde thine heauens euen the workes of thy fingers the moone and the starres which thou hast ordeined 4 What is man say I that thou art mindfull of him and the sonne of man that thou 〈◊〉 him 5 For thou hast made hym a litle lower then GOD and crowned him with glorie and worship 6 Thou hast made hym to haue dominion in the wordes of thine hands thou hast put all things vnder his fete 7 All shepe and oxen yea and the beastes of the field 8 The foules of the aire and the fishe of the sea and that whiche passeth through the paths of the seas 9 O Lord our Lord how excellent is thy Name in all the worlde PSAL. IX 1 After he had giuen thankes to God for the sundrie victo ries that he had sent him agaynst hys enemies and also proued by manifolde 〈◊〉 how readie God was at hand in all his troubles 14 He being now likewise in dan ger of 〈◊〉 enemies desireth God to helpe hym according to his wonte 17 And to destroye the malicious arrogancie of his aduersaries ¶ To him that excelleth vpon Muth Labbén A Psalme of Dauid 1 I Wil praise the LORDE with my whole hearte I will speake of all thy meruelous workes 2 I wil be glad and reioyce in thee I wil sing praise to thy Name ô moste high 3 For that myne enemies are turned backe they shal fall and perish at thy presence 4 For thou hast mainteined my right and my cause thou art set in the throne and iudgest right 5 Thou hast rebuked the heathen thou haste destroied the wicked thou hast put out their name for euer and euer 6 O enemie destructions are come to a perpetual end ād thou hast destroied the cities their memorial is perished with them 7 But the Lord shall sit for euer he hathe prepared his throne for iudgement 8 For he shal iudge the world in rightcousnes and shal iudge the people with equitie 9 The Lord also will be a refuge for the poore a refuge in due time euen in affliction 10 And they that knowethy Name wil trust in thee for thou Lorde hast not failed them that seke thee 11 Sing praises to the Lorde which dwelleth in Zion shewethe people his workes 12 For whē he maketh inquisition for blood he remembreth it and forgetteth not the complaint of the poore 13 Haue mercie vpon me ô Lorde consider my trouble whiche I 〈◊〉 of them that hate me thou that liftest me vp from the gates of death 14 That I maye shewe all thy prayses within the gates of the daughter of Zion and reioyce in thy saluacion 15 The heathen are sunkē downe in the pit that they made in the net that they hid is their 〈◊〉 taken 16 The Lorde is knowē by executing iudgement the wicked is snared in the worke of his owne hands Higgaión Sélah 17 The wicked shal turne into hel and all nations that forget God 18 For the poore shal not be alwaie forgotten the hope of the afflicted shal not perish for euer 19 Vp Lord let not man preuaile let the heathen be iudged in thy sight 20 Put them in feare ô Lord that the heathen maie know that they are but men Sélah PSAL. X. 1 He complaineth of the fraude rapine tyrannie and all kindes of wrong which worldelie men vse assigning the cause thereof that 〈◊〉 men beyng as it were drunken with worldelie prosperitie and therefore settyng a parte all feare and reuerence towardes God thinke they may do all thyngs without countrowling 15 Therefore he calleth vpon God to send some remedie agaynst these desperate euils 16 And at length comforteth him selfe with hope of deliuerance 1 WHy standest thou farre of ô LORD and hidest thee in due time euē in affliction 2 The wicked with pride doeth persecute the poore let them be taken in the craftes that they haue imagined 3 For the wicked hathe made boast of hys owne heartes desire and the couetous blesseth him selfe he contemneth the Lord. 4 The 〈◊〉 is so proude that he seketh not for God he thinketh alwaies There is no God 5 His wayes alwaye prosper thy Iudgements are 〈◊〉 aboue hys sight therefore defieth he all his enemies 6 He saieth in his heart I shall neuer be moued nor be in danger 7 Hys 〈◊〉 is full of cursing and disceite and fraude vnder his tongue is mischief and iniquitie 8 He lieth in waite in the villages in the secret places doeth he murther the innocent his eies are bent against the poore 9 He lieth in wait secretly euen as a lyon in hys denne he lieth in waite to spoyle the poore he doeth spoyle the poore when he draweth him into his net 10 He crowcheth and boweth therfore heapes of the poore do fall by his might 11 He hathe said in his heart GOD hathe forgotten he hideth awaye his face and will neuerse 12 Arise o Lord God lift vp thine hand forget not the poore 13 Wherefore doeth the wycked contemne God he saieth in hys hearte Thou wilt not regarde 14 Yet thou hast sene it for thou beholdest mischief and wrong that thou maiest take it into thine hands the poore committeth him selfe vnto thee for thou art the helper of the fatherles 15 Breake thou the arme of the wicked and malicious searche his wickednes and thou shalt finde none 16 The Lord is King for euer and euer the heathen are destroyed forthe of his land 17 Lord thou hast heard the desire of the poore thou preparest their heart thou bendest thine eare to them 18 To iuge the
the barbarous people 2 Iudáh was his sanctificatiō and Israél his dominion 3 The Seasawe it and fled Iordén was turned backe 4 The moūtaines leaped like ramps the hilles as lambs 5 What ailed thee ô Sea that thou fled dest ô Iordén why wast thou turned backe 6 Ye mountaines why leaped ye like rams and ye hilles as lambs 7 The earth trembled at the presence of the Lord at the presence of the God of Iaak 〈◊〉 8 Which turneth the rocke into waterpooles and the flint into a fountaine of water PSAL. CXV 1 A prayer of the faithful oppressed by idolatrous tyrants against whome they desire that God wolde succour thē 9 Trusting moste constantly that God wil preserue them in this their nede seing that he hathe adopted and receiued them to his fauour 〈◊〉 Promising finally that thei wil not be vnmindeful of so great a benefite if it wolde please God to heare their prayer deliuer them by his omni potent power 1 NOt vnto vs ô Lord not vnto vs but vnto thy Name giue the glorie for thy louing mercie and for thy trueths sake 2 Wherefore shal the heathen saye Where is now their God 3 But our God is in heauen he doeth whatsoeuer he wil. 4 Their idoles are siluer and golde euen the worke of mens hands 5 They haue a mouth and speake not thei haue eyes and se not 6 Thei haue eares and heare not thei haue no ses and smell not 7 Thei haue hands and touche not they haue fete and walke not nether make they a sounde with their throte 8 They that make them are like vnto them so are all that trust in them 9 O Israél trust thou in the Lord for he is their helpe and their shield 10 O house of Aarō trust ye in the Lord for he is their helper and their shield 11 Ye that feare the Lord trust in the Lord for he is their helper and their shield 12 The Lord hathe bene mindeful of vs he wil blesse he wil blesse the house of Israél he wil blesse the house of Aarón 13 He wil blesse them that feare the Lord both small and great 14 The Lord wil encrease his graces toward you euen toward you and toward your chil dren 15 Ye are blessed of the Lord which made the heauen and the earth 16 The heauens euen the heauens are the Lords but he hathe giuen the earth to the sō nes of men 17 The dead praise not the Lord nether anie that go downe into the place of silence 18 But we wil praise the Lord frō hence forthe and for eue Praise ye the Lord. PSAL. CXVI 1 Dauid being in great dāger of Saul in the desert of Maón perce uing the great and inestimable loue of God toward him magnisieth suche great mercies 13 And protesteth that he wil be thankeful for the same 1 I Loue the Lord because he hathe heard my voice and my prayers 2 For he hathe inclined his eare vnto me whē I did call vpon him in my dayes 3 When the 〈◊〉 of death compassed me the griefs of the graue caught me when I founde trouble and sorowe 4 Then I called vpon the Name of the Lord saying I beseche thee 〈◊〉 Lord deliuer my soule 5 The Lord is merciful and righteous and our God is ful of compassion 6 The Lord preserueth the simple I was in mi serie and he saued me 7 Returne vnto thy rest ô my soule for the Lord hathe bene beneficial vnto thee 8 Because thou hast deliuered my soule from death mine eyes from teares and my fete from falling 9 I shal walke before the Lord in the land of the liuing 10 I beleued therefore did I speake for I was sore troubled 11 I said in my feare All men are lyers 12 What shal I rendre vnto the Lord for all his benefites to ward me 13 I wil take the cup of saluacion and call vpon the Name of the Lord. 14 I wil paye my vowes vnto the Lord euen now in the presence of all his people 15 Precious in the sight of the Lord is the death of his Saints 16 Beholde Lord for I am thy seruant I am thy seruant and the sonne of thine hand maied thou hast broken my bonds 17 I wil offer to thee a sacrifice of praise wil call vpon the Name of the Lord. 18 I wil paie my vowes vnto the Lord euen now in the presence of all his people 19 In the courtes of the Lords house euen in the middes of thee ô 〈◊〉 Praise ye the Lord. PSAL. CXVII 1 He exhorteth the Gentiles to praise God because he hath accomplished aswel to them as to the Iewes the promes oflife euerlasting by Iesus Christ. 1 ALl * naciōs praise ye the Lord all ye peo ple praise him 2 For his louing kindenes is great toward vs and the trueth of the Lord endureth for euer Praise ye the Lord. PSAL. CXVIII 1 Dauid reiected of Saúl and of the people at the time appointed obteined the kingdome 4 For the which he bid deth all them that feare the Lord to be thankeful And vn der his persone in all this was Christ liuely set for the who shulde be of his people reiected 1 PRaise ye the Lord because he is good for his mercie endureth for euer 2 Let Israél now saye That his mercie endureth for euer 3 Let the house of Aarón now saye That his mercie endureth for euer 4 Let them that feare the Lord now saye That his mercie endureth for euer 5 I called vpon the Lord in trouble and the Lord heard me and set me at large 6 The Lord is with me therefore I wil not feare what man can do vnto me 7 The Lord is with me among thē that helpe me therefore shal I se my desire vpon mine enemies 8 It is better to trust in the Lord then to haue confidence in man 9 It is better to trust in the Lord then to haue confidence in princes 10 All nations haue compassed me but in the Name of the Lord shal I destroye them 11 Thei haue compassed me yea they haue cōpassed me but in the Name of the Lord I shal destroye them 12 They came about me like bees but they were quēched as a fyre of thornes for in the Name of the Lord I shal destroye them 13 Thou hast thrust sore at me that I might fall but the Lord hathe holpen me 14 The Lord is my strength and song for he hathe bene my deliuerance 15 The voice of ioye and deliuerance shal be in the tabernacles of the righteous saying The right hand of the Lord hathe done valiantly 16 The right hand of the Lord is exalted the right hand of the Lord hathe done valiantly 17 I shal not dye but liue and declare the workes of
I shal teache them their sonnes also shal sit vpon thy throne for euer 13 For the Lord hathe chosen Zion loued to dwell in it saying 14 This is my rest for euer here wil I dwell for I haue a delite therein 15 I wil surely blesse her vitailes wil satisfie her poore with bread 16 And wil clothe her Priests with saluacion and her Saintes shal showte for ioye 17 There wil I make the horne of Dauid to bud for I haue ordeined a light for mine Anointed 18 His enemies wil I clothe with shame but on him his crowne shal florish PSAL. CXXXIII 1 This psalme conteineth the commendacion of brotherlie amitie among the seruants of God ¶ A song of degrees or Psalme of Dauid 1 BEholde how good how comelie a thīg it is brethren to dwell euen together 2 It is like to the precious ointment vpon the head that runneth downe vpō the beard euē vnto Aarons beard which wēt downe on the border of his garments 3 And as the dewe of Hermōn which falleth vpon the moūtaines of Ziōn for there the Lord appointed the blessing life for euer PSAL. CXXXIIII 1 He 〈◊〉 the Leuites watching in the Temple to praise the Lord. ¶ A song of degrees 1 BEholde praise ye the Lord all ye seruāts of the Lord ye that by night stand in the House of the Lord. 2 Lift vp your hands to the Sanctuarie and praise the Lord. 3 The Lord that hathe made heauen earth blesse thee out of Zión PSAL. CXXXV 1 He exhorteth all the faithful of what estate so euer they be to praise God for his maruelous workes 12 And specially for his graces toward his people wherein he hathe declared his maiestie 15 To the confusion of all idolaters and their idoles ¶ Praise ye the Lord. 1 PRaise the Name of the Lord ye seruants of the Lord prayse him 2 Ye that stand in the House of the Lord in the courtes of the House of our God 3 Praise ye the Lord for the Lord is good sing praises vnto his Name for it is a comelie thing 4 For the Lord hathe chosen Iaakōb to him selfe and Israél for his chief treasure 5 For I know that the Lord is great and that our Lord is aboue all gods 6 Whatsoeuer pleased the Lord that did he in heauē and in earth in the sea and in all the depths 7 He bringeth vp the cloudes from the ends of the earth and maketh the * lightnings with the raine he draweth forthe the winde out of his treasures 8 * He smote the first borne of Egypt bothe of man and beast 9 He hathe sent tokens and wonders into the middes of thee ô Egypt vpon Pharaōh and vpon all his seruants 10 * He smote manie nacions and slewe mightie Kings 11 As 〈◊〉 King of the Amorites and Og King of Bashán and all the kingdomes of Canáan 12 And gaue their land for an inheritance euen an inheritance vnto Israél his people 13 Thy Name ô Lord endureth for euer ô Lord thy remembrance is from generation to generation 14 For the Lord wil iudge his people and be pacified towards his seruants 15 The idoles of the heathen are siluer and golde euen the worke of mens 〈◊〉 16 Thei haue a mouth and speake not they ha ue eyes and se not 17 They haue eares and heare not nether is there anie breath in their mouth 18 Thei that make them are like vnto them so are all that trust in them 19 Praise the Lord ye house of Israél praise the Lord ye house of Aarōn 20 Praise the Lord ye house of Leui ye that feare the Lord praise the Lord. 21 Praised be the Lord out of Ziōn whiche dwelleth in Ierusalém Praise ye the Lord. PSAL. CXXXVI 1 A moste earnest exhortation to giue thankes vnto God for the creation gouernāce of all things which stādeth in confessing that he giueth vs all of his mere liberalitie 1 PRaise ye the Lord because he is good for his mercie endureth for euer 2 〈◊〉 ye the GOD of gods for his mercie endureth for euer 3 Praise ye the Lord of lords for his mercie endureth for euer 4 Which onelie doeth great wonders for his mercie endureth for euer 5 Which by his wisdome made the heauens for his mercie endureth for euer 6 Which hathe stretched out the earth vpon the waters for his mercie endureth for euer 7 Which made great lights for his mercie en dureth for euer 8 As the sunne to rule the daie for his mercie endureth for euer 9 The moone and the starres to gouerne the night for his mercie endureth for euer 10 Which smote Egypt with their first borne for his mercie endureth for euer 11 And broght out Israél from among them for his mercie endureth for euer 12 With a mightie hand and stretched out arme for his mercie endureth for euer 13 Which diuided the red Sea in two partes for his mercie endureth for euer 14 And made Israél to passe through the middes of it for his mercie endureth for euer 15 And ouerthrowe Pharaōh his hoste in the red Sea for his mercie endureth for euer 16 Which led his people through the wildernes for his mercie endureth for euer 17 Which smote great Kings for his mercie endureth for euer 18 And slewe mightie Kings for his mercie endureth for euer 19 As 〈◊〉 King of the Amorites for his mer cie endureth for euer 20 And Og the King of Bashán for his mercie endureth for euer 21 And gaue their land for an heritage for his mercie endureth for euer 22 Euen an heritage vnto Israél his seruant for his mercie endureth for euer 23 Which remembred vs in our base estate for his mercie endureth for euer 24 And hathe rescued vs from our oppressours for his mercie en dureth for euer 25 Which giueth foode to all 〈◊〉 for his mercie endureth for euer 26 Praise ye the God of heauen for his mercie endureth for euer PSAL. CXXXVII 1 The people of God in their banishment seing Gods true religion decaie liued in great anguish and sorowe of heart the which grief the Chaldeans did so litle pitie 3. That thei rather increased the same daiely with tauntes reproches and blasphemies against God 7 wherefore the Israelites desire God first to punish the Edomites who prouoked the Babylonians against them 8 And mo ued by the Spirit of God prophecie the destruction of Ba bylon where thei were handled so tyrannously 1 BY the riuers of Babél we sate and there we wept when we remembred Ziōn 2 We hanged our harpes vpon the willowes in the middes thereof 3 Then thei that led vs captiues required of vs songs and mirth when we had hanged vp our harpes saying Sing vs one of the songs of Zión 4 How shal we sing said we a
like the barre of a place 20 With the frute of mans mouthe shal his bely be satisfied and with the increase of his lippes shal he be filled 21 Death and life are in the power of the tongue and they that loue it shal eat the frute thereof 22 He that findeth a wife findeth a good thing and receiueth fauor of the Lord. 23 The poore speaketh with prayers but the riche answereth roughly 24 A man that hathe friēds ought to shewe him self fryendly for a friend is nerer then a brother CHAP. XIX 1 BEtter * 〈◊〉 the poore that walketh in his vprightnes then he that a buseth his lippes and is a foole 2 For without knowledge the minde is not good and he that hasteth with his fete sin neth 3 The foolishnes of a man peruerteth his way his hart freateth against the Lord. 4 Riches gather manie friends but the poo re is separated from his neighbour 5 * Asalse witnes shal not be vnpunished he that speaketh lies shal notescape 6 Manie reuerence the face of the prince euerie man is friende to hym that gyueth giftes 7 All the brethren of the poore do hate him how muche more will his friendes departe farre frome hym thogh he be instant with wordes yet they wil not 8 He that possesseth vnderstandyng loueth his wne soule and kepeth wisdome to finde goodnes 9 A false witnes shall not be vnpunished and he that speaketh lyes shal perish 10 Pleasure is not comelie for a foole muche lesse for a seruant to haue rule ouer princes 11 The discretiō of a man differreth his angre and his glorie is to passe by an offence 12 * The Kings wrath is like the roaring of a lyon but his fauour is like the dewe 〈◊〉 the grasse 13 * A foolish sonne is the calamitie of his father * and the contētions of a wife are like a continual dropping 14 House and riches 〈◊〉 the inheritance of the fathers but * a prudent wife cometh of the Lord. 15 Slouthfulnes causeth to fall a slepe and a disceitfull persone shal be 〈◊〉 16 He that kepeth the commaundement kepeth hys owne soule but he that despiseth his 〈◊〉 shal dye 17 He that hathe mercie vpon the poore lendeth vnto the Lord and the Lord wil recompense him that which he hathe giuen 18 Chasten thy sonne while there is hope and 〈◊〉 not thy soule spare for his murmuring 19 A man of muche angre shal suffer punishment and thogh thou deliuer him yet wil his angre come againe 20 Heare counsel and receiue instruction that thou maiest be wise in thy latter end 21 Manie deuices 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a mās heart but the counsel of the Lord shall stand 22 That that is to be desired of a man is his goodnes and a poore man is better then a lyer 23 The feare of the Lorde leadeth to life and he that is filled therewith shall continue and shal not be with euil 24 * The slouthfull hydeth his hand in hys bosome and will not put itto his mouth againe 25 * Smite a scorner and the foolishe will beware and reproue the prudent and he will vnderstand knowlēdge 26 He that destroyeth his father or chaseth away his mother is a lewde and shamefull childe 27 My sonne heare no more the instruction that causeth to erre frome the wordes of knowledge 28 A wicked witnes 〈◊〉 at iudgement and the mouth of the wicked swalloeth vp iniquitie 29 But iudgements are prepared for the scor ners and stripes for the backe of the fooles CHAP. XX. 1 WIne is a mocker and strong drinke is raging and whosoeuer is deceyued thereby is not wise 2 * The feare of the King is like the roaryng of a lion he that prouoketh him vnto angre sinneth against his owne soule 3 It is a mans honour to cease from strife but euerie foole wil be medling 4 The slouthful will not plowe because of winter therefore shal he begge in sommer but haue nothing 5 The counsell in the hearte of man is like depe waters but a man that hathe vnderstan ding wil drawe it out 6 Manie mē will boast euerie one of his owne goodnes but who can finde a faithful man 7 He that walketh in his integritie is iust blessed shal his children be after him 8 A King that sitteth in the throne of iudgement chaseth away all euil with his eyes 9 * Who can say I haue made mine heart cleane I am cleane from sinne 10 Diuers weightes diuers measures both these are euen abominacion vnto the Lord 11 A childe also is knowen by his doings whether his worke be pure and right 12 The Lord hathe made bothe these euen the eare to heare and the eye to se. 13 Loue not slepe lest thou come vnto pouertie open thine eyes and thou shalte be satisned with bread 14 It is naught it is naught saith the byer but when he is gone a parte he boasteth 15 There is golde and a multitude of precious stones but the lipps of knowledge are a precious iewel 16 * Take hys garment that is suretie for a straunger and a pledge of hym for the stranger 17 The bread of deceit is swete to a man but afterwarde hys mouth shal be filled with grauel 18 Establish the thoghts by counsel and by counsel make warre 19 He that goeth about as a sclanderer discouereth * 〈◊〉 therefore medle not with him that flattereth with his lippes 20 * He that curseth hys father or hys mother hys lyght shal be put out in obscure darkenes 21 An heritage is hastely gotten at the begynnyng but the end there of shall not be blessed 22 Say not thou * I wil recompense euil but waite vpon the Lord and he shall saue thee 23 * Diuers weyghtes are an abominacion vnto the Lord and disceitfull balances are not good 24 * The steppes of man are ruled by the Lorde howe can a man thē vnderstande hys owne way 25 It is a destruction for a man to deuoure that which is sanctified and after the vowes to inquire 26 A wise King scattereth the wicked and cau seth the whele to turne ouer them 27 The light of the Lord is the breth of mā and sercheth all the bowels of the bellie 28 * Mercie and trueth preserue the King for his throne shal be established with mercy 29 The beautie of yong men is their strength and the glorie of the aged is the graye head 30 The blewenes of the wounde serueth to purge the euill and the strippes within the bowels of the bellie CHAP. XXI 1 THe Kīngs heart is in the hād of the Lord as the riuers of waters he turned it whe thersoeuer it pleaseth him 2 Euerie * way of a man is right in
〈◊〉 it 31 And thei haue buylt the hie place of To pheth which is in the vallei of Ben-Hinnom to burne their sonnes their daughters in the fyre which I commanded them not nether came it in mine heart 32 Therefore beholde the daies come saith the Lord that it shal no more be called Tō pheth nor the vallei of Ben-Hinnóm but the valley of slaughter for thei shal burye in Topheth til there be no place 33 And the carkeises of this people shal be meat for the foules of the heauen and for the beastes of the earth and none shal fray them awaie 34 * Then I wil cause to cease from the cities of Iudà h and from the stretes of Ierusalém the voyce of mirth and the voice of gladnes the voyce of the bridegrome and the voyce of the bride for the land shal be desolate CHAP. VIII 1 The destruction of the Iewes 4 The Lord moueth the people to amendement 10 He reprehendeth the lying doctrine the 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 Priests 1 AT that time saith the Lord thei shal bring out the bones of the Kings of Iudáh and the bones of their princes and the bones of the Priestes and the bones 〈◊〉 the Prophetes and the bones of the in habitans of Ierusalém out of their graues 2 And thei shal spread them before the sunne and the moone and all the hoste of hea uen whome they haue loued and whome thei haue serued and whome thei haue fol lowed and whome thei haue soght who me thei haue worshiped thei shal not be gathered nor be buryed but shal be as dung vpon the earth 3 And death shal be desired rather then life of all the residue that remaineth of this wicked familie which remaine in all the places where I haue scatred them saith the Lord of hostes 4 Thou shalt saie vnto thē also Thus saith the Lord Shal thei fall not arise shal he turne awaie and not turne againe 5 Wherefore is this people of Ierusalém tur ned backe by a perpetual rebellion thei gaue thē selues to de ceit and wolde not returne 6 I hearkened and heard but none speake aright no man repented him of his wicked nes saying What haue I done euerie one turned to their race as the horse rusheth into the battel 7 Euen the storcke in the aire knoweth her appointed times the turtle and the cra ne and the swallowe obserue the time of their coming but my people knoweth not the iudgement of the Lord. 8 How do ye saie We are wise and the La we of the Lord is with vs Lo certeinly in vai ne made he it the pen of the scribes is in vaine 9 The wise men are ashamed thei are afraid and taken lo thei haue reiected the worde of the Lord and what wisdome is in them 10 Therefore wil I giue their wiues vnto others their fields to thē that shal possesse thē 〈◊〉 for euerie one frō the least euen vnto the greatest is giuen to couetousnes and from the Prophet euē vnto the Priest euerie one dealeth falsely 11 For thei haue heale the hurt of the daugh ter of my people with swete wordes saying Peace peace whē there is no peace 12 Where thei ashamed whē they had cōmit led abomination nay thei were not ashamed nether colde they haue anie shame therefore shal they fall among the slaine when I shal visit them they shal be cast downe saith the Lord. 13 I wil surely consume them saith the Lord there shal be no grapes on the vinenor figs in the figtre and the leaf shal fade 〈◊〉 the things that I haue giuen them shal departe from them 14 Why do westay assēble your selues let vs 〈◊〉 īto the strōg cities letvs be quiet there for the 〈◊〉 our God hathe put vsto silēce giuē vs water with gall to drinke because we haue sinned against the Lord. 15 * We loked for peace but no 〈◊〉 came for a time of health beholde troubles 16 The neying of his horses was heard from Dan the whole land trēbled at the noise of the neying of his strōge horses forthei are come and haue deuoured the land with all that is in it the citie those that dwell therein 17 For beholde I wil send serpents and coc katrices among you which wil not be char med they shal sting you saith the Lord. 18 I wolde haue comforted my self against sorowe but mine heart is heauie in me 19 Beholde the voyce of the crye of the dau ghter of my people for feare of them of a farre countrey Is not the Lord in Zión is not her King in her Why haue they prouo ked me to angre with their grauen images and with the vanities of a strange god 20 The haruest is past the somer is ended and we are not holpen 21 I am sore vexed for the hurt of the daugh ter of my people I am heauy and astonishment hathe taken me 22 Is there not balme at Gilead is there no Phisiciō there Why then is not the health of the daughter of my people recouered CHAP. IX 1 The complaint of the Prophet for the malice of the peo ple 24 In the knowledge of God ought we onely to reioyce 26 The vncircumcision of the heart 1 OH that mine head were ful of water and mine eyes a fountaine of teares that I might wepe day and night for the slaine of the daughter of my people 2 Oh that I had in the wildernes a cottage of way faring men that I might leaue my people and go from them for thei be all adulterers and an assemblie of rebels 3 And they bend their tongues like their bowes for lies butthey haue no courage for the trueth vpon the earth for thei pro cede from euil to worse and they haue not knowen me saith the Lord. 4 Let euerie one take hede of his neighbour and trust you not in anie brother for euerie brother wil vse deceit and euerie friēd wil deale deceitfully 5 And euerie one wil deceiue his friend and wil not speake the trueth for they haue 〈◊〉 heir tongues to speake lies and take great paines to do wickedly 6 Thine habitation is in the middes of deceiuers because of their deceit they refu se to knowe saith the Lord 7 Therefore thus saith the Lord of hostes Beholde I wil melt them and trye them for what shuld I els do for the daughter of my people 8 Their tongue * is as an arrowe shot out and speaketh deceit one speaketh peacably to his neighbour with his mouth but in his heart he layeth waite for him 9 Shal I not visit them for these thing saith the Lord or shal not my soule be aduenged on suche a nation as this 10 Vpon the mountaines wil I take vp a weping and a lamentacion
remnant of Iudáh that are gone into the land of Egypt to dwell there shal knowe whose wordes shall stand mine or theirs 29 And this shal be a signe vnto you saith the Lord when I visite you in this place that ye maie know that my wordes shall surely stand against you for euil 30 Thus saith the Lord Beholde I will giue Pharaóh Hophrá Kyng of Egypt into the hand of his enemies and into the hand of them that seke hys life as I gaue Zedekiáh King of Iudáh into the hand of Nebuchad-nezzár King of Babél his enemie who also soght his life CHAP. XLV 2 Ieremiah comforteth Baruch assuring him that he shuld not perish in the destruction of Ierusalém 1 THe worde that Ieremiáh the Prophet spa ke vnto Baruch the sonne of Neriáh when he had writen these words in a boke at the mouth of Ieremiáh in the fourth yere of Iehoiakim the sonne of Iosiáh Kynge of Iudáh saying 2 Thus saith the Lord God of Israél vnto thee ô Baruch 3 Thou did est saye Wo is me nowe for the Lord hathe layed sorowe vnto my sorowe I sainted in my mournyng and I can finde no rest 4 Thus shalt thou say vnto hym The Lorde saith thus Beholde that which I haue buylt will I destroye and that which I haue planted wil I plucke vp euen this whole land 5 And sekest thou great things for thy selfe seke them not for beholde I wil bring a pla gue vpon all flesh saith the Lord but thy life wil I giue thee for a pray in all places whether thou goest CHAP. XLVI 1 He proplrecieth the destruction of Egypt 27 Deliuerance is promised to Israél 1 THe wordes of the Lord which came to Ie remiáh the Prophet against the Gētiles 2 As against Egypt against the armie of Pha raóh Necho King of Egypt whiche was by the riuer Peráth in Carchemish whiche Nebuchad-nezzar Kyng of Babél smote in the fourth yere of Iehoiakim the sonne of Iosiáh King of Iudáh 3 Make readie buckeler and shield and go fourth to battel 4 Make readie the horses and let the horsemē get vp and stand vp with your sallets fourblish the speares ād put on the brigandines 5 Wherefore haue I sene them afraide and driuen backe for their mightie men are smit ten and are fled away and loke not backe sor feare was round about saith the Lord. 6 The swift shal not flee away nor the strong man escape they shal stomble and fall towarde the Northe by the riuer Perath 7 Who is this that commeth vp as a floode whose waters are moued like the riuers 8 Egypt riseth vp lyke the flood and hys waters are moued lyke the riuers and he sayth I will go vp and will couer the earth I wil destroye the citie with them that dwell therein 9 Come vp ye horses and rage yecharets and let the valiant men come forthe the black Mores ād the Lybians that beare the shield and the Lydians that handle and bend the bowe 10 For this is the day of the Lorde God of hostes and a day of vengeance that he maye aduenge him of hys ennemies for the sword shal deuoure and it shal be satiat and made drunke with their blood for the Lord God of hostes hathe a sacrifice in the North countrey by the riuer Peráth 11 Go vp vnto Gileád and take balme ô virgine the daughter of Egypt in vaine shalt thou vse many medicines for thou shalt haue no health 22 The nations haue heard of thy shame and thy crye hathe filled the land for the strong hathe stombled against the strong and thei are fallen bothe together 13 ¶ The worde that the Lorde spake to Ieremiáh the Prophet howe Nebuchad-nezzár Kyng of Babélshulde come and smite the land of Egypt 14 Publish in Egypt and declare in Migdol ād proclaime in Noph and in Tahpanhés and say Stād stil and prepare thee for the sword shal deuoure rounde about thee 15 Why are they valiāt mē put backe they cold not stand because the Lord did driue them 16 He made many to fall and one fell vpon an other and they said Arise let vs go againe to our owne people and to the land of our natiuitie from the sworde of the violent 17 They did crye there Pharaôh King of Egypt and of a great multitude hathe passed the time appointed 18 As I liue saith the King whose Name is the LORD of hostes surely as Tabór is in the mountaines and as Carmél is in the sea so shal it come 19 O thou daughter dwelling in Egypt make thee geare to go into captiuitie for Noph shal be waste and desolate without an inhabitant 20 Egygt is like a faire calfe but destructiō cometh out of the North it cometh 21 Also her hired men are in the middes of her like fat calues they are also turned backe fled a way together thei colde not stād because the day of the destruction was come vpon them the time of their visitacion 22 The voy ce thereof shal go forthe like a ser pent for they shal marche with an armie come againste her with axes as he wers of wood 23 They shal cut downe her forest saith the Lord for they can not be counted because they are more then the greshoppers and are in numerable 24 The daughter of Egypt shal be confounded she shal be deliuered into the hands of the people of the North. 25 ¶ Thus saith the Lord of hostes the God of Israél Beholde I wil visite the cōmune people of No and Pharaōh Egypt with their gods and their Kings euen Pharaōh and all them that trust in him 26 And I wil deliuer them into the hands of those that seke their liues and into the hand of Nebuchad-nezzár King of Babél and into the hands of his seruantes and afterward she shall dwell as in the olde time saith the Lord. 27 ¶ But feare not thou ô my seruant Iaakób be not thou afraied ô Israél for beholde I wil deliuer thee from a farre countrey thy sede from the land of their captiuitie Iaakôb shal returne and be in rest and prosperitie and none shal make him afraid 28 Feare thou not ô Iaak ób my seruant saith the Lord for I am with thee and I wil vtterly destroy all the nations whether I haue dri uen thee but I wil not vtterly destroy thee but correct thee by iudgement and not vtterly cut thee of CHAP. XLVII The worde of the Lord against the Philistims 1 THe wordes of the Lord that came to Iere miáh the Prophet against the Philistims before that Pharaóh smote Azzáh 2 Thus saith the Lord Beholde waters rise vp out of the North and shal be as a swelling flood and shal ouer flowe the land all that is therein and the cities with thē
them whose heart is toward their idoles and whose affection goeth after their abominatiōs I wil laie their waie vpon their owne heades saith the Lord God 22 ¶ Then did the Cherubims lift vp their wings and the wheles besides them and the glorie of the God of Israél was vpon them on hie 23 And the glorie of the Lorde went vp from the middes of the citie and stode vpon the mountaine whiche is toward the East side of the citie 24 Afterward the Spirit toke me vp ād broght me in a vision by the Spirit of God into Caldea to them that were led awaie captiues so the vision that I had sene went vp from 〈◊〉 25 Then I declared vnto them that were led awaie captiues all the things that the Lord had 〈◊〉 me CHAP. XII 1 The parable of the captiuitie 18 Another parable whereby the distres of hunger and thirst is signified 1 THe word of the Lord also came vnto me saying 2 Sonnes of man thou dwellest in the middes of a rebellious house which haue eyes to se and se not they haue eares to heare ād heare not for they are bellious house 3 Therefore thou sonne of man prepare thy stuffe to go into captiuitie and go 〈◊〉 by day in their sight and thou snalt passe from thy place to another place in their sight if it be possible that they maie consider it for they are a rebellious house 4 Then shalt thou bryng forthe thy stuffe by daye in they 〈◊〉 as the stuffe of hym that goeth into captiuitie and thou shalt go forthe at euen in their sight as they that go forthe into 〈◊〉 5 Dig thou through the wall in their sight and carie out thereby 6 In their sight 〈◊〉 thou beare it vpon thy 〈◊〉 and carie it forthe in the darke thou shalt couer thy face that thou se not the earth for I haue set thee as a 〈◊〉 vnto the house of Israél 7 And as I was commanded so I broght forthe my stuffe by daye as the stuffe of one that goeth into captiuitie and by night I digged through the wall with mine hand ād broght it forthe in the darke and I bare it vpon my shulder in their sight 8 And in the mornyng came the worde of the Lord vnto me saying 9 Sonne of man hathe not the house of Israél the rebellious house said vnto thee What doest thou 10 But saie thou vnto them Thus sayth the Lord God This burden concerneth the chief in Ierusalém and all the house of Israél that are among them 11 Saie I am your signe like as I haue done so shal it be done vnto them they shal go into bondage and captiuitie 12 And the chiefest that is among them shall beare vpon his shulder in the darke and shall go forthe they shal digge through the wall to carie out thereby he shall couer his face that he se not the grounde with his eyes 13 My net also will spread vpon him and he shal be taken in my net and I will bryng him to Babél to the land of the Caldeans yet shal he not se it thogh he shal dye there 14 And I will scatter to warde euerie winde all that are about him to helpe him and all hys garisons and I wil drawe out the sworde after them 15 And they shall knowe that I am the Lorde when I shal scatter them among the nacions and disperse them in the countreis 16 But I wil leaue a litle nombre of them from the sword from the famine and from the pe stilence that they may declare all these abominations among the heathen where they come ād they shal know that I am the Lord 17 ¶ Moreouer the worde of the Lord came vnto me saying 18 Sonne of man 〈◊〉 thy bread with trēbling and drinke thy water with trouble ād with carefulnes 19 And say vnto the people of the land Thus saith the Lord God of the in habitants of Ierusalém and of the lande of Israél They shall eat their bread with carefulnes and drinke their water with desolation for the land shal be desolate frō her abūdance becau se of the crueltie of them that dwel therein 20 And the cities that are inhabited shal be left voide and the land shal be desolate and ye shal knowe that I am the Lord. 21 ¶ And the worde of the Lorde came vnto me saying 22 Some of man what is that prouerbe that you haue in the land of Israél saying The dayes are prolonged and all visions faile 23 Tell them therefore Thus sayth the Lorde God I will make this prouerbe to cease and they shall no more vse it as a prouerbe in Israél but say vnto them The dayes are at hād and the effect of euerie vision 24 For no vision shal be any more in vaine nether shal there be anie slatering diuinacion within the house of Israél 25 For I am the Lorde I will speake and that thing that I shal speake shall come to passe it shal be no more prolonged for in your dayes ô rebellious house will I say the thing and wil performe it saith the Lord God 26 Againe the worde of the Lord came vnto me saying 27 Sonne of man beholde they of the house of Israél say The vision that he seeth is for many dayes to come ād he prophecieth of the times that are far of 28 Therefore say vn to them Thus sayth the Lorde God All my wordes shall no longer be delayed but that thing which I haue spoken shal be done saith the Lord God CHAP. XIII 2 The worde of the Lord against false Prophetes whiche teache the people the counsels of their owne hearts 1 ANd the worde of the Lorde came vnto me saying 2 Sonne of man prophecie against the Prophetes of * Israél that prophecie and saye thou vnto them that prophecie out of their owne hearts He are the worde of the Lord. 3 Thus saith the Lord God Wo vnto the foolish prophetes that followe their owne spirit and haue sene nothing 4 O Israél thy Prophetes are like the foxes in the waste places 5 Ye haue not risen vp in the grapes nether made vp the hedge for the house of Israél to stand in the battel in the day of the Lord. 6 They haue sene vanitie and lying diuination saying The Lord saith it and the Lord hathe not sent them and they haue made others to hope that they wolde confirme the worde of their prophecie 7 Haue ye not sene a vaine vision and haue ye not spoken a lying diuination ye say The Lord saith it albeit I haue not spoken 8 Therefore thus saith the Lord God Because ye haue spoken vanitie and haue sene lyes therefore beholde I am against you sayth the Lord God 9 And mine hande shal be vpon the Prophetes that se vanitie and deuine lies they shal not be in the assemblie of my people nether shal they be written in the
hast moreouer multiplied thy fornica cion from the land of Canáan vnto Caldea and yet thou wast not satisfied here with 30 How weake is thine heart saith the Lord God seing thou doest all these things euen the worke of a presūpteous worship womā 31 In that thou buyldest thine hie place in the corner of euery way and makest thine hie place in euery strete and hast not bene as an harlot that despiseth are warde 32 But as a wife that plaieth the harlot and taketh others for her housband 33 They giue giftes to all other whores but thou giuest giftes vnto all thi louers rewar dest them that they may come vnto thee on euery side for thy fornicacion 34 And the contrary is in thee frō other women in thy fornications nether the like for nication shal be after thee for in that thou giuest a reward and no reward is giuen vnto thee therefore thou art contrary 35 Wherefore ô harlot heare the worde of the Lord. 36 Thus saith the Lord God Because thy shame was powred out and thy filthines discouered through thy fornicacions with thy louers and with all the idoles of thine abominacions and by the blood of thy children which thou didest offre vnto them 37 Beholde therefore I wil gather all thy louers with whome thou hast taken pleasure and all them that thou hast loued with all thē that thou hast hated I wil euen gather them rounde about against thee and wil discouer thy filthines vnto them that thei may se all thy filthines 38 And I wil iudge thee after the maner of them that are harlots and of thē that shead blood and I wil giue thee the blood of wrath and ielousie 39 I wil also giue thee into their hands they shal destroy thine hie place and shal breake downe thine hieplaces they shal strippe thee also out of thy clothes ād shal take thy faire iewels and leaue thee naked and bare 40 They shal also bring vp a companie against thee and they shal stone thee with stones ād thrust thee through with theirswordes 41 And thei * shal burne vp thine houses with fyre and execute iudgements vpon thee in the sight of many womē and I wil cause thee to cease from playing the harlot and thou shalt giue no reward any more 42 So wil I make my wrath toward thee to rest and my ielousie shal departe from thee and I wil cease and be no more angrie 43 Because thou hastnot remembred the daies of thy youth but hast prouoked me with all these things beholde therefore I also haue broght thy way vpon thine head saith the Lord God yet hast not thou had consideracion of all thine abominacions 44 Beholde all that vse prouerbes shal vse this prouerbe against thee saying As is the mother so is her daughter 45 Thou art thy mothers daughter that hathe cast of her housband and her children and thou art the sister of thy sisters which forsoke their housbands and their children your mother is an Hittite and your father an Amorite 46 And thine elder sister is Samaria and her daughters thatdwell at thy left hand and thy yong sister that dwelleth at thy right hand is Sodóm and her daughters 47 Yet hast thou not walked after their waies nor done after their abominations but as it had bene a very litle thing thou wast corrupted more then thei in all thy waies 48 As I liue saith the Lord God Sodō thy sister hathe not done nether she nor her daughters as thou hast done and thy daughters 49 Beholde this was the iniquitie of thy sister Sodóm Pride fulnes of bread and abundan ce of idlenes was in her and in her daughters nether did she strengthen the hand of the poore and nedie 50 But thei were hautie and committed abominacion before me therefore I toke them away as pleased me 51 Nether hathe Samaria committed halfe of thy sinnes but thou hast exceded them in thine abominacions and hast iustified thy sisters in all thine abominaciōs which thou hast done 52 Therefore thou which hast iustified thy sisters beare thine owne shame 〈◊〉 thy sinnes that thou hast committed more abominable then they which are more righteous then thou art be thou therefore 〈◊〉 also and beare thy shame seing that thou hast iustified thy sisters 53 Therefore I wil bring againe their captiuitie with the captiuitie of Sodóm and her daughters and with the captiuitie of Samaria and her daughters euen the captiuitie of thy captiues in the middes of them 54 That thou maist beare thine owne shame and maist be confounded in al that thou hast done in that thou hast comforted them 55 And thy sister Sodóm and her daughter shal returne to their former state Samaria also and her daughters shal returne to their former state whē thou and thy daughters shal returne to your former state 56 For thy sister Sodom was not heard of by thy report in the day of thy pride 57 Before thy wickednes was discouered as in that same time of the reproche of the daughters of Arám and of all the daughters of the Philistims round about her which despise thee on all sides 58 Thou hast borne therefore thy wickednes and thine abominacion saith the Lord. 59 For thus saith the Lord God I might euen deale with thee as thou hast done whé thou didest despise the othe in breaking the couenant 60 Neuertheles I wil remember my couenāt made with thee in the dayes of thy youth and I wil confirme vnto thee an euerlasting couenant 61 Then thou shalt remembre thy wayes and be ashamed when thou shalt receiue thy sisters bothe thy elder and thy yonger and I wil giue them vnto thee for daughters but not by thy couenant 62 And I wil establish my couenant with thee and thou shalt knowe that I am the Lord 63 That thou maist remembre and be ashamed and neueropen thy mouthe any more becau se of thy shame when I am pacified toward thee for all that thou hast done saith the Lord God CHAP. XVII The parable of the two egles 1 ANd the worde of the Lord came vnto me saying 2 Sonne of man put forthe a parable speake a prouerbe vnto the house of Israél 3 And say Thus saith the Lord God The great egle with great wings and long wings and ful of fethers which had diuers colours came vnto Lebanón and toke the hiest bran che of the 〈◊〉 4 And brake of the toppe of his twigge and caried it into the land of marchants and set it in a citie of marchants 5 He toke also of the sede of the land planted it in a fruteful grounde he placed it by great waters and set it as a willow 〈◊〉 6 And it budded vp and was like a spreading vine of lowe stature whose branches turned toward
it and the rootes thereof were vnder it so it became a vine and it broght for the branches and shot forthe buds 7 There was also another great egle with gre at wings and many fethers and beholde this vine did turne her rootes toward it and spred forthe her branches toward it that she might water it by the trenches of her plantacion 8 It was planted in a good soile by great waters that it shulde bring forthe branches and beare frute and be an excellent vine 9 Say thou Thus saith the Lord God Shal it prosper shal he not pul vp the rootes there of and destroy the frute thereof and cause them to drye al the leaues of her bud shal wit her without great power or many people to plucke it vp by the rootes thereof 10 Beholde it was planted but shal it prospet shal it not be dryed vp and wither when the East winde shal touche it it shal wither in the trenches where it grewe 11 Moreouer the worde of the Lord came vnto me saying 12 Say now to this rebellious house Knowe ye not what these things meane tel them Beholde the King of 〈◊〉 come to Ierusalém and hathe taken the King thereof and the princes thereof and led them with him to Babél 13 And hathe taken one of the Kings sede made a couenant with him and hathe taken an othe of him he hathe also taken the prin ces of the land 14 That the kingdome might be in subiection and not lift it self vp but kepe their couenant and stand to it 15 But he rebelled against him and sent his ambassadours into Egypt that thei might giue him horses and muche people shal he prosper shal he escape that doeth suche things or shal he breake the 〈◊〉 and be deliuered 16 As I liue saith the Lord God he shal dye in the middes of Babél in the place of the King that had made him King whose othe he despised and whose couenant made with him he brake 17 Nether shal Pharaóh with his mightie hoste and great multitude of people mainteine him in the warre when thei haue castvp mounts and buylded ramparts to destroy many persones 18 For he hathe despised the othe and broken the couenant yet lo he had giuen his hād because he hathe done all these things he shal not escape 19 Therefore thus saith the Lord God As I liue I wil surely bring mine othe that he hathe despised and my couenant that he hathe bro ken vpon his owne head 20 * And I wil spread my net vpon him and he shal be taken in my net and I wil bring him to 〈◊〉 and wil entre into iudgemēt with him there for his trespas that he hathe committed against me 21 And all that fle from him with all his hoste shal fall by the sworde and thei that remaine shal be scatered toward all the windes and ye shall knowe that I the Lord haue spoken it 22 Thus saith the Lord God I wil also take of the toppe of this hie cedre ād wil set it and cut of the toppe of the tendre plante there of and I wil plante it vpon an hie mountaine and great 23 Euen in the hye mountaine of Israél wil I plant it and it shal bring forthe boughs and beare frute and be an excellent cedre and vnder it shal remaine all birdes and euerie foule shal dwell in the shadowe of the branches thereof 24 And all the trees of the field shal knowe that I the Lord haue broght downe the hye tre and exalted the lowe tre that I haue dryed vp the grene tre and made the drye tre to florish I the Lord haue spoken it and haue done it CHAP. XVIII 2 He sheweth that euerie man shal 〈◊〉 his owne synne 21 To him that amendeth is 〈◊〉 promised 24. Death is prophecied to the 〈◊〉 which 〈◊〉 backe from the right waye 1 THe worde of the Lord came vnto me againe saying 2 What meane ye that ye speake this prouerbe concerning the land of Israél saying The fathers haue eaten 〈◊〉 grappes the childrens teeth are set on edge 3 As I liue saith the Lord God ye shal vse this prouerbe no more in Israel 4 Be holde all soules are mine bothe the soule of the father and also the soule of the sonne are mine the soule that sinneth it shal dye 5 But if a man be iust and do that which is law ful and right 6 And hat he not eaten vpon the mountaines nether hathe lift vp his eyes to the idoles of the house of Israél nether hathe 〈◊〉 his neighbours wife nether hathe 〈◊〉 with a * 〈◊〉 woman 7 Nether hathe oppressed any but hathe restored the pledge to his dettour he that hathe spoiled none by violence * but hathe giuen his bread to the hungrie and hathe couered the naked with a garment 8 And hathe not giuen forthe vpon * vsurie nether hathe taken any increase but hathe withdrawen his hand from iniquitie and hathe executed true iudgement betwene mā and man 9 And hathe walked in my statutes and hathe kept my iudgements to deale truely he is iuste he shal surely liue saith the Lord God 10 ¶ If he beget a sonne that is a thief or a sheader of blood if he do any one of these things 11 Thogh he do not all these things but ether hathe eaten vpon the mountaines or defiled his neighbours wife 12 Or hathe oppressed the poore and nedy or hathe spoiled by violence or hath not restored the pledge or hathe lift vp his eyes vnto the idoles or hathe committed abomination 13 Or hathe giuen for the vpon vsurie or hath taken increase shal he liue he shal not liue seing he hathe done all these abominacions he shal dye the death and his blood shal be vpon him 14 ¶ But if he beget a sonne that seeth all his fathers sinnes which he hathe done and fea reth nether doeth suche like 15 That hathe not eaten vpon the mountaines nether hathe lift vp his eyes to the idoles of the house of 〈◊〉 nor hath defiled his neigh bours wife 16 Nether hath oppressed anie nor hath withholden the pledge nether hathe spoiled by violence but hathe giuen his bread to the hungrie and hathe couered the naked with a garment 17 Nether hathe withdrawen his hand from the afflicted nor receiued vsurie nor increase but hathe executed my iudgements hathe walked in my statutes he shal not dye 〈◊〉 the iniquitie of his father but he shal su rely liue 18 His father because he cruelly oppressed spoiled his brother by violence and hathe not done good among his people lo euen he dyeth in his iniquitie 19 Yet saye ye Wherefore shal not the sonne beare the iniquitie of the father because the sonne hathe executed iudgement iustice and hathe kept all my statutes and done them he shal
thee shal mocke thee which art vile in name and sore in affliction 6 Beholde the princes of Israél euerye one in thee was ready to his power to shed blood 7 In thee haue thei de spised father and mother in the middes of thee haue they oppressed the strāger in thee haue thei vexed the fatherles and the widowe 8 Thou hast despised mine holy things and hast polluted my Sabbaths 9 In thee are men that carye tales to shed blood in thee are they that eat vpon the mountaines in the middes of thee thei cōmit abominacion 10 * In thee haue they discouered theyr fathers shame in thee haue they vexed her that was polluted in her floures 11 And euerye one * hathe committed abominacion with his neighbours wife and euery one hath wickedly defiled his daughter in law and in thee hathe euery man for ced his owne sister euē his fathers daughter 12 In thee haue they taken giftes to shed blood thou hast taken vsurie and the encrease and thou hast defrauded thy neighbours by extorcion and hast forgotten me saith the Lord God 13 Beholde therefore I haue smitten myne hands vpō thy couetousnes that thou hast vsed and vpon the blood which hath bene in the middes of thee 14 Can thine heart endure or cā thine hāds be strong in the daies that I shall haue to do with thee I the Lord haue spoken it wil do it 15 And I wil scatter thee among the heathē and disperse thee in the countreis and wil cause thy filthines to cease from thee 16 And thou shalt take thine in heritāce in thy self in the sight of the heathen thou shalt knowe that I am the Lord. 17 ¶ And the word of the Lord came vnto me saying 18 Sonne of man the house of Israél is vnto me as drosse all they are brasse tynne and yron and lead in the middes of the fournace thei are euen the drosse of siluer 19 Therefore thus saith the Lord God Because ye are all as drosse beholde therfore I will gather you in the middes of Ierusalém 20 As they gather siluer and brasse and yron and lead and tynne into the middes of the fornace to blowe the fyre vpon it to melt it so will I gather you in mine angre and in my wrath and will put you there melt you 21 I wil gather you I say and blowe the fyre of my wrath vpon you and you shal be melted in the middes thereof 22 As siluer is melted in the middes of the fournace so shal ye be melted in the middes thereof and ye shall knowe that I the Lord haue powred out my wrath vpō you 23 And the worde of the Lord came vnto me saying 24 Sonne of man say vnto her Thou art the land that is vncleane not rained vpō in the day of wrath 25 There is a conspiracie of her Prophetes in the middes thereof like a roaring lyon ranening the pray thei haue deuoured sou les they haue taken the riches precious things thei haue made her many widowes in the middes thereof 26 Her Priests haue broken my Law and haue defiled mine holy things thei haue put no difference betwene the holy and prophane nether discerned betwene the vncleane and the cleane and haue hid their eyes from my Sabbaths and I am prophaned among them 27 Her princes in * the middes thereof are like wolues rauening the praye to shed blood and to destroye soules for their owne couetous lucre 28 And her Prophetes haue dawbed them with vntempered morter seing vanities and diuining lies vnto them saying Thus saith the Lord God when the Lord had not spoken 29 The people of the land haue violently oppressed by spoyling and robbing and haue vexed the poore and the neady yea they haue oppressed the stranger against right 30 And I soght for a man among them that shulde make vp the hedge stand in the gap before me for the land that I shuld not destroy it but I founde none 31 Therfore haue I powred outmine indignacion vpon them and consumed them with the fyre of my wrath their owne waies haue I rendred vppon their heades saith the Lord God CHAP. XXIII Of the idolatrie of Samaria and Ierusalém vnder the names of Aholah and 〈◊〉 1 THe worde of the Lord came againe vnto me saying 2 Sonne of man there were two women the daughters of one mother 3 And they committed fornicacion in Egypt they committed fornicacion in theyr youth there 〈◊〉 their breasts pressed and there thei bruised the teates of their virginitie 4 And the names of them were Aholáh the elder and Aholibáh her sister they were mine and thei bare sonnes and daughters thus were their names Samaria is Aholáh and Ierusalém Aholibáh 5 And Aholáh plaied the harlot whē she was mine and she was set on fyre with her louers to wit with the Assyrians her neighbours 6 Whiche were clothed with blewe silke bothe captaines and princes thei were all pleasant yongmen and horsemen riding vpon horses 7 Thus she committed her whoredome with them euen with all them that were the chosen mē of 〈◊〉 with all on whome she doted defiled her self with all their idoles 8 Nether left she her fornicaciōs learned of the Egyptians forin her youth thei lay with her they bruised the breasts of her virginitie and powred their whoredome vpon her 9 Wherefore I deliuered her into the hands of her louers euen into the hands of the Assyrians vpon whome she doted 10 These discouered her shame they toke away her sonnes and her daughters and slewe her with the sworde and she had an euill name among women for they had executed iudgement vpon her 11 And when her sister Aholibáh sawe this she marred her selfe with in ordinate loue more then she and with her fornicacions more then her sister with her fornicaciōs 12 She doted vpon the Assyrians her neighbours bothe captaines and princes clothed with diuers sutes horsemen riding vpō horses thei were all pleasant yóg mē 13 Then I sawe that she was defiled that they were bothe after one sorte 14 And that she encreased her fornicaciōs for when she sawe men painted vpon the wall the images of the Caldeans painted with vermelon 15 And girded with girdles vpō their loynes and with dyed attyre vppon theyr heades loking all like princes after the maner of the Babylonians in Caldea the lande of their natiuitie 16 Assone I say as she sawe them she doted vpō them and sent messengers vnto them into Caldea 17 Now when the Babylonians came to her into the bed of loue they defiled her with their fornicacion she was polluted with them and her lust departed from them 18 So she discouered her fornicacion disclosed her shame then mine heart forsoke her like as mine heart had forsakē her sister 19 Yet she encreased her
way to turne from it if he do not turne from his way he shal dye for his iniquitie but thou hast deliuered thy soule 10 Therefore ô thou sonne of man speake vnto the house of Israél Thus ye speake and say If our transgressions and our sinnes be vpon vs and we are consumed because of them how shulde we then liue 11 Say vnto them as I liue saith the lord God I desire not the death of the wicked but that the wicked turne from his way and liue turne you turne you from your euil wayes for why wil ye dye ô ye house of Israél 12 Therefore thou sonne of man say vnto the children of thy people The righteousnes of the righteous shal not deliuer him in the day of his transgression nor the wickednes of the wicked shal cause him to fall therein in the day that he retur neth from his wickednes nether shal the righteousnes liue for his righteousnes in the day that he sinneth 13 When I shal say vnto the righteous that he shal surely liue if he trust to his owne righteousnes and commit iniquitie all his righteousnes shal be no more remembred but for his iniquitie that he hathe commit ted he shal dye for the same 14 Againe when I shal say vnto the wicked Thou shalt dye the death if he turne from his sinne and do that which is lawful and right 15 To wit if the wicked restore the pledge and giue againe that he had robbed and walke in the statutes of life without committing iniquitie he shal surely liue and not dye 16 None of his sinnes that he hathe committed shal be mencioned vnto him because he hathe done that which is lawful and right he shal surely liue 17 Yet the children of thy people say * The way of the LORD is not equal but their owne way is vnequal 18 When the righteous turneth from his righ teousnes committeth iniquitie he shal euen dye thereby 19 But if the wicked returne from his wicked nes and do that which is lawful and right he shal liue thereby 20 Yet ye say The way of the lord is not equal O ye house of Israél I wil iudge you euerie one after his wayes 21 Also in the twelfth yere of our captiuitie in the tenth moneth and in the fift day of the moneth one that had escaped out of Ierusalém came vnto me and said The citie is smitten 22 Now the hand of the Lord had bene vpō me in the euening a fore he that had escaped came had opened my mouth vntil he came to me in the mourning when he had opened my mouth I was no more dom me 23 Againe the worde of the Lord came vnto me and said 24 Sonne of man these that dwell in the desolate places of the land of Israél talke and say Abraham was but one and he possessed the land but we are many therefore the land shal be giuen vs in possession 25 Wherefore say vnto them Thus saith the Lord God Ye eat with the blood and lift vp your eyes towarde your idoles and sheade blood shulde ye then possesse the land 26 Ye leane vpon your sworde ye worke abominacion and ye defile euerie one his neighbours wife shulde ye thē possesse the land 27 Say thus vnto them Thus saith the Lord God As I liue so surely thei that are in the desolate places shal fall by the sworde him that is in the open field wil I giue vnto the beastes to be deuoured and thei that be in the fortes and in the caues shal dye of the pestilence 28 For I wil lay the 〈◊〉 desolate and waste the * pompe of her strength shal cease and the mountaines of 〈◊〉 shal be desolate and none shal passe through 29 Then shal thei knowe that I am the Lord when I haue laide the land desolate and waste because of all their abominacions that thei haue committed 30 Also thou sonne of mā the children of thy people that talke of thee by the walles and in the dores of houses and speake one to another euerie one to his brother saying Come I pray you and heare what is the worde that commeth from the Lord. 31 For thei come vnto thee as the people vseth to come and my people sit before thee and heare thy wordes but thei wil not do them for with their mouthes thei make iestes their heart goeth after their couetousnes 32 And 〈◊〉 thou art vnto them as a iesting song of one that hathe a pleasant voyce and can sing wel for thei heare thy wordes but thei do them not 33 And when this commeth to passe for lo it wil come then shal thei knowe that a Prophet hathe bene among them CHAP. XXXIIII 2 Against the shepherdes that despised the flocke of Christ and 〈◊〉 their owne gain 7 〈◊〉 Lord saith that he wil visite 〈◊〉 dispersed flocke and gather them together 23. He promiseth the true shepherd Christ and with him peace 1 ANd the worde of the Lord came vnto me saying 2 Sonne of man prophecie against the shepherdes of Israél prophecie and say vnto them Thus saith the Lord God vnto the shepherdes * Wo be vnto the shepherdes of Israél that fede them selues shulde not the shepherdes fede the flockes 3 Ye eat b fat and ye clothe you with the woll ye kil them that are fed but ye fede not the shepe 4 The weake haue ye not strengthened the sicke haue ye not healed nether haue ye bounde vp the broken nor broghtagai ne that which was d iuen away nether haue ye soght that which was lost but with crueltie with 〈◊〉 haue ye ruled them 5 And they were scattred without a shepherde and when thei were dispersed thei were deuoured of all the beasts of the field 6 My shepe wandred through all the mountaines and vpon euerie hye hil yea my floc ke was scattred through all the earth and none did seke or serche after them 7 Therefore ye shepherdes heare the worde of the Lord. 8 As I liue saith the Lord God surely because se my flocke was spoiled and my shepe we re deuoured of all the beastes of the field hauing no shepherd nether did my shepherdes seke my shepe but the shepherdes fed them selues and fed not my shepe 9 Therefore heare ye the worde of the Lord ô ye shepherdes 10 Thus saith the Lord God Behold I come against the shepherdes and wil require my shepe at their hands and cause them to cea se from feding the shepe nether shal the shepherds fede them selues any more for I wil deliuer my shepe from their mouthes and thei shal nomore deuoure them 11 For thus saith the Lord God Beholde I wil serche my shepe and seke them out 12 As a shepherd sercheth out his flocke whē he hathe bene among his shepe that are scattered so wil I seke out
the Lord God of hostes the Lord is him self his memorial 6 Therefore turne thou to thy God kepe mer cie and iudgement and hope stil in thy God 7 He is Canáan the balances of deceit are in his hand he loueth to oppresse 8 And Ephráim said Notwithstanding I am riche I haue founde me out riches in all my labours they shal finde none iniquitie in me that were wickednes 9 Thogh I am the Lord thy God from the lād of Egypt yet wil I make thee to dwell in the tabernacles as in the dayes of the solemne feast 10 I haue also spoken by the Prophetes and I haue multiplied visions and vsed similitudes by the ministerie of the Prophetes 11 Is there iniquitie in Gileád surely thei are vanitie they sacrifice bullockes in Gilgál their altars are as heapes in the furrowes of the field 12 And Iaakób fled into the countrey of Arā and Israél serued for a wife and for a wife he kept shepe 13 And by a Prophet the Lord broght Israél out of Egypt and by a Prophet was he reserued 14 But Ephráim prouoked him with hie places therefore shal his blood be powred vpō him and his reproche shal his Lord rewar de him CHAP. XIII 1 The abomination of Israél 9 And cause of their destruction 1 WHen Ephráim spake there was trēbling he exalted him self in Israél but he hat he sinned in Báal and is dead 2 And now they sinne more and more and haue made them molten images of their siluer and idoles according to their owne vnderstanding they were all the worke of the craftesmen they say one to another whiles thei sacrifice a man Let them kisse the calues 3 Therefore they shal be as the morning clou de as the morning dewe that passeth away as the 〈◊〉 that is driuē with a whirle win de out of the floore and as the smoke that goeth out of the chimney 4 Yet I am the Lord thy God from the land of Egypt and thou shalt know no God but me for there is no Sauiour beside me 5 I did knowe thee in the wildernes in the land of drought 6 As in their pastures so were thei filled they were filled and their heart was exalted therefore haue they forgotten me 7 And I wil be vnto them as a verie lyon as a leopardie in the waye of Asshúr 8 I wil mete thē as a beare that is robbed of her whelpes and I wil breake the calfe of their heart and there wil I deuoure them like a lion the wilde beast shal teare them 9 O Israél one hathe destroyed thee but in me is thine helpe 10 I am where is thy King that shulde helpe thee in all thy cities thy iudges of whom thou saidest Giue me a King and princes 11 I gaue thee a King in mine angre and I toke him away in my wrath 12 The iniquitie of Ephráim is bounde vp his sinne is hid 13 The sorowes of a trauailing woman shal co me vpon him he is an vnwise sonne els wol de he not stand stil at the time euen at the breaking forthe of the children 14 I wil redeme them from the power of the graue I wil deliuer them frō death ô death I wil be thy death ô graue I wil be thy destruction repentance is hid frō mine eyes 15 Thogh he grewe vp among his brethren an East winde shal come euē the winde of the Lord shal come vp from the wildernes and drye vp his veine and his fountaine shal be dryed vp he shal spoyle the treasure of all pleasant vessels 16 Samaria shal be desolate for she hathe rebel led against her GOD they shall fall by the sword their infants shal be dashed in pieces and their women with childe shal be ript CHAP. XIIII 1 The destruction of Sama 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 He exhorteth Israél to tur ne to God who requireth praise and thankes 1 OIsraél returne vnto the Lord thy God for thou hast fallen by thine iniquitie 2 Take vnto you wordes turne to the Lord and say vnto him Take away all iniquitie and receiue vs graciously so wil we render the calues of our lippes 3 Asshúrshal not saue vs nether wil we ride vpon horses nether wil we say anie more to the workes of our hands Ye are our gods for in thee the fatherles findeth mercie 4 I wil heale their rebellion I wil loue them frely for mine anger is turned away frō him 5 I wil be as the dewe vnto Israél he shal grow as the lilie and fasten his rootes as the trees of Lebanōn 6 His branches shal spreade and his beautie shal be as the oliuetre and his smel as Lebanōn 7 They that dwell vnder his shadowe shal re turne they shal reuiue as the corne and florish as the vine the sent thereof shal be as the wine of Lebanón 8 Ephráim shal say What haue I to do aniemo re with idoles I haue heard him and loked vpō him I am like a grene fyrre tre vpon me is thy frute found 9 Who is wise and he shal vnderstand these things and prudent and he shal knowe thē for the wayes of the Lord are righteous the iuste shal walke in them but the wicked shal fall therein IOEL THE ARGVMENT THe Prophet Ioél first rebuketh them of Iudáh that being now punished with a great plague of famine remaine stil obstinat Secondly he threatneth greater plagues because they grewe daily to a more hardenes of heart and rebellion against God notwithstanding his punishments Thirdly he exhorteth them to repentance shewing that it muste be earnest and procede from the heart because they had grieuously offended God And so doing he promiseth that God wil be merci full and not forget his couenant that he made with their fathers 〈◊〉 wil send his Christ who shal gather the scattered shepe and restore them to life and libertie thogh they semed to be dead CHAP. I. 1 A prophecie against the Iewes 2 He exhorteth the peo ple to prayer and fasting for the miserie that was at hand 1 THe word of the Lord that came to Ioél the sonne of Pethuél 2 Heare ye this ô Elders and heark en ye all inhabitants of the land whether such a thing hathe bene in your dayes or yet in the dayes of your fathers 3 Tell you your children of it and let your chil dren shewe to their children and their children to another generacion 4 That which is left of the palmer worme ha the the grashopper eaten and the residue of the grashopper hathe the canker worme ea ten and the residue of the canker worme ha the the caterpiller eaten 5 Awake ye drunkardes and wepe houle all ye drinkers of wine because of the new wine for it shal be pulled from your mouth 6 Yea a nation cometh vpon my land migh tie
to cary out the bones out of the house and shal say vnto him that is by the sides of the house Is there yet any with thee And he shal say None Then shal he say Holde thy tongue for we may not remembre the Name of the Lord. 11 〈◊〉 beholde the Lord commandeth and he wil smite the great house with breaches and the litle houses with clefts 12 Shal horses runne vpon the rocke or wil one plowe there with oxen forye haue tur ned iudgement into gall and the frute of righ teousnes into worme wood 13 Ye reioyce in a thing of noght ye say Haue not we gotten vs hornes by our owne strength 14 But beholde I wil raise vp against you a nacion ô house of Israél saith the Lord God of hostes and thei shal afflict you from the entring in of Hamà th vnto the riuer of the wildernes CHAP. VII God 〈◊〉 certeine visions whereby he signifieth the destruction of the people of israél 10 The false accusation of Amaziah 12 His 〈◊〉 counsel 1 THus hathe the Lord God shewed vnto me and beholde he formed greshoppers in the beginning of the shutting vp of the latter groeth and lo it was in the latter groeth after the Kings mowing 2 And when they had made an end of eating the grasse of the land thē I said O Lord God spare I beseche thee who shal raise vp laakób for he is smale 3 So the Lord repented for this It shal not be saith the Lord. 4 ¶ Thus also hathe the Lord God shewed vnto me and beholde the Lord God called to iudgement by fyre and it deuoured the great depe and did eat vp a parte 5 Then said I O Lord God cease I beseche thee who shal raise vp Iaakōb for he is smale 6 So the Lord repented for this This also shal not be saith the Lord God 7 ¶ Thus againe he shewed me and beholde the Lord stode vpon a wall made by line with aline in his hand 8 And the Lord said vnto me Amōs what seest thou And I said A line Then said the Lord Beholde I wil set a line in the middes of my people Israél and wil passe by them no more 9 And the hie places of Ishák shal be desolate and the temples of Israél shal be destroyed and I wil rise against the house of Ieroboám with the sworde 10 〈◊〉 Then Amaziáh the Priest of 〈◊〉 sent to Ieroboám King of Israél saying Amos ha the conspired against thee in the middes of the house of Israél the lād is not able to bea 〈◊〉 all his word 〈◊〉 11 For thus Amōs saith Ieroboám shal dye by the sworde and Israél shal be led away captiue out of their owne land 12 Also Amaziáh said vnto Amós O thou the Seer go flee thou away into the land of Iudāh and there eat thy bread and prophecie there 13 But prophecie no more at Beth-él for it is the Kings chappel and it is the Kings court 14 Then answered Amós and said to Amaziáh I was no Prophet nether was I a Prophetes sonne but I was an herdman and a gatherer of wilde figges 15 And the Lord toke me as I followed the floc ke and the Lord said vnto me Go prophecie vnto my people Israél 16 Now therefore heare thou the worde of the Lord. Thou saist Prophecie not against Israél and speake nothing against the house of Ishák 17 Therefore thus saith the Lord Thy wife shal be an harlot in the citie and thy sonnes and thy daughters shal fall by the sworde and thy land shal be deuided by line and thou shalt dye in a polluted land and Israél shal surely go into captiuitie forthe of his land CHAP. VIII 1 Against the rulers of Israél 7 The Lord sweareth 11 The famine of the worde of God 1 THus hathe the Lord God shewed vnto me beholde a basket of somer frute 2 And he said Amos what seest thou And I said A basket of somer frute Then said the Lord vnto me The end is come vpon my people of Israēl I wil passe by them no more 3 And the songs of the Temple shal be houlings in that day saith the Lord God many dead bodies shal be in euerie place thei shal cast them forthe with silence 4 Heare this ô ye that swallow vp the poore that ye may make the nedie of the land to faile 5 Saying When wil the new moneth begone that we may sell corne and the Sabbath that we may set forthewheat and make the Epháh smale and the shekel great and false fie the weights by deceit 6 That we may bye the poore for siluer and the nedie for shoes yea and sell the refuse of the wheat 7 The Lord hathe sworne by the excellencie Iaak 〈◊〉 Surely I wil neuer forget any of their workes 8 Shal not the land tremble for this and euerie one mourne that dwelleth therein and it shal rise vp wholy as a flood and it shal be cast out and drowned as by the flood of Egypt 9 And in that day saith the Lord God I wil euen cause the sunne to go downe at noone and I wil darken the earth in the cleare day 10 And I wil turne your feastes into mourning and all your songs into lamentacion and I wil bring sackecloth vpon all loines and bladnes vpon euerie head and I wil make it as the mourning of an onelie sonne and the end thereof as a bitter day 11 Beholde the daies come saith the Lord God that I wil send a famine in the land not a famine of bread nor a thirst for water but of hearing the worde of the Lord. 12 And they shal wander from sea to sea and from the North euen vnto the East shal thei runne to and fro to seke the worde of the Lord and shal not finde it 13 In that day shal the fayre virgines and the yong men perish for thirst 14 They that sweare by the sinne of Samaria and that say Thy God ô Dan liueth the maner of Beer-shéba liueth euen thei shal fall and neuer rise vp againe CHAP. IX Threatenings against the Temple 2 And against Israél 11. The restoring of the Church 1 I Sawe the Lord standing vpon the altar and he said Smite the lintel of the dore that the postes may shake and cut them in pieces euen the heads of them all I wil slay the last of them with the sworde he that 〈◊〉 of them shal not flee away he that escapeth of them shal not be deliuered 2 Thogh thei digge into the hel thence shal mine hand take thē thogh thei clime vp to heauen thence will bring them downe 3 And thogh thei hide them selues in the top pe of Carmél I wil searche and take them out thence and thogh thei be 〈◊〉 from my sight in the bottome of the sea thence wil I
the consent of King Cyrus and if it seme good to the Lord our King let him make vs answer concerning these things 23 Then Kings Darius commanded to searche in the Kings libraries that were in Babylon and there was founde in Ecbatane which is a towre in the regiō of Media a place where suche things were layed vp for memorie 24 In the first yere of the reigne of Cyrus king Cyrus commanded the House of the Lorde at Ierusalém to be buylded where they did sacrifice with the continual fyre 25 of the which the height shuld be of threscore cubites the breadth of threscore cubi tes with thre rowes of he wen stones ād one rowe of newe wood of that countrey and that the costs shuld be payed out of the hou se of King Cyrus 26 And that the holie vessels of the House of the Lord 〈◊〉 those of golde as of siluer whiche Nabuchodonosor had caryed out of the house in Ierusalém and broght into Babylon shulde be restored to the House whiche is in Ierusalém and set in the place where they were afore 27 Also he commaunded that Sisinnes gouernour of Syria ād Phenice and Sathrabouza nes and their companions and those which were constitute Captaines in Syria and Phenice shulde take hede to refraine from that place and to suffer Zorobabel the seruaunt of the Lorde and gouernour of Iudea and the Elders of the Iewes to buyld that House of the Lord in that place 28 And I also haue commaunded to buylde it cleane vp againe and that they be diligent to helpe them of the captiuitie of the Iewes till the House of the Lord be finished 29 And that some parte of the tribute of Coelo syria and Phenice shulde be diligently giuen to these mē for sacrifice vnto the Lord and to Zoro babel the gouernour for bulles rams and lambes 30 Also corne and salte and wine and oyle con tinually euerie yere without faile as the Priests whiche are in Ierusalém shall testifie to be spent euerie day 31 That offrings may be made to the hygh God for the King and his children and that they may pray for their liues 32 Furthermore he commanded that whosoeuer shulde transgresse anie thing afore spoken or writen or derogate anie thing thereof that atre shulde be taken out of his possession and he be hanged thereon and that his goods shulde be the Kings 33 And therefore let the Lord whose Name is there called vpon destroye euerie King and nation whiche stretcheth out his hand to hinder to do euil to that House of the Lord which is in Ierusalém 34 * I Darius the King haue ordeined that is shulde be diligently executed accordyng to these things CHAP. VII 1 Sisinnes and his companions follow the Kings comman dement and helpe the Iewes 〈◊〉 buyld the Temple 5 The time that it was buylt 〈◊〉 They kepe the Passeouer 1 THen Sisinnes the gouernour of Coelosyria and Phenice and Sathrabouzanes ād their companions obeying Kyng Darius commandements 2 Assisted diligently the holie workes workieg with the Ancients and gouernours of the Sanctuarie 3 And the holie workes prospered by Aggeus and Zacharias the Prophetes whiche pro phecied 4 So they finished all things by the commandement of the Lord God of Israél and with the consent of Cyrus and Darius and Artaxerxes Kings of the Persians 5 Thus the holie House was finished in the thre and twentieth day of the moneth Adar in the sixtyere of Darius King of the Persians 6 ¶ And the children of Israel and the Priests and the Leuites and the rést whiche were of the captiuitie and had anie charge and according to the things writen in the boke of Mosés 7 And they offred for the dedication of the Tē ple of the Lord an hundreth bulles two hun dreth rams foure hundreth lambes 8 And twelue goates for the sinne of all Israel accordyng to the nōber of the chief of the tribes of Israel 9 And the Priests and the Leuites stode according to their kinreds clothed with long robes in the workes of the Lord God of Israêl accordyng to the boke of Moses and also the porters in euerie gate 10 And the children of Israél offred the Passeouer together with thē of the captiuitie in the 〈◊〉 day of the first moneth after that the Priests and Leuites were sanctified 11 But all the children of the captiuitie were not sanctified together but all the Leuites were sanctified together 12 And they 〈◊〉 the Passeouer for all the children of the captiuitie and for their brethren the Priests and for themselues 13 Then all the chyldren of Israel which were of the captiuitie did eat euen all they that had separated them selues from the abominations of the people of the land and soght the Lord. 14 And thei kept the feast of vnleauened bread seuen dayes reioycing before the Lord. 15 Because he had turned the counsel of the King of the Assyrians towardes thē to strengthen their hands in the workes of the Lord God of Israél CHAP. VIII 1 〈◊〉 cometh from Babylonto Ierusalem 10 The copie of the commission giuen by Artaxerxes 29 Esdras 〈◊〉 thankes to the Lorde 32 The nomber of the heads of the people that 〈◊〉 with him 76 His prayer and confession 1 ANd after these things when Artaxerxes King of the Persians reigned Esdras the sonne of Sarias the sonne of Ezerias the sonne of Helcias the sonne of Salum 2 The sonne of Sadoc the sonne of Achitob the sonne of Amarias the sonne of Ezias the sonne of Memeroth the sonne of Zaraias the sonne of Sauias the sonne of Boccas the sonne of Abisū the sonne of Phinees the sonne of Eleazar the sonne of Aaron was the hie Priest 3 This Esdras went out of Babylon and was a scribe wel taught in the Law of Moyses giuen by the Lord God of Israél 4 Also the King gaue him great honour ād he founde grace in hys sight in all hys requestes 5 With hym also there departed some of the children of Israél and of the Priests and Leuites and of the holy singers and of the porters and of the ministers of the Temple vnto Ierusalém 6 In the seuenth yere of the reigne of Artaxerxes ād in the fiftmoneth this was the seuēth yere of the King for they went out of Baby lon in the first day of the first moneth 7 And came to Ierusalē according as the Lord gaue them speed in their iournay 8 For Esdras had gotten great knowledge so that he wolde let nothing passe that was in the Law of the Lord and in the commandements and he taught all 〈◊〉 all the ordinances and iudgements 9 So the commission writen by Kyng Artaxerxes was giuen Esdras the Priest and reader of the Law of the Lord the copie thereof followeth 10 King Artaxerxes to Esdras the Priest reader of the Law of the Lord Salutacion 11 Forasmuche as consider things with pitie I haue commanded that they that wil and de sire of the
sonne of Aaron of the tribe of Leui which Esdras was prisoner in the land of Medes in the reigne of Attaxerxes King of Persia. 4 * And the worde of the Lord came vnto me saying 5 Go and shewe my people their sinnes and their children their wickednes which thei haue committed against me that they may tel their childrens children 6 For the sinnes of their fathers are increased in them because they haue forgotten me and haue offred vnto strange gods 7 Haue not I broght them out of the land of Egypt from the house of bondage but they haue prouoked me vnto wrath and despised my counsels 8 Pull thou of them the heere of thine head cast all euil vpon them for they haue not bene obedient vnto my Law but they are a rebellious people 9 How long shal I forbeare thē vnto whome I haue done somuche good 10 * Many Kings haue I destroyed for their sakes Pharao with his seruāts and all his armie haue I smitten downe 11 All the nacions haue I destroied before thē * I haue destroyed the East the people of the two countreis Tyrus and Sidon and haue slaine all their enemies 12 Speake thou therefore vnto them saying Thus saith the Lord 13 * I haue led you thorow the Sea and haue giuen you a sure way since the beginning * I gaue you Moses for a guide and Aaron for a Priest 14 * I gaue you light in a piller of fyre great wonders haue I done amōg you yet haue ye forgotten me saith the Lord. 15 Thus saith the Almightie Lord The quailes * were a token vnto you I gaue you tentes for saue garde wherein ye murmured 16 And ye triumphed not in my Name for the destruction of your enemies but ye yet murmure stil. 17 Where are the benefites that I haue done for you when ye were hungrie in the wildernes * did ye not crye vnto me 18 Saying Why hast thou broght vs into this wildernes to kil vs It had bene better for vs to haue serued the Egyptians then to dye in this wildernes 19 I had pitie vpon your mournings and gaue you Manna to eat * so ye did eat Augels fode 20 * When ye were thirstie did not I cleaue the stone waters did flowe out to satisfie you from the heat I couered you with the leaues of the trees 21 And I gaue you fat countre is I cast out the Cananite the Pheresites Philistims before you * what shal I do more for you saith the Lord 22 Thus saith the almightie Lord * When ye were in the wildernes at the bitter waters being a thirst and blaspheming my Name 23 I gaue you not fyre for the blasphemies but cast a tre into the water and made the riuer swete 24 What shal I do vnto thee ô Iacob thou * Iu da woldest not obey I wil turne me to other nations and vnto those wil I giue my Name that they may kepe my lawes 25 Seing ye haue forsaken me I wil also forsake you when ye aske mercie of me I wil not ha ue pitie vpon you 26 * Whē ye call vpon me I wil not heare you for ye haue defiled your hands with blood and your fete are swift to commit murther 27 Althogh ye haue not forsaken me but your owne selues saith the Lord. 28 Thus saith the almightie Lord Haue I not prayed you as a Father his sonnes and as a mother her daughters as a nurse her yōg babes 29 That ye wolde be my people as I am your God and that ye wolde be my children as I am your father 30 * I gathered you together as an henne gathe reth her chikens vnder her wings but now what shal I do you I wil cast you out from my sight 31 * When you bring gifts vnto me I wil turne my face from you for your solēne feast dayes your new moones your circumcisions ha ue I forsaken 32 I sent vnto you my seruants the Prophetes whome ye haue taken and slaine and torne their bodies in pieces whose blood I wil reuenge saith the Lord. 33 Thus saith the almightie Lord Your house shal be desolate I wil cast you out as the winde doeth the stubble 34 Your children shal not haue generaciō for thei haue despised my commandement and done the thing that I hate before me 35 Your houses wil I giue vnto a people to come who shal beleue me thogh they heare me not and they vnto whome I neuer shewed miracle shal do the things that I command them 36 Thogh they seno Prophetes yet shal they hate their iniquities 37 ¶ I wil declare the grace that I wil do forthe people to come whose children reioyce in gladnes and thogh they haue not sene me with bodelie eyes yet in heart they beleue the things that I say 38 Now therefore brother behold what great glorie and se the people that come from the East 39 Vnto whome I wil giue for leaders Abrahā Isahac Iacob Oseas Amos Micheas Ioel Abdias Ionas 40 Naum Habacuc Sophonias Aggeus Zacha rias and Malachias which is called also the * messenger of the Lord CHAP. II. The Synagogue sindeth faute with her owne children 18 The Gentiles are called 1 THus saith the Lord I broght this people out of bondage I gaue them also my cōmandements by my seruants the Prophetes whome they wolde not heare but despised my counsels 2 The mother that bare them saith vnto thē Go you away ô childrē for I am a widdowe and forsaken 3 I broght you vp with gladnes but with soro we and heauines haue I lost you for ye haue sinned against the Lord your God done the thing that displeaseth him 4 But what shal I now do vnto you I am a widdowe and forsaken go ye ô my children and aske mercie of the Lord. 5 And thee ô father I call for a witnes for the mother ofthese children which wolde not kepe my couenant 6 That thou bring them to cōfusion and their motherto a spoile that their kinred be not continued 7 Let their names be scatred amōg the heathē let them be put out of the earth for they haue despised my couenant 8 Wo vnto thee Assur for thou hidest the vnrighteous in thee ô wicked people remember * what I did vnto Sodom and Gomorrha 9 Whose land is mixt with cloudes of pitch heapes of ashes so wil I do vnto thē that hea re me not saith the almightie Lord. 10 ¶ Thus saith the Lord vnto Esdras Tel my people that I wil giue them the kingdome of Ierusalēm which I wolde haue giuen vnto Israél 11 And I wil get me glorie by thē and giue thē the euerlasting tabernacles which I had prepared for those 12 They shal haue at wil thetre of life smelling of ointement they shal nether labour nor be weary 13 Goye ye shal receaue it pray that
offrings of the wicked * nether is he pacified for sinne by the multitude of sacrifice 21 Who so bringeth an offring of the goods of the poore doeth as one that sacrifiseth the sonne before the fathers eyes 22 The bread of the nedeful is the life of the poore he that defraudeth him thereof is a murtherer 23 He that taketh away his neighbours liuing slayeth him * and he that defraudeth the la bourer of his hyre is a blood shedder 24 ¶ When one buyldeth and another breaketh downe what profite haue they then but labour 25 When one prayeth and another curseth whose voyce wil the Lord heare 26 * He that washeth him self because of a dead bodie and toucheth it againe what auaileth his washing 27 * So is it with a man that fasteth for his sinnes and committeth them againe who wil heare his prayer or what doeth his fasting helpe him CHAP. XXXV 1 Of true sacrifices 14 The prayer of the fatherles and of the widowe and him that humbleth him self 1 WHO so kepeth the Law * bringeth offrings ynough he that holdeth fast the commandements offreth an offring of saluacion 2 He that is thankeful to them that haue wel deserued offreth fine floure * and he that giueth almes sacrifiseth praise 3 To departe from euil is a thankeful thing to the Lord and to forsake vnrighteousnes is a reconciling vnto him 4 * Thou shalt not appeare emptie before the Lord. 5 For all these things are done because of the commandement 6 * The offring of the righteous maketh the altar fat and the smel there of is swete before the most High 7 The sacrifice of the righteous is acceptable and the remembrance thereof shal neuer be forgotten 8 Giue the Lord his honour with a good and liberal eye and diminish not the first frutes of thine hands 9 * In all thy giftes shewe a ioyeful countenan ce and dedicate thy tithes with gladnes 10 Giue vnto the moste High according as he hathe enriched thee * and loke what thine hand is able giue with a chareful eye 11 For the Lord recompenseth and wil giue thee seuen times as muche 12 * 〈◊〉 nothing of thine offring for he wil not receiue it and absteine from wrong ful sacrifices for the Lord is the iudge and regardeth no * mans persone 13 He accepteth not the persone of the poore but he heareth the prayer of the oppressed 14 He despiseth not the desire of the fatherles nor the widdow when she powreth out her prayer 15 Doeth not the teares runne downe the wid dowes chekes and her crye is against him that caused them for from her chekes do they go vp vnto heauen and the Lord which heareth them doeth accept them 16 He that serueth the Lord shal be accepted with fauour and his prayer shal teache vnto the cloudes 17 The prayer of him that humbleth him self goeth thorowe the cloudes and ceaseth not til it come nere wil not departe til the most High haue respect thereunto to iudge righteously and to execute iudgement 18 And the Lord wil not be slacke nor the Almightie wil tarie long from thē til he hathe smitten in sunder the loynes of the vnmerciful and aduenged him self of the heathen til he haue takē away the multitude of the cruel and broken the scepter of the vnrighteous til he 〈◊〉 euerie man after his workes and rewarde them after their deuises til he haue iudged the cause of his people and cōforted them with his mercie 19 Oh how faire a thing is mercie in the time of anguish and trouble It is like a cloude of raine that cometh in the time of a drought CHAP. XXXVI 1 A prayer to God in the persone of all faithful men against those that persecute his Church 22 The praise of a good woman 1 HAue mercie vpon vs ô Lord God of all things and beholde vs ād shewe vs the light of thy mercies 2 And send thy feare among the naciōs whiche seke not after thee that they may know that there is no God but thou and that they may she we thy wonderous workes 3 Lift vp thine * hand vpon the strange naciōs that they may se thy power 4 As thou art sanctified in vs before them so be thou magnified among them before vs 5 That they may know thee as we know thee for there is none other God but onely thou ô Lord. 6 Renue the signes and change the wonders shewe the glorie of thine hand and thy right arme that they may shewe forthe thy wonderous actes 7 Raise vp thine indignacion and powre out wrath take away the aduersarie and smite the enemie 8 Make the time shorte remēber thine othe that thy wonderous workes may be praised 9 Let the wrath of the fyre 〈◊〉 them that escape and let them perish that oppresse the people 10 Smite in sonder the heades of the princes that be our enemies and say There is none other but we 11 〈◊〉 all the tribes of Iacob together that they may knowe that there is none other God but onely thou and that they may shew thy wonderous workes and inherit thou them as from the beginning 12 O LORD haue mercie vpon the people that is called by thy Name and vpon Israel * whome thou hast likened to a first borne sonne 13 Oh be merciful vnto Ierusalem the citie of thy Sanctuarie the citie of thy rest 14 Fill 〈◊〉 that it may magnifie thine oracles and fill thy people with thy glorie 15 Giue witnes vnto those that thou hast possessed from the beginning and raise vp the prophecies that haue bene shewed in thy Name 16 Rewarde them that waite for thee that thy Prophetes may be founde faithful 17 O Lord heare the power of thy seruants ac cording to the * blessing of Aaron ouer thy people and guide thou vs in the way of righ teousnes that all they which dwell vpon the earth may knowe that thou art the Lord the eternal God 18 ¶ The belie deuoureth all meates yet is one meat better then another 19 As the throte tasteth venisone so doeth a wise minde discerne false wordes 20 A frowarde heart bringeth grief but a man of experience wil resist it 21 A woman is aptto receiue euerie man yet is one daughter better then another 22 The beautie of a woman chereth the face and a man loueth nothing better 23 If there be in her tongue gentlenes mekenes and wholesome talke thē is not herhous band like other men 24 He that hathe gotten a vertuous woman hathe begone to get a possession she is an helpe like vnto himself and a piller to rest vpon 25 Where no hedge is there the possession is spoiled and he that hathe no wife wādereth to and fro mourning 26 Who wiltrust a thief that is alway readie wandereth from towne to towne and likewise him
there are hid yet greater things then these be we haue sene but a fewe of hys workes 33 For the Lord hathe made all things and giuen wisdome to suche as feare God CHAP. XLIIII The praise of certein holie men Enoch Noe Abraham Isaac and Iacob 1 LEt vs now commende the famous men and our fathers of whome we are begotten 2 The Lord hathe gotten great glorie by them and that through his great power from the beginning 3 Thei haue borne rule in their kingdomes and were renoumed for their power and were wise in counsel and declared prophecies 4 * They gouerned the people by counsel by the knowledge of learning mete for the people in whose doctrine were wise sē tences 5 They inuented the melodie of musicke expounded the verses that were writen 6 They were riche and mightie in power liued quietly at home 7 All these were honorable men in their generacions and were wel reported of their times 8 There are of them that haue left a name behinde them so that their praise shal be spoken of 9 There are some also which haue no memo rial * and are perished as thogh they had neuer bene and are become as thogh they had neuer bene borne and their children after them 10 But the former were merciful men whose righteousnes hathe not bene forgotten 11 For whose posteritie a good inheritance is reserued and their sede is conteined in the couenant 12 Their stocke is conteined in the couenant and their posteritie after them 13 Their sede shal remaine for euer their praise shal neuer be taken away 14 Their bodies are buryed in peace but their name liueth for euer more 15 * The people speake of their wisdome the congregacion talke of their praise 16 * Enoch pleased the Lord God therefore was he translated for an example of repentance to the generacions 17 * 〈◊〉 was founde perfite and in the time of wrath he had a rewarde therefore was he left as a remnant vnto the earth when the flood came 18 An euerlasting couenant was made with him that all flesh shulde * perish no more by the flood 19 Abrahā was a * great father of maniepeo ple in glorie was there none like vnto him 20 He kepeth the Law of the moste High was in couenant with him and he set couenant * in his flesh and in tentation he was founde faithful 21 Therefore he assured him an * othe that he wolde blesse the nacions in his sede and that he wolde multiplie him as the dust of the earth exalte his sede as the starres cause them to inheritāce from sea to sea frō the Riuer vnto the end of the worlde 22 * With Isaac did he cōfirme likewise for Abraham his fathers sake the blessing of all men and the couenant 23 And caused it to rest vpon the head of Iacob and made him selfe knowen by * hys blessings and gaue him an heritage and deuided his porcions * and parted them among the twelue tribes 24 And he broght out of him a mercifull man whiche founde fauour in the sight of all flesh CHAP. XLV The praise of Moyses Aaron and Phinees 1 ANd Moyses the * beloued of God men broght forthe whose remembrance is blessed 2 He made him like to the glorious Saints and magnified him by the feare of his enemies 3 By his wordes he caused the wonders to cease and he made him * glorious in the sight of Kings and gaue him commandements for his people and shewed him hys glorie 4 * He sanctified him with faithfulnes and mekenes and chose him out of all men 5 He caused him to heare his voyce and broght him into the darke cloude * and there he gaue him the commaundements before his face euen the Lawe of life and knowledge that he might teache Iacob the couenant and Israel his iudgements 6 He exalted Aaron an holie man like vnto him euē his * brother of the tribe of Leui. 7 An euerlasting couenant made he with him and gaue him the Priesthode amōg the people and made him blessed through his comelie ornament clothed him with the garment of honour 8 He put perfite ioye vpon him and gyrded him with ornaments of strength as with breches and a tunicle and an ephod 9 He compassed hym aboute with belles of golde and with manie belles round about * that when he went in the sound might be heard and might make a 〈◊〉 in the Sanctuarie for a remembrance to the children of Israel his people 10 And with an holie garment with golde also and blewe silke and purple diuers kindes of workes and with a brestlappe of iudgemēt with the signes of trueth 11 And with worke of skarlet conningly wroght and with precious stones grauen like seales and set in golde by gold smithes worke for a memorial with a writing grauen after the nōber of the tribes of Israel 12 And with a crowne of golde vpon the mitre hearing the forme and marke of holines an ornamēt of honour a noble worke garnished and pleasant to loke vpon 13 Before him were there no suche faire ornaments there might no stranger put thē on but onely his children and his childrēs children perpetually 14 Their sacrifices were wholy consumed eue rie day twise continually 15 * Moses filled his hands and anointed him with holie oyle this was appointed vnto him by an euerlasting couenant and to his sede so long as the heauens shulde remaine that he shulde minister before him and also to execute the office of the priesthode and blesse his people in his name 16 Before all men liuing the Lord chose him that he shulde present offrings before him and a swete sauour for a remembrance to make reconciliation for his people 17 * He gaue him also his commandements autoritie according to the Lawes appointed that he shulde teache Iacob the testimonies and giue light vnto Israél by his Law 18 * Strangers stode vp against him and enuied him in the wildernes euen the men 〈◊〉 toke 〈◊〉 and Abirams parte and the companie of Core in furie and rage 19 This the Lord sake and it displeased him and in his wrathful indignaciō were they consumed he did wonders vpon them and consumed them with the syrie flame 20 * But he made Aaron more honorable and gaue him an heritage and parted the first frutes of the first 〈◊〉 vnto him vnto him specially he appointed bread in abundance 21 For the Priests did eat of sacrifices of the Lord which he gaue vnto him and to his sede 22 * Els had he none heritage in the land of his people nether had he any porcion among the people for the Lord is the porcion of his inheritance 23 The third in glorie is * Phinees the sonne of Eleazar because
brasse was about in measure as the sea 4 He 〈◊〉 care for his people that they shulde not fall fortified the citié against the siege 5 How honorable was his conuersation among the people and when he came out of the house couered with the vaile 6 He was as the morning starre in the middes of a cloude and as the moone when it is ful 7 And as the sunne shining vpon the Temple of the moste High as the rainebowe that is bright in the faire cloudes 8 And as the floure of the roses in the spring of the yere and as lilies by the springs of waters and as the branches of the frankē censetre in the time of somer 9 As a fyre and incense in the censer and as 〈◊〉 a vessel of massie golde set with all maner of precious stones 10 And as a faire oliue tre that is fruteful and as a cypressetre which groweth vp to the cloudes 11 When ' he put on the garment of honour and was clothed with all beautie he went vp to the holy altar and made the garmēt of holines honorable 12 When he toke the porcions out of the Priests hands he him self stoode by the herth of the altar compassed with his bre thren rounde about as the brāches do the cedre tre in Libanus and thei compassed him as the branches of the palme trees 13 So were all the sonnes of Aaron in their glorie the oblacions of the Lord in their hāds before all the congregaciō of Israél 14 And that he might accōplish his ministerie vpon the altar and garnish the offring of the moste High and almightie 15 He stretched out his hand to the drinke offring powred of the blood of the grape and he powred at the fote of the altar a perfume of good sauour vnto the moste high King of all 16 Then showted the sonnes of Aaron and blowed with brasen trumpets and made a great noyce to be heard for a remēbrance before the moste High 17 Then all the people together hasted and fell downe to the earth vpō their faces to worship their Lord God almightie and moste high 18 The singers also sang with their voyces so that the sounde was great and the melodie swete 19 And the people prayed vnto the Lord moste high with prayer before him that is merciful til the honour of the Lord were performed and they had accomplished his seruice 20 Then went he downe and stretched out his hands ouer the whole congregacion of the children of Israél that they shulde giue praise with their lippes vnto the Lord and reioyce in his Name 21 He begā againe to worship that the might receiue the blessing of the moste High 22 Now therefore giue praise all ye vnto God that worketh great things euerie where which hathe increased our dayes from the wombe and delte with vs according to his mercie 23 That he wolde giue vs ioyfulnes of heart peace in our dayes in Israél as in olde time 24 That he wolde confirme his mercie with vs and deliuer vs at his time 25 ¶ There be two maner of people that mine heart ab horreth and the third is no people 26 They that sit vpon the mountaine of Samaria the Philistims and the foolish people that dwell in Sicinus 27 ¶ Iesus the sonne of Sirach the sonne of Eleazarus of Ierusalém hathe writen the doctrine of vnder standing and knowledge in this boke 〈◊〉 powred out the wisdome of his heart 28 Blessed is he that exerciseth him self therein he that layeth vp these in his heart shal be wise 29 For if he do these things he shal be strong in all things for he setteth his steppes in the light of the Lord which giueth wisdome to the godlie The Lord be praised for euer more so be it so be it CHAP. LI. A prayer of Iesus the sonne of 〈◊〉 1 I Wil confesse thee ô Lord and King and praise thee ó God my Sauiour I giue thankes vnto thy Name 2 For thou art my defender and helper and hast preserued my bodie from destruction and from the snare of the sclanderouston gue and from the lippes that are occupied with lies thou hast holpen me against mine aduersaries 3 And hast deliuered me according to the multitude of thy mercie and for thy Names sake from the roaring of them that were readie to deuoure me and out of the hands of suche as soght after my life and from the manifolde affliction which I had 4 And from the fyre that choked me rounde about and from the middes of the fyrethat I burned not 5 And from the botome of the belie of hel from an vncleane tongue from lying wor des from false accusation to the King frō the sclander of an vn righteous tongue 6 My soule shal praise the lord vnto death for my soule drewe nere vnto death my life was nere to the hel beneth 7 They compassed me on euerie side there was no man to helpe me I loked for the succour of men but there was none 8 Then thoght I vpon thy mercie ô Lord vpon thine actes of olde how thou deliue rest suche as waite for thee and sauest thē out of the hands of the enemies 9 Then lift I vp my prayer from the earth and praied for deliuerance from death 10 I called vpon the Lord the father of my Lord that he wold not leauemein the daye of my trouble and in the time of the proude without helpe 11 I wil praise thy Name continually and wil sing praise with thankes giuing and my prayer was heard 12 Thou sauedst me from destruction and deliueredst me from the euil time therefore wil I giue thankes and praise thee blesse the Name of the Lord. 13 When I was yet yong or euer I wēt abroad I desired wisdome openly in my prayer 14 I praied for her before the Temple and soght after her vnto farre countreis and she was as a grape that waxeth ripe out of the floure 15 Mine heart reioyced in her my foote walked in the right way and from my youth vp soght I after her 16 I bowed some what downe mine eare and receiued her and gate me muche wisdome 17 And I profited by her therefore wil I ascribe the glorie vnto him that giueth me wis dome 18 For I am aduised to do thereafter I wil be ielous of that that is good so shal I not be confounded 19 My soule hathe wresteled with her and I haue examined my workes I lifted vp mine hands on hye and considered the ignoran ces thereof 20 I directed my soule vnto her an I founde her in purenes I haue had mine heart ioyned with her from the beginning therefo re shal I not be forsaken 21 My bowels are troubled in seking her therefore haue I gotten a good possession 22 The Lord hathe giuen me a tongue for my rewarde where with I wil praise him 23 Drawe nere vn to me ye vn lerned
my sonne haue pitie vpon me that bare thee nine moneths in my wombe gaue thee sucke thre yeres nourished thee and toke care for thee vnto this age and broght thee vp 28 I beseche thee my sonne loke vpon the heauen the earth and all that is therein cōsider that God made thē of things that were not so was mākinde made like wise 29 Feare not this hangman but shewe thy self worthie suche brethren by suffering death that I may receiue thee in mercie with thy brethren 30 While she was yet speaking these wordes the yongman said Whome waitye for I wil not obey the Kings commandement but I wil obey the commandement of the Lawe that was giuen vnto our fathers by Moyses 31 And thou that imaginest all mischief against the Hebrewes shalt not escape the hand of God 32 For we suffer these things because of our sinnes 33 But thogh the liuing Lord be angrie with vs a litle while for our chastening and corre ction yet wil he be recōciled with his owne seruants 34 But thou ô man without religion and most wicked of all men lift not thy self vp in vaine which art puffed vp with vncerteine hope and liftest thine hands against the seruāts of God 35 For thou hast not yet escaped the iudgemēt of almightie God which seeth all things 36 My brethren that haue suffered a litle paine are now vnder the diuine couenant of euerlasting life but thou through the iudge ment of God shalt suffer iust punishments for thy pride 37 Therefore I as my brethren haue done offer my bodie and life for the Lawes of our fathers beseching God that he wil sone be merciful vnto our nacion and that thou by torment and punishement mayest confesse that he is the onelie God 38 And that in me and my brethren the wrath of the Almightie which is righteously fal len vpon all our nacion may cease 39 Then the King being kindled with anger raged more cruelly against him then the others and toke it grieuously that he was mocked 40 So he also dyed holely and put his whole trust in the Lord 41 Last of all after the sonnes was the mother put to death 42 Let this now be ynough spoken concerning the bankets and extreme cruelties CHAP. VIII 1 Iudas gathereth together his hoste 9 Nicanor is sent against Iudas 16 Iudas 〈◊〉 his souldiers to constan cie 20 Nicanor is ouercome 27 The lewes giue thankes after they haue put their enemies to flight diuiding parte of the spoiles vnto the fatherles vnto the widdowes 30 Timotheus and Bacchides are discomsited 35 Nican 〈◊〉 fleeth vnto Antiochus 1 THen Iudas Maccabeus and they that were with him went priuely into the townes and called their kinsfolkes and friends together and toke vnto them all suche as continued in the Iewes religion and assembled six thousand men 2 So they called vpon the Lord that he wolde haue an eye vnto his people which was vexed of euerie man and haue pitie vpon the Temple that was defiled by wicked mē 3 And that he wolde haue compassion vpon citie that was destroyed almost broght to the grounde that he wolde heare the voyce of the blood that crye vnto him 4 And that he wolde remember the wicked slaughter of the innocent children and the blasphemies committed against his Name that he wolde shewe this hatred against the wicked 5 Now when Maccabeus had gathered this multitude he colde not be withstanding by the heathen for the wrath of the Lord was turned into mercie 6 Therefore he came at vn warres and burnt vp the townes and cities yet he toke the moste commodious places and slewemany of the enemies 7 But specially he vsed the nightes to make suche assalts in so muche that the brute of his manlines was spred euerie where 8 ¶ So when Philippe sawe that this man increased by litle and litle and that things prospered with him for the mosteparte he wrote vnto Ptolemeus the gouernour of Coelosyria and Phenice to helpe him in the King busines 9 Then sent he spedely Nicanor the sonne of Patroclus a special friend of his and ga ue him of all nacions of the heathen no lesse then twentie thousand mē to rote out the whole generacion of the Iewes ioyned with him Gorgias a captaine which in matters of warre had great experience 10 Nicanor ordeined also a tribute for the King of two thousand talents which the Romaines shulde haue to be taken of the Iewes that were taken prisoners 11 Therefore immediatly he sent to the cities on the sea coast prouoking them to bye Iewes to be their seruants promising to sel foure score and ten for one talent but he considered not thevengeāce of almightie God that shulde come vpon him 12 When Iudas then knewe of Nicanors coming he tolde them that were with him of the coming of the armie 13 Now were there some of them feareful which trusted not vnto the righteousnes of god but fled away abode notī that place 14 But the other solde all that they had lest and besoght the Lord together to deliuer them frō that wicked Nicanor which had solde them or euer he came nere them 15 And thogh he wolde not do it for their sakes yet for the 〈◊〉 made with their fathers and because they called vpon his holie and glorious Name 16 And so Maccabeus called his mē together about six thousand exhorting thē not to be afraied of their enemies nether to feare the great multitude of the Gentiles which came against them vnrighteously but to fight manly 17 Setting before their eyes the iniurie that they had vniustly done to the holy place the crueltie done to the citie by derision and the destruction of the orders established by their fathers 18 For they said he trust in their weapons and boldenes but our confidence is in the almightie God which at a becke cābothe de stroy them that come against vs all the worlde 19 Moreouer he admonished thē of the helpe that God shewed vnto their fathers aswhē there perished an hundreth and foure score and fiue thousand vnder* Sennacherib 20 And of the battel that they had in Babylon against the Galacians how they came in all to the battel eight thousand with foure thousand Macedonians and when the Macedoniās were astonished the eight thousand slewe an hundreth and twentie thousand through the helpe that was giuē them from heauē whereby they had receiued many benefites 21 Thus when he had made them bolde with these wordes and readie to dye for the Lawes and the countrey he deuided his armie into foure partes 22 And made his owne brethren captaines ouer the armie to wit Simon and Ioseph and Ionathan giuing eche one fiftene hun dreth men 23 And when Eleazarus had red the holie boke and giuen them a token of the helpe of God Iudas which led the forewarde ioyned with Nicanor 24 And because the Almightie helped them they
things from the beginning to write vnto thee there of from point to point 4 That thou mightest acknowledge the certeintie of those things whereof thou hast bene instructed 5 IN the time of Herode King of Iudea there was a certeine Priest named Zacharias of the course of Abia and his wife was of the daughters of Aarō and her name was Elisabet 6 Bothe were iust before God and walked in all the commaundements and ordinances of the Lord without reprofe 7 And thei had no childe because that Elisabet was barren and bothe were wel strickē in age 8 And it came to passe as he executed the Priests office before God as his course came in order 9 According to the custome of the Priests office his lot was to burne incense when he went into the Temple of the Lord. 10 And the whole multitude of the people were without in prayer * while the incēse was burning 11 Then appeared to him an Angel of the Lord standing at the right side of the altar of incense 12 And whē Zacharias sawe him he was trou bled and feare fel vpon him 13 But the Angel said vnto him Feare not Zacharias for thy prayer is heard and the wife Elisabet shal beare thee a sonne and thou shalt call his name Iohn 14 And thou shalt haue ioye and gladnes and many shal reioyce at his birth 15 For he shal be great in the sight of the Lord and shal nether drinke wine nor strong drinke and he shal be filled with the holie Gost euen from his mothers wombe 16 * And many of the children of Israel shal he turne to their Lord God 17 * For he shal go before him in the spirit power of Elias to turne the hearts of the Fathers to the children and the disobedient to the wisdome of the iust men to make readie a people prepared for the Lord. 18 Then Zacharias said vnto the Angel 〈◊〉 shall knowe this for I am an olde mā and my wife is of a great age 19 And the Angel answered and said vnto him I am Gabriel that stand in the presence of God and am sent to speake vnto thee and to 〈◊〉 thee these good tidings 20 And beholde thou shalt be 〈◊〉 and not be able to 〈◊〉 vntil the day that these things be done because thou beleuedst not my wordes whiche shal be fulfilled in their season 21 Now the people waited for Zacharias and marueiled that he taried so long in the Tēple 22 And when he came out he colde not speake vnto them then they 〈◊〉 that he had sene a vision in the Temple for he made signes vnto them and remained domme 23 And it came to passe when the dayes of his office were fulfilled that he departed to his owne house 24 And after those dayes his wife Elisabet cōceiueth hid her self fiue moneths saying 25 Thus hathe the Lord dealt with me in the dayes wherein he loked on me to take frō me my rebuke among men 26 ¶ And in the sixt moneth the Angel Gabriel was sent from God vnto a citie of 〈◊〉 named Nazaret 27 To a virgine affianced to a man whose name was Ioseph of the house of Dauid and the virgins name was Marie 28 And the Angel went into her said Haile thou that art freely beloued the Lord is with thee blessed art thou among women 29 And when she sawe him she was troubled at his saying and toght what maner of saluta cion that shulde be 30 Then the Angel said vnto her Feare not Marie for thou hast founde fauour with God 31 * For lo thou shalt conceiue in thy wombe and beare a sonne and shalt call his name IESVS 32 He shal be great and shal be called the Sonne of the moste High and the Lord God shal giue vnto him the throne of his Father Dauid 33 * And he shal reigne ouer the house of Iacob for euer of his kingdome shal be none end 34 Then said Marie vnto the Angel How shal this be seing I know no man 35 And the Angel ans 〈◊〉 and said vnto her The holie Gost shal come vpon thee the power of the most High shal ouer shadowe thee 〈◊〉 also that yholie thing which shal be borne of thee shal be called the Sonne of God 36 And beholde thy cousin Elisabet she hath also cōceiued a sonne in her olde age this is her sixt moneth which was called barren 37 For with God shal nothing be vnpossible 38 Then Marie said Beholde the seruant of the Lord be it vnto me according to thy worde So the Angel departed from her 39 ¶ And Marie arose in those dayes and went into the hill countrey with haste to a citie of Iuda 40 And entred into the house of Zacharias saluted Elisabet 41 And it came to passe as Elisabet heard the saluaciō of Marie the babe sprāg in her bel lie Elisabet was filled with the holie Gost. 42 And she cryed with a loude voyce and said Blessed art thou among women because the frute of thy wombe is blessed 43 And whence cometh this to me that the mother of my Lord shulde come to me 44 For lo assone as the voyce of thy salutation sounded in mine eares the babe sprang in my bellie for ioye 45 And blessed is she that beleued for those things shal be performed which were tolde her from the Lord. 46 Then Marie said My soule magnifieth the Lord 47 And my spirit reioyceth in God my Sauiour 48 For he hathe loked on the poore degre of his seruant for beholde from hence forthe shal all ages call me blessed 49 Because he that is mightie hathe done for me great things and holie is his Name 50 And his mercie is from generacion to generacion on them that feare him 51 * He hathe shewed strenght with his arme * he hathe scattered the proude in the imagination of their hearts 52 He hathe put downe the mightie frō their seates and exalted them of lowe degre 53 * He hathe filled the hungrie with good things and sent away the riche emptie 54 * He hathe vpholden Israel his seruāt being mindeful of his mercie 55 * As he hathe spokē to our fathers to wit to Abraham and his sede for euer 56 ¶ And Marie abode with her about thre mo neths after she returned to her owne house 57 ¶ Now Elisabets time was fulfilled that she shulde be deliuered and she broght forthe a sonne 58 And her neighbours and cousins heard tel how the Lord had shewed his great mercie vpon her and they reioyced with her 59 And it was so that on the eight day they came to circumcise the babe and called him Zacharias after the Name of his Father 60 But his
things of the Lord and knewe but the baptisme of Iohn onely 26 And he began to speake boldely in the Syna gogue Whome when Aquila and Priscilla had heard they toke him vnto them and expounded vnto him the way of God more perfectly 27 And whē he was minded to go into Achaia the brethren exhorting him wrote to the disciples to receaue him after he was come thither he holpe them muche which had be leued through grace 28 For mightely he confuted publikely the Iewes with great vehemencie shewing by the Scriptures that Iesus was the Christ. CHAP. XIX 6 The holie Gost is giuen by Pauls hands 9 The Iewes 〈◊〉 his doctrine which was confirmed by miracles 13 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and punishment of the coniurers and the frute that came thereof 24 Demetrius raiseth sedition 〈◊〉 pretence of Diana 41 Yet God deliuereth his and appeaseth 〈◊〉 by the towne clarke 1 ANd it came to passe while Apollos was at Corinthus that Paul when he passed through the vpper coastes came to Ephesus and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 disciples 2 And said vnto them Haue ye receiued the 〈◊〉 Gost sence ye beleued And they said vnto him We haue not so muche as heard whether there be an holie Gost. 3 And he said vnto them Vnto what were ye then baptized And they said Vnto Iohns ba ptisme 4 Then said Paul * Iohn verely baptized with the baptisme of repentance saying vnto the people that they shulde beleue in him which shuld come after him that is in Christ Iesus 5 So when they heard it they were baptized in the Name of the Lord 〈◊〉 6 And Paul laid his hands vpon them and the holie Gost came on them they spake the tongues and prophecied 7 And all the men were about twelue 8 ¶ Moreouer he went into the Synagogue spak e boldely for the space of thre moneths disputing and exhorting to the things that apperteine to the kingdome of God 9 But when certeine were hardened disobeyed speaking euil of the way of God before the multitude he departed from thē separated the disciples and disputed daily in the schole of one Tyranus 10 And this was done by the space of two yeres so that all they which dwelt in Asia heard the worde of the Lord Iesus bothe Iewes Grecians 11 And God wroght no smale miracles by the hands of Paul 12 So that from his bodie were broght vnto the sicke k erchefs or handk erchefs and the diseases departed from them and the euil spirits went out of them 13 Then certeine of the vagabonde Iewes exorcistes toke in hand to name ouer them which had euil spirits the Name of the Lord Iesus saying We adiure you by Iesus whom Paul preacheth 14 And there were certeine sonnes of Sceua a Iewe the Priest about seuen which did this 15 And the euil spirit answered and said Iesus I acknowledge and Paul I knowe but who are ye 16 And the man in whome the euil spirit was ran on them and ouercame them and preuai led against them so that they fled out of that house naked and wounded 17 And this was knowen to all the Iewes and Grecians also which dwelt at Ephesus and feare came on them all and the Name of the Lord Iesus was magnified 18 And many that beleued came and cōfessed and shewed their workes 19 Many also of them which vsed curious artes broght their bokes and burned them before all men and they counted the price of them and founde it fiftie thousand pieces of siluer 20 So the worde of God grewe mightely and preuailed 21 ¶ Now when these things were accomplished Paul purposed by the Spirit to passe through Macedonia ād Achaia and to go to Ierusalē saying After I haue bene there I must also se Rome 22 So sent he into Macedonia two of them that ministred vnto him Timotheus and Erastus but he remained in Asia for a season 23 And the same time there arose no smale trou ble about that way 24 For a certeine man named Demetrius a siluersmith which made siluer temples of Diana broght great gaines vnto the craftes men 25 Whome he called together with the workemen of like things and said Sirs ye knowe that by this crafte we haue our goods 26 Moreouer ye se and heare that not alone at Ephesus but almoste through out all Asia this Paul hathe persuaded and turned away muche people saying That they be not gods which are made with hands 27 So that not onely this thing is dangerous vnto vs that the state shulde be reproued but also that the temple of the great goddesse Diana shulde be nothing estemed and that it wolde come to passe that her magnificence which all Asia and the worlde worshippeth shulde be destroyed 28 Now when they heard it they were ful of wrath and cryed out saying Great is Diana of the Ephesians 29 And the whole citie was ful of confusion and they rushed into the commune place with one assent and caught*Gaius and*Aristarchus men of Macedonia and Pauls companions of his iourney 30 And when Paul wolde haue entred in vnto the people the disciples suffred him not 31 Certeine also of the chief of Asia which were his friends sent vnto him desiring him that he wolde not present him self in the commune place 32 Some therefore cryed one thing and some another for the assemblie was out of order and the more parte knewe not wherefore they were come together 33 And some of the companie drewe forthe Alexander the Iewesthrusting him forwardes Alexander then beckened with the hād and wolde haue excused the matter to the people 34 But when they knewe that he was a Iewe there arose a shoute almoste for the space of two houres of all men crying Great is Diana of the Ephesians 35 Then the towne clarkewhen he had stayed the people said Yemen of Ephesus what man is it that knoweth not how that the citie of the Ephesians is a worshipper of the great goddesse Diana and of the image which came downe from Iupiter 36 Seing then that no man can speake against these things ye ought to be appeased ād to do nothing rashly 37 For ye haue broghthither these men which haue nether commit sacrilege nether do blaspheme your goddesse 38 Wherefore if Demetrius and the craftes men which are with him haue a matter against any man the 〈◊〉 is open ād there are Deputies let them accuse one another 39 But if ye inquire anie thing concerning other matters it maye be determined in a lawful assemblie 40 For we are euen in ieopardie to be accused of this daies sedicion forasmuche as there is no cause whereby we may giue a reason of this concourse of people 41 And when he had thus spoken he let the assemblie departe CHAP. XX. Paul goeth into Macedonia and into Grecia 7
no man euil for euil procure things honest in the sight of all men 18 * If it be possible asmuche as in you is haue peace with all men 19 Dearly beloued * auēge not your selues but giue place vnto wrath for it is written * Vengeance is mine I wil repaye saith the Lord. 20 * Therefore if thine enemie hunger fede him if he thirst giue him drinke for in so doing thou shalt heape coles of fyre on his head 21 Be not ouercome of euil but ouercome euil with goodnes CHAP. XIII 1 The obediēce to the Rulers 4 Why they haue the sword 8 Charitie ought to measure all our doings 11 An exhortation to innocencie and puritie of life 1 LEt * euerie soule be subiect vnto the higher powers for there is no power but of God the powers that be are ordeined of God 2 Whosoeuer therefore resisteth the power resisteth the ordinance of God and they that resist shal receiue to them selues iudgement 3 For princes are not to be feared for good workes but for euil Wilt thou thē be with out feare of the power do wel so shalt thou haue praise of the same 4 For he is the minister of God for thy wealth but if thou do euil seare for he beareth not the sworde for noght for he is the minister of God to take vengeance on him that doeth euil 5 Wherefore ye must be subiect not because of wrath onely but also for conscience sake 6 For for this cause ye paye also tribute for they are Gods ministers applying thē selues for the same thing 7 * Giue to all men therefore their duetie tribu te to whome ye owe tribute custome to whome custome feare to whome feare honour to whome ye owe honour 8 Owe nothing to any man but to loue one another for he that loueth another hathe fulfilled the Law 9 For this * Thou shalt not commit adulterie Thou shalt not kill Thou shalt not steale Thou shalt not beare false witnes Thou shalt not couet and if there be any other cōmaundement it is briefly comprehended in this saying euen in this * Thou shalt loue thy neighbour as thy self 10 Loue doeth not euil to his neighbour there fore is loue the * fulfilling of the Law 11 And that considering the season that it is now time that we shulde arise from slepe for now is our saluation nerer then when we beleued it 12 The night is past the day is at hand let vs therefore cast away the workes of darkenes and let vs put on the armour of light 13 So that we walke honestly as in the day not in * glotonie and dronkennes nether in chambering and wantonnes nor in strife and enuying 14 * But put ye on the Lord IESVS CHRIST and take no thoght for the flesh to fulfil the lustes of it CHAP. XIIII 1 The weake ought not to be despised 10 No man shulde offende anothers conscience 15 But one to supporte another in charitie and faith 1 HIm that is weake in the faith receiue vn to you but not for controuersies of disputations 2 One beleueth that he may eat of all things another which is weake eateth herbes 3 Let not him that eateth despise him that eateth not and let not him which 〈◊〉 not iudge him that eateth for God hathe receiued him 4 * Who art thou that condemnest another mans seruant he standeth or falleth to his owne master yea he shal be established for God is able to make him stande 5 This man estemeth one day aboue another day and another man counteth euerie daye a like let euerie man be fully persuaded in his minde 6 He that obserueth the day obserueth it to the Lord and he that obserueth not the day obserueth it not to the Lord. He that eateth eateth to the Lord for he giueth God thākes and he that eateth not eateth not to the Lord and giueth God thankes 7 For none of vs liueth to him self nether doeth anie dye to him self 8 For whether we liue we liue vnto the Lord or whether we dye we dye vnto the Lord whether we liue therefore or dye we are the Lords 9 For Christ therefore dyed and rose againe and reuiued that he might be Lord bothe of the dead and the quicke 10 But why doest thou iudge thy brother or why doest thou despise thy brother * for we shal all appeare before the iudgemēt seat of Christ. 11 For it is written * I liue saith the Lord euerie knee shal bowe to me and all tōgues shal confesse vnto God 12 So then euerie one of vs shal giue accountes of him self to God 13 Let vs not therefore iudge one another anie more but vse your iudgement rather in this that no man putte an occasion to fall or a stombling blocke before his brother 14 I knowe and am persuaded through the Lord Iesus that there is nothing vncleane of it self but vnto him that iudgeth any thing to be vncleane to him it is vncleane 15 But if thy brother be grieued for the meat now walk est thou not charitably * destroy not him with thy meat for whome Christ dyed 16 Cause not your commoditie to be euil spoken of 17 For the kingdome of God is not meat nor drinke but righteousnes and peace ioye in the holie Gost. 18 For whosoeuer in these things serueth Christ is acceptable vnto God and is approued of men 19 Let vs then folowe those things which con cerne peace and where with one may edifie another 20 Destroy not the worke of God for meats sake * all things indede are pure but it is euil for the man whiche eateth with offence 21 * It is good nether to eat flesh nor to drinke wine nor any thing whereby thy bro ther stombleth or is offended or made weake 22 Hast thou faith haue it with thy self before God blessed is he that condemneth not him self in that thing which he aloweth 23 For he that douteth is condemned if he eat because he eateth not of faith and whatsoeuer is not 〈◊〉 saith is sinne CHAP. XV. 1 Paul exhorteth thē to support and loue one an other by the example of Christ 9 And by the onelie mercie of God which is the cause of saluation bothe of the one the other 14 He sheweth his zeale towarde them and the Church 30 And requireth the same of them 1 WE which are strōg ought to beare the infirmities of the weake and not to please our selues 2 Therefore let euerie man please his neighbour in that that is good to edification 3 For Christ also wolde not please him self but as it is written * The rebukes of them which rebuke thee fel on me 4 For whatsoeuer things are writtē afore time are
that he hathe no nede but hath pow er ouer his owne will and hathe so decreed in his heart that he will kepe his virgine he doeth wel 38 So thē he that giueth her to mariage doeth well but he that giueth her not to mariage doeth better 39 The wife is bounde by the law as long as her housband * liueth but if her housband be dead she is atlibertie to mary with whom she wil onely in the Lord. 40 But she is more blessed if she so abide in my iudgement * and I thinke that I haue also the Spirit of God CHAP. VIII He rebuketh them that vse their libertie to the sclander of other in goyng to the idolatrous sacrifices 9 And sheweth how men ought to behaue them towarde suche as be weake 1 ANd as touchyng thyngs sacrificed vnto idoles we knowe that we all haue knowledge knowledge puffeth vp but loue edifieth 2 Nowe if any man thinke that he knoweth any thynge he knoweth nothynge yet as he ought to knowe 3 But if any man loue God the same is knowen of him 4 Concernyng therefore meat sacrificed vnto idoles we knowe that an idoll is nothyng in the worlde and that there is none other God but one 5 For thogh there be that are called Gods whe ther in heauen or in earth as there be many gods and many Lords 6 Yet vnto vs there is but one God whiche is the Father of whome are all thyngs and we in hym and * one Lorde Iesus Christ by whome are all things and we by him 7 But euerie man hathe not knowledge for some hauing conscience of the idole vntill this houre eat as a thing sacrificed vnto the idole and so their conscience being weake is defiled 8 But meat maketh not vs acceptable to God for nether if we eat haue we the more nether if we eat not haue we the lesse 9 But take hede lest by any meanes this power of your be an occasion of fallyng to them that are weake 10 For if any man se thee whiche haste knowledge sit at table in the idoles temple shall not the conscience of hym which is weake be boldened to eat those thyngs whiche are sacrificed to idoles 11 And through thy knowledge shall the * weake brother perishe for whome Christ dyed 12 Now when ye sinne so against the brethren and wounde their weake conscience ye sinne against Christ. 13 * Wherefore if meat offende my brother I wil eat no fleshe while the worlde standeth that I may not offend my brother CHAP. IX He exhorteth them by his example to vse their libertie to the 〈◊〉 of other 24 To runne on forthe in the course that they haue begonne 1 AMI not an Apostle am I not fre haue I not sene Iesus Christ our Lord are ye not my worke in the Lord 2 If I be not an Apostle vnto other yet douteles I am vnto you for ye are the seale of mine Apostleship in the Lord. 3 My defense to thē that examine me is this 4 Haue we not power to eat and to drinke 5 Or haue we not power to lead about a wife beyng a sister as wel as the rest of the Apostles and as the brethren of the Lorde and Cephas 6 Or I onely and Barnabas haue not we power not to worke 7 Who goeth a warfarre anye tyme at hys owne cost who planteth a vineyarde and eateth not of the frute thereof or who fedeth a 〈◊〉 and eateth not of the milke of the flocke 8 Saye I these thyngs accordyng to man sayth not the Law the same also 9 For it is written in the Law of Moses * Thou shalte not mussell the mouth of the oxe that treadeth out the corne doeth GOD take care for oxen 10 Ether saith he it not all together for our sakes For our sakes no doute it is written that he whiche eareth shulde eare in hope and that he that thre sheth in hope shuld be par taker of his hope 11 * If we haue sowen vnto you spirituall things is it a greate thyng if we reape your carnal things 12 If others with you be partakers of thys power are not we rather neuertheles we haue not vsed thys power but suffre all things that we shulde not hinder the Gospel of Christ. 13 Do ye not knowe that they whiche minister about the * holie things eat of the things of the Temple and they whiche wait at the altar are partakers with the altar 14 So also hathe the Lorde ordeined that they whiche preache the Gospell shulde lyue of the Gospel 15 But I haue vsed none of these thyngs nether wrote I these thynges that it shulde be so done vnto me for it were better for me to dye then that anie man shulde make my re ioycing vaine 16 For thogh I preache the Gospel I haue nothing to reioyce of for necessitie is laid vpō me and wo is vnto me if I preache not the Gospel 17 For if I do it willingly I haue are warde but if I do it against my wil not withstanding the dispensation is committed vnto me 18 What is my rewarde then verely that when I preache the Gospel I make the Gospel of Christe fre that I abuse not mine autoritie in the Gospel 19 For thogh I be fre from all men yet haue I made my selfe seruaunt vnto all men that I might winne the mo 20 * And vnto the Iewes I become as a Iewe that I may winne the Iewes to them that are vnder the Lawe as thogh I were vnder the Lawe that I maye winne them that are vnder the Law 21 To them that are without lawe as thogh I were without lawe when I am not without Lawe as perteyning to God but am in the Law through Christ that I may winne them that are without Law 22 To the weake I become as weake that I may winne the weake I am made all things to all men that I myght by all meanes saue some 23 And thys I do for the Gospels sake that I might be partaker thereof with you 24 Knowe ye not that they whiche runne in a race runne all yet one receyueth the price so runne that ye may obteine 25 And euerie man that proueth masteries absteineth from althings and they do it to obteine a corruptible crowne but we for an vncorruptible 26 I therefore so runne not as vn certeinly so fight I not as one that beateth the ayre 27 But I beat downe my bodie and bring it into subiection lest by any meanes after that I haue preached to other I my self shulde be reproued CHAP. X. He feareth them with the examples of the Iowes that they put not their trust carnally in the graces of God 14 Exhortyng them to 〈◊〉 all 〈◊〉 23 And offence of their neighbour 1
mothers the yonger as sisters with all purenes 3 Honour widowes whiche are widowes in dede 4 But if any widow haue childrē or nephewes let them learne first to shewe godlines towarde their owne house and to recompense their kinred for that is an honest thinge and acceptable before God 5 And she that is a widowe in dede and lefte alone trusteth in God and cōtinueth in supplications and prayers night and day 6 But she that liueth in pleasure is dead while she liueth 7 These things therefore commāde that they may be blameles 8 If there be any that prouideth not for hys owne and namely for them of his housholde he denieth the faith and is worse then an infidel 9 Let not a widowe be taken into the nomber vnder thre score yere olde that hathe bene the wife of one housband 10 And wel reported of for good workes if she haue nourished her children if she haue lodged the strangers if she haue washed the Saintes fete if she haue ministred vnto them which were in aduersitie if she were continually giuen vnto euerie good worke 11 But refuse the yonger widowes for when they haue begonne to waxe want on against Christ they wil marie 12 Hauing damnation because they haue broken the first faith 13 And like wise also being ydle they learne to go about from house to house yea they are not onely ydle but also prattelers and busi-bodies speaking things which are not comelie 14 I wil therefore that the yonger women marie and beare children and gouuerne the house and giue none occasion to the aduersarie to speake euil 15 For certeine are already turned backe after Satan 16 If any faithful man or faithful woman haue widowes let them minister vnto them and let not the Churche be charged that there may be sufficient for them that are widowes in dede 17 ¶ The Elders that rule wel are worthie of* double honour specially they which labour in the worde and doctrine 18 For the Scripture saith * Thou shalt not mousel the mouth of the oxe that treadeth out the corne and * The labourer is worthie of his wages 19 Against an Elder receiue none accusation but vnder two orthre witnesses 20 Them that sinne rebuke openly that the rest also may feare 21 ¶ * charge thee before God the Lord Iesus Christ and the elect Angels that thou obserue these thyngs without preferryng one to another and do nothing parcially 22 Layhands suddenly on no man nether be partaker of othermens sinnes kepe thy self pure 23 Drinke no longer water but vse a litle wine for thy stomakes sake and thine often infirmities 24 Some mens sinnes are open before hand and go before vnto iudgement but some mens followe after 25 Likewise also the good workes are manifest before hand and thei that are otherwise can not be hid CHAP. VI. 1 The duetie of sernants to 〈◊〉 their masters 3 Against suche as are not satisfied with the worde of God 6 Of true godlines and contentation of minde 9 Against couetousnes 11 A charge giuen to Timothie 1 LEt as many * seruants as are vnder the yoke counte their masters worthie of al honour that the Name of God and his doctrine be not euil spoken of 2 And they whiche haue beleuing masters let thē not despise them because they are brethren but rather do seruice because thei are faith ful and beloued and 〈◊〉 of the benefite These things teache and exhorte 3 If any man teach other wise and consenteth not to the wholsome wordes of our Lorde Iesus Christe and to the doctrine whiche is accordyng to godlines 4 He is pufte vp and knoweth nothyng but doteth about * questions and strife of wordes whereof cometh enuie strife railings euil surmisings 5 Vaine disputations of men of corrupt mindes ād destitute of the trueth which thinke that gaine is godlines from suche separate thy self 6 But godlines is great gaine if a man be con tent with that he hathe 7 * For we broght nothing into the worlde it is certeine that we cā carie nothīg out 8 Therefore when we haue fode and raiment let vs there with be content 9 For they that will be riche fall into tentation and snares and into many foolish and noysome lustes whiche drowne men in perdition and destruction 10 For the desire of money is the roote of all euil whiche while some Iusted after they erred from the faith and perced them selues through with many sorowes 11 But thou ô man of God flee these thyngs and followe after righteousnes godlines faith loue pacience and meek enes 12 Fight the good fight of faith laye holde of eternall life whereunto thou art also called and hast professed a good profession before many witnesses 13 * I charge thee in the sight of GOD who quickneth althings and before Iesus Christ whiche vnder Pontius Pilate * witnessed a good confession 14 That thou kepe this commandement with out spot and vnrebukeable vntil the appea ring of our Lord Iesus Christ. 15 Whiche in duetime he shal shewe that is * blessed and prince onely the King of Kings and Lord of Lords 16 Who onely hathe immortalitie and dwelleth in the light that none can atteine vnto * whome neuer man sawe nether can se vnto whome be honour power euerlasting Amen 17 Charge them that are riche in this worlde that they be not high minded and that they * trust not in vncerteine riches but in the liuing God whiche giueth vs abundantly all things to enioye 18 That they do good and be riche in good workes and readie to distribute and communicate 19 * Laying vp in store for them selues a good fundatio against the time to come that they may obteine eternall life 20 O Timotheus kepe that whiche is committed vnto thee and * auoide profane and vaine bablings and oppositions of science falsely so called 21 Whiche while some professe they haue erred concernyng the faith Grace be with thee Amen The first epistle to Timotheus written from Laodicea whiche is the chiefest citie of Phrygia Pacaciana THE SECONDE EPISTLE of Paul to Timotheus THE ARGVMENT THe Apostle being now ready to confirme that doctrine 〈◊〉 his blood which he had professed and taught encourageth simotheus and in him all the faithful in the faith of the Gospel and in the constant and syncere cōfession of the same willing him not to shrinke for feare of afflictions but patiently to attende the yssue as do housband men which at length receiue the frutes of their labours and to cast of alfeare and care as souldiers do which seke onely to please their 〈◊〉 shewing him briefly the summe of the Gospel which he preached cōmanding him to preache the same to others diligently taking hede of
verely they whiche are the children of Leui which receiue the office of the Priesthode haue a* commandement to take according to the Law tithes of the people that is of their brethren thogh they came out of the loynes of Abraham 6 But he whose kinred is not counted among them receiued tithes of Abraham blessed him that had the promises 7 And without all contradiction the lesse is blessed of the greater 8 And here men that dye receiue tithes but there he receiueth them of whome it is witnessed that he liueth 9 And to say as the thing is Leui also whiche receiueth tithes payed tithes in Abraham 10 For he was yet in the loines of his Father Abraham when Melchi-sedec met him 11 If therefore perfection had bene by the Priesthode of the Leuites for vnder in the Law was established to the people what neded it furthermore that another Priest shuld rise after the order of Melchi-sedec and not to be called after the order of Aaron 12 For if the Priesthode be changed then of necessitie must there be a change of the Law 13 For he of whome these things are spoken perteineth vnto another tribe whereof no man serued at the altar 14 For it is euident that our Lord sprong out of Iuda concernyng the whiche tribe Moses spake nothyng touchyng the Priesthode 15 And it is yet a more euident thyng because that after the similitude of Melchi-sedec there is risen vp another Priest 16 Which is not made Priest after the Law of the carnal commandement but after the power of the endles life 17 For he testifieth thus * Thou art a Priest for euer after the order of Melchi-sedec 18 For the commandement that went afore is disanulled because of the weakenes thereof and vnprofitablenes 19 For the Law made nothing perfite but the bringing in of a better hope made perfite whereby we drawe nere vnto God 20 And forasmuche as it is not wythout an othe for these are made Priests wythout an othe 21 But this he is made with an othe by hym that said vnto him * The Lord hath sworne ād will not repent Thou art a Priest for euer after the order of Melchi-sedec 22 By so muche is Iesus made a suretie of a better Testament 23 And amonge them many were made Prists because they were not suffred to endure by the reason of death 24 But this man because he endureth euer hathe an euerlasting Priesthode 25 Wherefore he is able also perfitely to saue them that come vnto God by hym seyng he euer liueth to make intercession for them 26 For suche an hye Priest it became vs to haue whiche is holie harmeles vndefiled separate frome sinnes and made hier then the heauen 27 Which neded not daily as those hie Priests to offer vp sacrifice * first for hys owne sinnes and then for the peoples for that did he once when he offred vp him self 28 For the Law maketh men hie Priests which haue infirmitie but the worde of the othe that was since the Law maketh the Sonne who is consecrated for euermore CHAP. VIII 6 He proueth the abolishing aswel of the Leuitical Priest hode as of the olde Couenant by the spiritual and euerla 〈◊〉 Priesthode of Christ 8 And by the new Couenant 1 NOw of the things which we haue spoken this is the summe that we haue su che an hie Priest that sitteth at the righthand of the throne of the maiestie in heauens 2 And is a minister of the Sanctuarie and of the true Tabernacle which the Lord pight and not man 3 For euerie hie Priest is ordeined to offer bothe giftes and sacrifices wherefore it was of necessitie that this man shulde haue some what also to offer 4 For he were not a Priest if he were on the earth seing there are Priests that according to the Law offer giftes 5 Who serue vnto the paterne and shadowe of heauenlie things as Moses was warned by God when he was about to finish the Tabernacle * Se said he that thou make all things according to the paterne shewed to thee in the mount 6 But now our hie Priest hathe obteined a more excellent office in asmuche as he is the Mediatour of a bettter Testament which is established vpon better promises 7 For if that first Testament had bene fauteles no place shulde haue bene soght for the seconde 8 For in rebuking them he saith * Beholde the dayes wil come saith the Lord when I shal make with the house of Israel and with the house of Iuda a new Testament 9 Not like the Testament that I made with their fathers in the day that I toke them by the hand to leade them out of the land of Egypt for they continued not in my Testament and I regarded thē not saith the Lord. 10 For this is the Testament that I wil make with the house of Israel After those dayes saith the Lord I wil put my lawes in their min de and in their heart I wil write them I wil be their God and they shal be my people 11 And they shal not teache euerie man his neighbour euerie man his brother saying Knowe the Lord for all shall knowe me frō the least of them to the greatest of them 12 For I wil be merciful to their vnrighteousnes and I wil remember their sinnes ād their iniquities no more 13 In that he saith a newe Testament he hathe abrogate the olde now that which is disanulled and vaxed olde is readie to vanish away CHAP. IX 1 How that the Ceremonies and sacrifices of the Lawe are abolished 11 By the eternitie and perfection of Christs sacrifice 1 THen the first Testament had also ordinances of religion and a worldlie San ctuarie 2 For the first * Tabernacle was made wher in was the candlesticke the table and the shew bread which Tabernacle is called the Holie places 3 And after the seconde vaile was the Taber nacle which is called the Holiest of all 4 Which had the golden senser and the Arke of the Testament ouerlaide rounde about with gold wherein the golden pot which had manna was and* Aarons redde that had bud ded the * tables of the Testament 5 * And ouer the Arke were the glorious Che rubims shadowing the mercie seat of which things we wil not now speake particularly 6 Now when these things were thus ordeined the Priests went alwayes into the first Tabernacle and accomplished the seruice 7 But into the second went the * hie Priest alone once euerie yere not without blood which he offered for him self and for the ignorances of the people 8 Whereby the holie Gost this signified that the way into the Holiest of all was not yet opened while as yet the first
Ebed-melech the blacke more Ier. 38. 7 Eber and his sonnes Gen. 10. 25 ¶ Esau why he is called Edom. Gen. 25. 30 Edom denyeth passage to Israel Nomb. 20. 14 Edom rebelleth from vnder iudah 2. King 8. 29 ¶ The Egyptians eat not with the ebrewes Gene. 43. 32. of them loke in Exod. 11. and 12. Deut. 23. 7. Iere. 46. 2. Ezek. 32. 12 Egypt the yron fornace Deuteronome 4. 20 ¶ Ehud a iudge in israel Iudg. 3. 15 ¶ The Ekronites and their doings 1. Sam. 5. 10 ¶ What condicions the Elders ought to haue Tit. 2. 2 〈◊〉 the sonne of aaron Exode 6. 25 Iosh. 24. 33 Gods purpose is by his Election Rom. 9. 11 Election of grace Rom. 11. 5 make your calling and Election sure 2. Pet. 1. 10 As touching the Election they are loued for the fathers sakes Rommains 11. 28. The Elect haue obteined that israel obteined not Rom. 11. 7 We knowe that ye are Elect of God 1. Thess. 1. 4. Election lyeth in god and not in vs. Rom 9. 11 and 16. the Elect are fewe in nomber Matth. 7 14. Elected before the fundacion of the worlde Ephes. 1. 4 the elect of God can not be condemned Rom. 8. 34 the Elect were chosen before the funda cions of the worlde Ephes. 1. 4. 1. Pet. 1. 2 Eli the priest and his doings 1. Sam. 1. 2 3. 4. Eliakim called also iehoiakim 2. King 23. 34 Elias and Eliseus Luk. 4125. 27 Eliiah the prophet and his doings 1. King 17 vnto the 2. King 2 Elimelech and his wife naomi Ruth 1. 2 Elisabetzacharies wife Luk. 1. 5. Elisha balde 2. King 2. 23. Elisha doeth good for euil 2. King 6. 22. Elisha his life and his doings 1. King 19 vnto the 2. King 13 Elisha is called from the plow to prophe cie 1. King 19. 19 Elisheba aarons wife Exod. 6. 23 Elon a iudge in israel Iudg. 12. 12 Ely mas the sorcerer withstanding pauls preaching Act. 13. 8 ¶ Emmanuel Mat. 1. 23 ¶ Take from among you al. Euchanters Deut. 18. 11 Enchanters and south sayers driuen out of Israel by saul 1. Sam. 28. 3 The End of all things is at hand Peter 4. 7 He that Endureth to the end shal be saued Mat. 24. 13. 2. Thess. 3. 13 Eneas healed by the meanes of peter Act. 9. 33 Ioue thine Enemies Mat. 5. 44. prouerb 25. 21 Christ prayeth for his Enemies Luk. 23. 34 〈◊〉 the sonne of sheth Gen. 4. 26 flee Enuie Gal. 5. 26. 1. Pet 2. 1. enuious persones Prou. 23. 6 ¶ Ephesians worshiped diana Actes 19 35. Ephraim and his doings Gen. 41. 52. and 48. 5. 49 The Ephraimites rise vp against gideon Iudg. 8. 1 The Epicures dispute with Paul Actes 17. 18 Pauls Epistles hard to be vnderstand 2. Pet. 3. 16. ¶ The Ernest of the spirit in our hearts 2. Cor. 1. 22. 5. 5. ¶ 〈◊〉 reigneth after saneherib 2. King 19. 37 Esau and his doings Genese 25 vnto the 36. Who are to be Eschewed 2. Tim. 3. 5 Ester and her doings Ester 2. and 4. and 5. and 7. ¶ Hate that that is Euil Rom. 12. 9 Recompense not Euil for euil Rom. 12. 17. God turneth the Euil into good Genes 50. 20. Rom. 8. 28 Do not companie with Euil men Prou. 24. 1. We are Euil of nature Mat. 7. 11. Genes 6. 5. an Eunuch candaces chief gouernour beleueth in Iesus Christ. Actes 8. 17. Eutychus restored to life Actes 20. 10 ¶ He that Exalteth him self shal be broght lowe luk 18. 14 Examine all things 1. Thess. 5. 21 Examine thy self before thou come to the supper of the Lord. 1. Corinth 11. 28 Excommunicate those that loue not Iesus Christ. 1. Cor. 16. 22 The Excommunicacion that paul vsed 1. Cor. 5. 5 Exorcistes hurt by the euil spirit Act. 19. 13 Experience bringeth hope Rom. 5. 4. ¶ The good Eye Mat. 6. 22. Eye for Eye Exod. 21. 24. Mat. 5. 38 F OLde wiues Fables 1. Tim. 4. 7. euerie one ought to proue his Faith 2. Cor. 13. 5 Continuance in Faith Coloss. 1. 23 The shield of Faith Ephes. 6. 16 Christ prayeth for peters Faith Luk. 22 32. The definicion of Faith Ebr. 11. 1 Faith cometh by hearing Rom. 10. 17 The apostles praye to haue their Faith increased Luk. 17. 5. Faith in God by Christ. 1. Pet. 1. 21. Mat. 12. 21 Faith ioyned with charitie 1. Tim. 1. 5 Faith is the gift of God Philip. 1. 29 2. Pet. 1. 3 The end of Faith is the saluacion of our soules 1. Pet. 1. 9 The Faith of Abraham Gen. 15. 6 24. 7 The Faith of the fathers Ebr. 11. By Faith the spirit is receiued Galat. 3. 2. By Faith the hearts are purified Actes 15 9. Iohn 15. 3 By Faith we resist the deuil 1. Pet. 5. 9 Faith without workes is dead Iames. 2. 17. The Faithful are the children of Abraham Rom. 9. 8. the Faithful shal not come into condem nacion Iohn 5. 24 To Fall into the hands of the liuing God Ebr. 12. 31 To Fall vpon the face Gen. 17. 17. Ruth 2. 10. A great Famine in samaria 1. 〈◊〉 18. 2. 2. King 6. 25 The Famine of gods worde fore spoken Amos. 8. 11 Moses Fasteth fortie daies and fortie nights Exod. 34. 28. Christ like wise Matth. 4. 2 fained Fasting Isa. 58. 3. Zech. 7. 5. Matth. 6. 16. The father of Christ is our Father Iohn 20. 17. He that knoweth Christ knoweth the Father Iohn 14. 7 Honour thy Father and mother Mat. 15. 4. Mar. 7. 10 Fathers are charged to teache their chil dren the law of God Deut. 11. 19 He that beateth his Father or mother shal dye the death Exod. 21 15. Prou. 20. 20 God doeth right vnto the Fatherles Deut. 10. 18 The Fatherles Deut. 14. 29 24 19 and 26. 12 〈◊〉 19 ¶ The Feareful must absent them selues from warre Deut. 20. 8 Learne to Feare God Deut. 14. 23 The Feare of God is true wisdome Iob. 28. 28. The worthiest places at Feasts Matth. 23. 6 Feasts made at shepeshearings 2. Samu. 13. 23. ¶ God teacheth to Fight 2. Sam. 22. 35 The Finger of God for his power Exo. 8. 19. The First borne in the land of egypt dye Exod. 11. 4 of First frutes Exod. 22. 29 The First frutes perteined to the hie priests Nomb. 5. 9 fishes cleane and vncleane Leuit. 11. 9. ¶ Paul neuer vsed Flatterie 1. Thessallo 2. 5. slee in time of persecution Mat. 10. 〈◊〉 the dedes of the Flesh. Gal. 5. 17 Man is but Flesh. Genes 6. 3 To be in the Flesh for to liue according to the Flesh. Rom. 7. 5 Flesh and blood that is whatsoeuer is in man Matth. 16. 17 The wisdome of the Flesh is death Rom. 7. 24. 8. 6 Flesh lusteth against the spirit Gal. 5. 17. the Flesh of Christ eaten by faith Iohn 6. 54. The care of the Flesh ought to be reiected Rom. 13. 14 To eat the Flesh with the blood is forbid Gen. 9.
thre last houres of the nyght Or heauely m 〈◊〉 the Lorde by the water saued his 〈◊〉 by the water drowned his enemies †Hebr. hand n That is the do ctrine which 〈◊〉 taught them in the Name of 〈◊〉 Lord. a Praising God for the ouerthrowe of hyennemyes and their deliuerāce VVisd 10. 24. “ Or the 〈◊〉 of my 〈◊〉 of prayse b To worshyp him therin c In battel he 〈◊〉 euer d 〈◊〉 constant in his promes Or power e Those that are ennemyes to Gods people are his ennemies “ Or in the depth of the Sea f For so often 〈◊〉 the Scripture 〈◊〉 the mightie men of the worlde g VVhich oughtest to be praised with all feare and reuerence h That is into the lande of Cha naan or into 〈◊〉 zion 〈◊〉 2. 25. “ Or forthi great power Iosh. 2. 9. i Which was moūt 〈◊〉 whe re afterward the Temple was buylt k 〈◊〉 their great ioye which custome the Iewes 〈◊〉 in 〈◊〉 solennites l By singing the like song of than kes giuing 〈◊〉 11.34 21.21 but it ought not to be a cloke to couer our wāten dances “ Or Biternes 〈◊〉 38.5 m That is God or Moses in Gods name n Which is to do that onely that God 〈◊〉 Nomb. 33.9 “ Or date trees a This in the eight place wherein they had camped their is an other place called zin which was the 33 place wherin they cāped and is also called Kadésh Nomb. 33.36 b So hard a thing it is to the flesh not to 〈◊〉 against God when the belly is pinched c To signifie that they 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 depēd vpon Gods 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 day to day d He gaue them not Manna because they murmured but for his promes sake e He that contemneth Gods ministers contemneth God him self Chap. 13.21 〈◊〉 45.4 “ Or in the 〈◊〉 light Nom. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Nomb 11.7 Psal. 78.24 Wisd. 16.20 f Which 〈◊〉 a 〈◊〉 por tion 〈◊〉 gift also 〈◊〉 prepared Ioh. 631 1. Cor. 〈◊〉 3. g Which 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a 〈◊〉 le of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 †Ebr for an head 2. Cor. 8. 〈◊〉 h God is a riche feder of all and none can iustely complaine i No creature is so pure but being abused it turneth to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 k Which portiō shulde serue for the Sabbath and the day before l God toke away the 〈◊〉 from their labour to signifie how holy he wolde haue the Sabbath kept m Their 〈◊〉 was so great tha thei did expresly against Gods commandement n In forme and 〈◊〉 but not in colour Nomb. 〈◊〉 7. o Of this 〈◊〉 read Ebr. 9. 4. p That is the Ar ke of the 〈◊〉 to Wit after that the Arke was made Iosh. 5 12. Nehe. 9. 35. Iudith 5. 15. q Which 〈◊〉 conteined about ten pottels †Ebr. at the mou the. a Mosés hereno 〈◊〉 not euerie place where thei camped as Nom. 〈◊〉 but one ly those places where some notable thing 〈◊〉 done b Why distrust you God Why loke you not for succour of him without murmuring against vs Nomb. 20 4. c How readie the people are for their owne matters to slay the true prophets and how slow thei are to reuen ge Gods cause against his ennemies and false 〈◊〉 Chap. 7. 20. Nomb. 20. 9. 〈◊〉 11. 4. “ Or Tentacion Psal. 78. 15. 〈◊〉 41. “ Or 〈◊〉 1. Cor. 10. 4. d When in aduer sitie we thinke God to be absent We neglect his promes and make him a lier Deut. 25. 17. Wisd. 11. 3. e Who came of Eliphás sonne of 〈◊〉 Ge. 36. 12 f That is Horéb Which is also called Sinnái g So that wese how 〈◊〉 a thing it is 〈◊〉 te in prayer Nomb. 24 20. 1. Sam. 15. 3. h In the boke of the lawe †Ebr. put it in the eares of 〈◊〉 i That is the Lord is my banner as he declared by holding vp his rod and his hands †Ebr. The hand of the Lord 〈◊〉 the throne Chap. 2 16. a It may seme that he sent her backe to her father for her impaciencie lest she shuld be a lest to his 〈◊〉 Which Was so dágerous Chap. 4. 〈◊〉 b Horeb is called the moūt of God because God Wroght many miracles there c That is he sent messengersto say vnto him †Ebr. of peace d Wherby it is euident that he Worshipped the true God ther fore Mosés 〈◊〉 not to mary 〈◊〉 daughter Chap. 1. 10. Also ver 16. 22. e For they that drowned the chil dren of the Israelites perished thē selues by Water Chap. 5. 7. Chap. 14. 18. f They are inthat lace Where the 〈◊〉 Was 〈◊〉 for parte Was burnt and the rest eaten g That is to knowe Gods Wil and to haue iusti ce executed †〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 “ Or counsel Deut. 1. 9. h Iudge thou in 〈◊〉 causes Whi che can not be decided but by consultyng With God i What maner of men ought to be chosen to be are office k Godlie counsel ought euer to be obeied thogh it come our inferiors for to suche God often times giueth Wisdome to humble them that are exalted l Read the occasion Nom. 10. 19. a Which Was in the beginning of the mouth 〈◊〉 conteynyng parte ofmay and parte of lune b That 〈◊〉 departed from Rephidim Act. 7. 38. c God called 〈◊〉 Israél therefore the house of Iaakob and the people of Israéll 〈◊〉 onely God people d For the egle by flyinghie is out of danger in carying her birdes rather on her Wings them in het talentsdeclareth her loue Deut,29 2 Deut. 5.2 Deut. 10.14 Psal. 24.1 1. Pet 2 9. Reue. 1.6 Chap. 24.3 Deu. 5 27. 26.17 Iosh 24.16 e Teache thē to be pure in heart as they she we them selues out Wardly cleaneby 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 12.20 “ Or 〈◊〉 “ Or towarde f 〈◊〉 giue your selues to prayer and abstinence that you may at this time attend onely vpon the Lord. 1 Cor. 7.5 Deut. 4.13 g ' God vsed these fearfull signes that is Lawe shuld be had in 〈◊〉 reuerence and his maiestie the more 〈◊〉 h Me gaue autori tie to Mosés by 〈◊〉 Wordes that the people night 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 “ Or rulers “ Or breake 〈◊〉 vpon them i Nether dignitie nor 〈◊〉 haue autoririe to passe the boundes that Gods Worde 〈◊〉 scribeth a When Moses and Aaron Were gone vp or had passed 〈◊〉 boundes of the people God spake thus out of the mount Horéb that all the people heard “ Or seruants b To Whose 〈◊〉 all things are open Deut. 5.6 Psal. 81.11 Leuit. 26.1 Psal 97.7 c By this 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 all 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 ce and Worship to idoles is forbidden d And Wil be reuenged of the contemners of mine honour e So ready is 〈◊〉 rather to she We mercie then to punish Leu. 19.12 f Ether by swea ring falsely or rashly 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ning Deut. 5.12 Mat. 5.28 g Which is by 〈◊〉 the spiritual rest by hearing Gods Worde and resting frō Worde
strange sight “ Or hel n Or depe and darcke places of the earth Chap. 27. 3. Deut. 11. 6. Psal. 106. 17. o which were the occasion of their owne death p Of Gods iudgements against rebelle q VVho presumed aboue hys vocacion “ Or fled to wit Moses and 〈◊〉 For it was not lauful to 〈◊〉 anie other fire but of the Altar of burnt offring Leuit. 10. 1. s God had begon ne to punishe them t GOD drewe backe his hande and ceased to pu nis he them a VVhile he was in the doute of the Tabernacle Exod. 〈◊〉 22. b To be the chief Priest c Thogh Iosephs 〈◊〉 was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the 〈◊〉 of thē lande yet here it is but one and Leui maketh 〈◊〉 d To declare that God did chose the houses of Leui to serue hym in the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 nacie Ebr. 9. 4. e Grudging that Aaron shuld be hie Priest f The Chalde text describeth thus their 〈◊〉 VVe dye by the sword the earth swalloweth vs vp the 〈◊〉 doeth cōsume vs. a If you trespas in anie thing cō cerning the ceremonies of the Sā 〈◊〉 or your office 〈◊〉 halbe punished b That is the thyngs whiche are committed to 〈◊〉 whiche thou doest enioyne them c VVhiche was not of the 〈◊〉 of Leui. Chap. 3. 〈◊〉 “ Or a gift d As the firste frute first borne and the tenthes e That whiche was not burned shulde be the Priests f That is in the Sanctuarie betwene the 〈◊〉 and the Holiest of all g Read Leuite 10. 14. h That is thy chiefest or the best Leuit. 27. 28. Exod. 13. 2. and 22. 29. Leuit. 27. 26. Chap. 3. 13. Exod. 30. 13. Leuit. 27. 25. Chap. 3. 17. Ezek. 45. 12. i Because they are appointed for sacrifice Exod. 29. 〈◊〉 Leuit. 7. 〈◊〉 k That is sure stable and 〈◊〉 l Of Canaam Deut. 10. 9. and 〈◊〉 8 2. Ios g. 13. 14. 〈◊〉 44. 28. m To ser ue ther 〈◊〉 in for the Leuites are put in their place n If they faile in their office they shal be punished o As acceptable as the 〈◊〉 of youre 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or vineyarde p VVhiche ye 〈◊〉 ue 〈◊〉 of the children of Israel q Read vers 12. r As is in the. 11. vers s Ye shal not be punished therefore t The offringes which the Israelites haue offred to God a Accordyng 〈◊〉 this lawe and ce remonie ye shal sacrifice the red kowe Ebr. 〈◊〉 11. b By another Priest Ebr. 9. 13. Exod. 29. 13. Leuit. 4. 11. c Meaning Eleazár d The 〈◊〉 Priest who killed her and burned her e Or the water of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that they that were 〈◊〉 for their vn clennes were sprinkled therewith and made cleane Chap 8. 7. It is also called holy water because it was ordeined to an ho ly vse Chap. 〈◊〉 17. f with the sprin kling water g So that he shulde not be estemed to be of the 〈◊〉 people but as a 〈◊〉 and excommuni cate persone †Ebr a couering of cloth h Of the red kowe burnt for sinne i Water of the 〈◊〉 or riuer k One of the Priest whiche is cleane l Because he had bene among thē that were vncleane or elshad touched the water as vers 〈◊〉 m That is vhcleane a This was four tie yeres after their departure from 〈◊〉 b Mosés and A 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 sister c Another rebel 〈◊〉 was in 〈◊〉 phidim Exod. 17 and this was in Kadésh Chap. 11 33. Exod. 17. 〈◊〉 d Where with thou didest mira cles in Egypt didest deuide the Sea e The punishmēt which followed hereof declared that Mosés and Aaron beleued not the Lords promes as appea reth vers 12. f That the children of Israél shulde beleue acknowledgemy power and so honour me g Or strife and contencion h By shewyng him self almigh tie maint eyning his 〈◊〉 i Because Iaakob or Israél was Esaus brother who was called Edom. “ Or bie way “ Or come not Or the Erke mites k To passe by another way Chap. 33. 37. l Read Gen. 25. 28. “ Or 〈◊〉 “ Or 〈◊〉 Chap. 33. 38. Deut. 〈◊〉 50. 〈◊〉 10. 6. and 31. 50. “ Or 〈◊〉 Chap 33. 43. a By that way which their 〈◊〉 that searched the dangers 〈◊〉 to be moste safe “ Or 〈◊〉 b For they were forbidden to destroie Deut. 2. 5. Chap. 11. 7. c Meaning Man̄ na which they thoght did not 〈◊〉 d For 〈◊〉 that were 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 with were so inflamed with the heat thereof that they dyed Wisd. 16. 1. 1. 〈◊〉 10. 9. “ Or vpon a 〈◊〉 2. king 18. 4. Ioh. 3. 14. “ Or recouered Chap. 33. 47. “ Or in the Lead pes of Abarim or 〈◊〉 e Which 〈◊〉 to be the boke of the Iudges or as some thinke abo ke which is lost “ Or How God destroyed Vaheb the citie with a whirle winde and the vallies of Arken “ Or Spring f Ye that receiue the commoditie thereof giue prai se for it g Mosés and Aa ron heades of the people onely smote the rocke with the rod or 〈◊〉 which gaue water as a well that where depe digged 〈◊〉 2 26. Iudg. 11. 19. Deut. 29. 7. Iosh. 12. 2. Psal. 134. 11. Amos 29. h The riuer i For the people were talle and 〈◊〉 like gyāts Deut. 2 20. †Ebr. daughters k For 〈◊〉 it had be ne the Moabites the Israelites might not haue possessed it 〈◊〉 2. 9. l Meaning war te m 〈◊〉 was the Idole of the 〈◊〉 1. king 11. 33 who was not able to defende his wor shippers which toke 〈◊〉 idole for their father †Ebr. light Deut. 3. 1. 29. 3. Psal. 〈◊〉 12. a Being at 〈◊〉 it was beyonde Iorddén but 〈◊〉 re the 〈◊〉 were it was on this side “ Or was vexed b Which were the heades and gouerners Iosh. 24. 9. c To wit 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 tes 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 this citie Pethor d Thinking 〈◊〉 bribe him which giftes to curse the Israelites e Whome before he called 〈◊〉 meaning the go oerners and after calleth them seruants that is subiectes to their king f He warned him by a dreame that he shulde not consent to the kings wicked request g 〈◊〉 he shewed him selfe willing couerousnes had so blinded his heart h The wicked seke by al means to forther their naughty enterprises thogh thei knowe that God is against them Chap. 24. 13. i Because he tem pted God to require him contra ry to his cōmandement his petition was granted but it turned to his owne condemnation k Moued rather with couetousnes then to obey God 2. Pet. 2 16. Iude. 11 l The second time “ Or fel. m Gaue her power to speake n Since thon hast bene my master o For whose eyes the Lord doeth not open they can nether se his angre nor his loue p Bothe thy heart is corrupt thine 〈◊〉 wicked “ Or before me or to 〈◊〉 me †Eb. 〈◊〉 wil 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ne to me q Because
his children are mencioned whiche werealiue here bothe they that were aliue dead f So called because he was 〈◊〉 to the dignitie royal before his brother Iehoiakim which was the elder “ Or Iekoahaz 2. King 23. 3. g S. Matt. saith that zerobabél was sonne of zelathiél meanyng that he was his ne ue we accordynge to the Ebrewe speaches for 〈◊〉 was Pedaiahe sonne h So that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 sonne 〈◊〉 fiue his 〈◊〉 in all were 〈◊〉 a Meaning thev came of Iudah as neuewes and kins men for onelye Pharez was hys natural sonne Gon. 8. 29. 46. 12 Chap. 2. 4. b The first borne of his mother and not the eldest 〈◊〉 ne of his father c Otherwise called Othniel Iudg. 3. 13. d It is to be vnder stand that then he wold accomplish his vowe which he made e The lord of that valley where the artificers dyd worke f Called also 〈◊〉 “ Or shebare mea ning the seconde wife of Ezrah “ Or of whome he had Méred Gen. 38. 〈◊〉 “ Or of the inhabitants of Léhem g Thei were King 〈◊〉 gardiners and serued him in his workes h His sonne Ohad is here omitted Gen. 46. 10. Exod. 6. 15. i These cities belonged to the tribe of Iudah Iosh. 19. 1. and were gyven to the tribe of Simeon k Then 〈◊〉 restored them to the tribe of Iudah l For the tribe of Simeon was so greate in 〈◊〉 that in the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 they soght new dwellings vnto Gedor whiche is in the tribe of Dan. m And were not 〈◊〉 by Saul and Dauid Gen. 35. 22. 49. 4. a Because they were made two tubes they had a double portion b That is he was the chiefest of all the tribes according to 〈◊〉 prophecie Gen. 49 8. because Christ shulde come of him Gen. 46. 9. Exod. 6. 14. Nomb 26. 5. c To wit in the time of Vzziah King of Israél 〈◊〉 Kings 〈◊〉 29. d These place were beyonde 〈◊〉 toward the east in the lād giuen to the Reu 〈◊〉 “ Or Euphrates e The Ishmaelites 〈◊〉 came of 〈◊〉 Abrahams cō 〈◊〉 f Bothe the hole countrey and one peculiar citie were called by this Name Bashā g These 〈◊〉 were the sonnes of Ishmaél Gene. 〈◊〉 13 h To wit by the Lord that gaue them the victorie †Ebr. soules of 〈◊〉 i Meaning the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of therē tribes vnder 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 k Other 〈◊〉 led Baalgad l Thus God stirred vp the wicked and vsed thē as instruments to execute his 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 against sinners althogh they were led with malice and 〈◊〉 2. king 18. 〈◊〉 Gene 46 〈◊〉 Exod. c. 〈◊〉 chap. 〈◊〉 Leuit. 10. 1. Nomb. 20 〈◊〉 a VVhich was he Priest after 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 was de posed according to the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 the Priest a VVhich was he Priest after 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 was de posed according to the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 the Priest 1. Sam. 2. 〈◊〉 b Anddid valiātly 〈◊〉 King Vzziah who wolde haue vsurped the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 c That is he was led 〈◊〉 captiuitie with his father 〈◊〉 the hie Priest 2. King 25. 18. Exod. 6. 〈◊〉 d VVho semeth to be 〈◊〉 Izhar Nomb. 16. 1. e VVho is also cal led Ioel. 〈◊〉 Sam. 8. 〈◊〉 and the 〈◊〉 verse of this chapter f After it was broght to that pla ce where the Tēple shulde be 〈◊〉 and was nomore caryed to and fro g Read Exod. 27. 〈◊〉 “ 〈◊〉 nephew “ Or cousin h Meaning the cousin of Heman 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 i The 〈◊〉 are called The singers brethren because they came of the same stocke k Read Nomb. 4. 4. l Or cities which were giuen to the Leuites m Thei were first appointed prepared for n VVhich was also called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Gene. 23. 〈◊〉 Iosh. 11. 12. o That he 〈◊〉 had killed a man might flee thereunto for succor til his cause were tryed Deut. 19. 2. p VVhich Iosua calleth Helon Iosh. 24. 15. q Or Almon Iosh. 21. 18. r That is thei gaue a portion to the 〈◊〉 which were the remnant of the tribe of Leui 〈◊〉 of the halfe tribe of Manasseh out of Ephraim 〈◊〉 66. Iosh. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 “ Or Tanach Iosh. 21. 25. “ Or Gathtimmō s VVho in the first verse is called also Gershon “ Or 〈◊〉 Iosh. 21. 27. “ Or Kishon Iosh. 21. 28. “ Or Iarmuth Iosh. 21. 2. 9 “ Or Engaanim Iosh. 21 29. “ Or Helkah Iosh. 21. 31. “ Or Ammethdor Iosh. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 “ Or Karian Iosh. 21. 32. “ Or Iokneam Or Kartah Iosh. 〈◊〉 34. “ Or 〈◊〉 a VVho also is cal led Iob. Gen. 46. 13 b That is their nomber was foun de thus great whē Dauid nombred the people 2. Sam. 24. 1 c Meaning the foure sonnes and the father “ 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 d Called also Ash bél Gen. 〈◊〉 23. e VVhich were the chief for 〈◊〉 there were seuen in all as appeareth Gen. 46. 21. Nomb. 26. 〈◊〉 “ Or 〈◊〉 f Meaning 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 was 〈◊〉 the sōne of Beniamia min but of Dan Gene 〈◊〉 21. “ Or of 〈◊〉 “ Or Shillom g These 〈◊〉 of Dan and 〈◊〉 li which were the sonnes of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Gen. 46. 23. Gene. 46. 〈◊〉 Nomb. 26. 31. Iosh. 17. 1. “ Or 〈◊〉 Nomb. 26. 30. h Meaning the si ster of Gilead i VVhich was one of the fiue princi pal cities of the Philistims 〈◊〉 we the Ephraimites “ 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 “ Or 〈◊〉 k To wit of Ephraim Or 〈◊〉 Gen. 46. 17. “ Or 〈◊〉 a He continueth in the description of set tribe of Beniamin because his purpose is to the forthe the genealogie of Saul b Meaning the in habitants of the 〈◊〉 Geba c To wit 〈◊〉 d After he had put away his two Wiues “ 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 c The chief of the tribe of 〈◊〉 that swel in 〈◊〉 Chap. 9. 33. f VVho in the. 1. Sam. 9. 1 is called Abiel g He is also named 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 2. Samu. 2. 9. h He is likewise called Mephibosheth 2 Sam. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a 〈◊〉 he hathe described their genealogies before they went into captiuitie now he describeth their historie after their returne b Meaning the Gabionites which seruedin the Tem ple read 〈◊〉 sh. 9. 23. “ Or chief of the samilies c That is he was the 〈◊〉 Priest d To ferue in the Temple euerie 〈◊〉 according to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 e 〈◊〉 called because the king came into 〈◊〉 Temple thereby and not the commune people f Their charge wa that none shulde entre into these places which were onely appointed 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 in “ 〈◊〉 for their 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 g They serued Wekely as Eick 4. 10. “ 〈◊〉 openyng of the dores h VVhereof the meat 〈◊〉 was made 〈◊〉 2. 1. Exod. 23. 30. i But were continually 〈◊〉 in singing 〈◊〉 to God “ Or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 1. Sam. 14. 51. chap. 8 33. k VVho was also called Ichoadah chap. 8. 6. 3. Sam. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 †Ebr. 〈◊〉 †Ebr. fallen a 〈◊〉 was the 〈◊〉 of the Phili
concerning 〈◊〉 therefore seing God fauored Da uid he spake what he thoght d After that Nathán had spoken to Dauid e That is in a 〈◊〉 which remoued to and fro f Meanig where soeuer his Arke went which was a signe of his pre sence g Of a shepherd of shepe I made thee a shepherd of men so that thou camest not to this dignitie through thine owne merites but by my pure grace “ Or gotten thee fame h 〈◊〉 themsure that they shal not remoue †Ebr. sonnes of 〈◊〉 “ Or consume i VVil giue thee great posteritie k That is ' vnto the comming of Christ for then these figures shulde cease l Which was Saul m He went into the tent where the 〈◊〉 was she wing what we ought to do when we receiue anie benefites of the Lord. “ Or 〈◊〉 n Meaning to this 〈◊〉 estate o Thou hast promised a kingdome that shal continue to me and my 〈◊〉 and that Christ shal procede of me p Frely and accor ding to the purpose of thy wil without anie deseruing q That is he she weth him selfe in dedeto be their God by deliuering them frō dangers preser uing them r Thou hast decla red vnto me by Nathán the Prophet †Ebr. hathe foūde s And canst not brake promes a VVhich 2. Sam. 8 1. is called the bridle of bōdage because it was a strong towne kept the countrey tounde about in subiection “ Or payed tribute “ Or 〈◊〉 “ Or Euphrates “ Or 〈◊〉 b That is in all things that he en terprised c VVhich 2. Sam. 8 8. are called 〈◊〉 Berothái 1. King 7. 23. Iere. 52 20. d Called also 〈◊〉 2 Sam. 8 10. e Because the Edo mices and the Sy rians ioyned their power together it is said 2. Sam. 8 12 that the 〈◊〉 were spoiled f VVhich is vnder stand that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 twelue thousand as is in the title of the threscore psal 〈◊〉 the rest “ Or Saiāh 2. Sam. 8 17. g Read 2 Sam. 8 18. 2 Sam 10. 2. a Because Nahásh receiued Da uid and his companie whē 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 him he wolde now shewe pleasure to his sonne for the same b Thus the malicious ouer inter 〈◊〉 the purpose of the godlie in the worst sense c They shaued of the halfe of their beardes d To put them to shame and vilanie where as the 〈◊〉 ought to haue be ne honored and because the Iewes vsed to weare sidegarments and beards they thus 〈◊〉 them to make them 〈◊〉 to others 2. Samu. 10. 4. “ Or had made them selues to be abhorred of Dauid e Which were fiue in all 2. Sam. 10. 8. f Which was a citie of the tribe of Reubēbeyonde Iordén g He declareth that 〈◊〉 the cause is euil the 〈◊〉 can not be 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 in good cau ses men ought to be 〈◊〉 commit the successe to God h That is Euphrates i For this place read 2 Sam 10. 18. 2. Sam. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a Which was the chief citie of the Ammonites 2. Sam. 12. 29. b Which moun teth about the vallue of seuen thousand and seuentie crownes which is about threscore poūde weight 2. Sam. 21. 18. “ Or Gob. 2. Sam. 〈◊〉 8. “ Or 〈◊〉 “ Or 〈◊〉 or the gyants c Read 2. Sam. 〈◊〉 19. d Meaning 〈◊〉 he had six a picce on hands and fere He tempted Dauid in setting be fore his eyes his excellencie and glo tie his power victories read b That is from Southe to North. 2. Sam. 24. 1. c It was a thing indifferent and vsual to nomber the people but because he did it of an ambitious minde as thogh his strength stode in his people God punished him d Ioáb partely for grief partly through negligen ce gathered not the whole 〈◊〉 me as it is here declared e In Samuél is menrion of thirtie thousand mo te which was ether by ioyning to them some of the Beniamites which were mixed with sudáh or as the Ebrewes write here the chief and princes are left out “ Or Prophet Or 〈◊〉 thee f Read 2. Sam. 24. 16. g Whē God draueth backe his flagues he semeth to 〈◊〉 read Gene. 6. 6. “ Or Araunáb h Thus he bothe sheweth a true repentance and a fatherlie care toward his people which desireth God to spare them and to punish him and his i If man hide him selfe at the sight of an Angel which is a creature how muche lesse is a sinnerable to ap peare before the face of God k Thus he did 〈◊〉 the commandement of God as vers 18. for els it had bene abominable except he had ether Gods worde or reuelacion l That is as muche as it is worthe for hauing ynough of his owne and yet to haue taken of another mans goods to offer vnto the Lord it had bene theft and not acceptable to God m Read 2. Sam. 24. 24. n God declared that he heard his requestin that he sent downe fire from heauen for els thei might vse no fire in sacrifice but of that whith was reser ued stil vpon the altar Leui 6. 13. came downe frō heauen Leui. 9. 24 as appeared by the punishement of Nadà b and 〈◊〉 Leu. 10. 1. a That is the place where in he wil be worshiped b Meaning cunning mē of other nations whiche dwele among the Iewes c To wit which weighed fiftie shekels of golde 2. Chro. 3 9. 2. Sam. 7. 13. d This declareth how greatly God 〈◊〉 the sheding of blood seing Dauid for this cause is staied to buylde the 〈◊〉 of the Lord albeit he enterprised no warre buthy Gods commādemēt and against his enemies Chap. 28 5. 2. Sam. 7 11. 1 King 5 5. e He sheweth that there can be no prospetitie but when the Lord is with vs. f These are onely the meanes whereby Kings gouerne their subiectes a right whereby the realmes do prosper and 〈◊〉 g For Dauid was poore in respect of Salomon “ Or masons and carpenters h That is go about it quickely i The nations round about k For els he knewe that God wolde plague them and not prosper their labours except they soght with all their hearts to set forthe his glorie 1. King 1. 〈◊〉 “ Or to haue care ouer “ Ebr. I made meaning Dauid Chap. 6. 1. Exod. 6. 17. †Or 〈◊〉 Chap. 6. 17. “ Or zina Exod. 2. 2. and 6. 20. Ebr. 5. 5 a That is to serue in the 〈◊〉 holy place and to consecrate the holy things b Thei were but of the ordre of the Deuites and not of the Priests as Aarons sonnes Exod. 2 〈◊〉 18 c The Scripture vseth to call 〈◊〉 or the first borne althogh he be alone there be noneborne after Matt 1 25. d Meaning their cousins e 〈◊〉 did chose the Leuits 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 at the age of 〈◊〉 as 〈◊〉 3 againe afterWarde at 〈◊〉 as the necessitie of the office did require at the be
from him f He that is merci ful and liberal Eccle. 31. 28. g He sheweth that prīces 〈◊〉 vse their familia ritie whose conscience is good and their talke wise and godlie h Fauour them that loue knowledge i He 〈◊〉 thē that 〈◊〉 excuses because they wolde not do their duetie k So God punisheth one sinne by another whē he suffreth the wicked to fal into the acquaintā ce of an harlot i He is naturally giuen vnto it m He sheweth what the end of wisdome is to wit to direct vs to the Lord. n That is sundrie times “ Ebr. in the 〈◊〉 Chap. 23 11. o Haue not to do with him that is not able to rule his affections for he wolde hurt thee by his euil 〈◊〉 p VVhich rashely put thē selues in dāger for others as Chap. 6 1. Deu 27. 17. Chap 23 〈◊〉 a Eat with sobrie tie b 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ap 〈◊〉 as it were by force and vio lence c For oft times the 〈◊〉 when they bid 〈◊〉 in 〈◊〉 to their tables it is not for the loue they bear them but for their owne secret purposes d Bestowe not the 〈◊〉 that God hathe giuen 〈◊〉 to get wordelie 〈◊〉 e That is couetous as contrarie a good eye is taken for liberal as Chap. 22 9. f He wil not cease til he hathe done thee some harme his flattering wordes shal come to no vse Deut 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Chap. 22 〈◊〉 Chap. 22 23. Chap. 〈◊〉 24. 19 18. Eccl. 30 〈◊〉 g That is from de 〈◊〉 Psal. 37 〈◊〉 Chap 24 1 h The 〈◊〉 of the wicked shal not continue i In the obseruation of Gods cōmandements “ Ebr. wine 〈◊〉 “ Ebr. deuourers of flesh k Spare no cost for trueths sake nether 〈◊〉 from it for anie gaine l Giue thy self wholly to wisdome Chap. 22 14. m She seduceth manie 〈◊〉 them to offend God Chap. 7 8. n Which by are make wine 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 more pleasant o That is dronkē nes shal bring thee to whoredome p In such greatdā ger shalt thou 〈◊〉 q Thogh drōkennes make them more insensible then 〈◊〉 yet can they not refraine Psal 37 1. Chap. 23. 17. Chap. 20 18. a In the place where wisdome 〈◊〉 be shewed b Man hathe no tryal of his strength til he be in troubles c None can be ex cused if he helpe not the innocent when he is in dāger d As honie is swete 〈◊〉 to the tast so wis dome is to the soule Or rewarde e He is subiect to manie 〈◊〉 but God deliuereth him f To be auenged on thee Psal. 37 〈◊〉 chap. 〈◊〉 17. Chap. 13 9. g Meaning other of the wicked sedicious as vers 19 and 21 or of them that feare not God nor obey their King Ebr. to knowe the face Chap. 〈◊〉 15. Isa. 5 23. h Be sure of the meanes how to compasse it before thou take anie enterprise in hand Chap. 〈◊〉 22. i He sheweth what is the natu re of the 〈◊〉 to reuenge wrōg for wrong k That I might 〈◊〉 by another mans faute l Read Chap. 16 〈◊〉 a Whome 〈◊〉 appointed for this purpose b That is gathered cut of diuers bokes of Salomō c God doeth not reueile the cause of his iudgemēts to man d Because the King 〈◊〉 by the 〈◊〉 reueiled worde of God the cause of his doings must appeare and therefore he must vse diligence in trying 〈◊〉 of causes e He sheweth that it is to hard for man to 〈◊〉 to the reason of all the secret doings of the King euen when bets vpright and doeth his 〈◊〉 f When vice is re moued from a King he is a mere vessel for the Lords vse g It is not 〈◊〉 nough that he be pure him self but that he put away others that be cor rupted h Lest where as thou thinkest by this meanes to ha ue an end of the matter it put thee to farther trouble Luk 14 10. i In the time of great heat when men desire colde k Which haue an outward appearance and are no thing within l By not ministring occasion to prouoke him far ther. m That is the heart that is bene to angre as Chap 15 1. n Vse moderatly the pleasures of this worlde o Which melteeth it and 〈◊〉 hit “ Or alume Roma 12. 19. p Thou shalt as it were by force ouercome hym in so muche that his owne consciē ce shal moue him to acknowledge thy benefites ād his heart shal be inflamed Chap. 21. 9. Eccle. 3. 〈◊〉 q And so is in ex treme danger a Consent not vn to hym in hys doings b Reproue hym as the matter requireth †Ebr. eyes c To wit of the messenger whō he sendeth d That is receyueth domage thereby e VVhereby he bothe hurteth hym selfe and others f Meaning God 2. Pet. 2 22. g For the foole will rather be counseled then he also the foole sinneth of ignorance and the other of malice h Read Chap. 22. 13. Chap. 19. 24. i VVhiche dissem bleth him self to be that he is not Eccle. 38. 12. Chap. 18 8. k They wil sone breake our and vtter thē selues l Meanyng manie the vseth the nomber certeine for the 〈◊〉 m In the assemblie of the godlie Eccle. 10. 8. Eccle. 27. 30. a Delave not the time but take oc casion when it is offred Eccle. 22. 18. b For the enuious are obstinate and can not be reconciled c They are slatteryng and seme friendfull Iob. 6. 6. d Trust not to anie worldlie hel pe in the daye of thy trouble e Read Chap. 22. 3. Chap. 20. 16. †Ebr. 〈◊〉 f Hastelye and without cause Chap. 19. 20. and 21 9. g One hastie mā 〈◊〉 another to 〈◊〉 h There is no dif ference betwene 〈◊〉 and man by 〈◊〉 but 〈◊〉 the grace of God maketh the 〈◊〉 Eccle. 14. 9. Chap. 17. 3. i That is he is 〈◊〉 knowen 〈◊〉 be ambitious ād glorious or hum ble and modest k This declareth the 〈◊〉 goodnes of God towardes man and the 〈◊〉 that 〈◊〉 requireth of hym for the preseruation of hys giftes a Because their owne conscience accuseth them b The 〈◊〉 of the commune weale is often 〈◊〉 changed Chap. 19. 1. c For God will take awaye the wicked 〈◊〉 giue his goods to him that shall beslowe them wel d Because it is not of faith whi che is grounded of Gods worde or Lawe whiche the wicked 〈◊〉 e And iudge that he is not wise Chap. 29. 2. f He is knowen by his doings to be wicked g VVhiche standeth in awe of God ād is afraid to offend him h For he can neuer be satisfied but euer oppresseth and spoileth i None shal be able to deliuer 〈◊〉 Chap. 12 11. Eccle. 20. 30. Chap. 13. 11. and 20. 21. k He wil be abu sed for nothing l Meanyng hym that is couetous m Shall haue all thynges in abun dance Chap. 29. 2. “ Or are increased Chap. 28. 12. and 28.
declared b which I wil de clare toward you and powre into your hearts by my Spi it c Vndet the Sabbath he comprehendeth the who le seruice of God true religion d Let none thinke him self vnmete to receiue the graces of the Lord for the Lord wil take awaye all impediments and wil forsake none which wil kepe his true religion beleue in him e Meaning in his Church f They shal be cal led after my people and be of the same religion yea vnder Christ the dignitie of the faithful shal be greater then the Iewes were at that time g Hereby he mea neth the spiritual seruice of God to whome the faith ful offer cōtinual thā kesgiuing yea thē selues and all that they haue as a liuely and acceptable sacrifice h Not onely for the Iewes but for all others Matt. 21. 13 k He sheweth that his affliction shall come through the faure of the gouernours Prophetes and pastors Whose ignorance negligence 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 prouoked Gods wrath against them i Meaning the enemies of the Church as the Ba bylonians 〈◊〉 c. thus he speaketh to feare the hypocrites to assure the faith fel that Whē this cometh thei may knowe it was tol de them before l We are wel yet and 〈◊〉 shal be better therefore let vs not feare the plagues before they come thus the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the admonitions and exhottations which were made them in the Name of God a From the plague that is 〈◊〉 hād and also because God wil punish the wicked b The soule of the 〈◊〉 shal be in ioye their bodie shal rest in the graue vn o the time of the resurrection because thei walked before the Lord. c He threatneth the Wicked hypo crites who vnder the precence of the name of Gods people decided Gods worde and his promises boa sting ' openly that thei were the chil dren of Abraham but because they were not faithful and obedient as Abraham was he calleth thē baslards and the children of forceters which forso ke God and fled to wicked meanes for succour d Read Leui. 18. 21 2 e Meaning euerie place was pol luted with their idolatrie or euerie faire stone that they founde thei made an ido le of it f In the sacrifices which you offeig before these idoles thoght you did serue God g To wit thine 〈◊〉 in open pla ce like an impudent harlot that carethnot for the sight of her housband h In stead of setting vp the worde of God in the opē places on the postes and dores to haue it in remem branc eut 6. 9. 27. 1. thou hast set vp signes and markes of thine idolatrie in euerie place i That is didest increase tnineido latrie more and more k Thou didest seke the fauour of the 〈◊〉 by giftes and preséts to helpe thee against the Egyptiās and when thei failed thousough test to the Babyloniās and more and more didest to ment thy self 2. Kin 123 10. l Althogh that fallest all thv labours to bein vai ne yet woldest thou neuer acknowledge thy fautes leaue of m He 〈◊〉 their vnprofirable 〈◊〉 which thoght to haue made all sure and yet were deceiued n Broken promes with me o Meaning that the wicked abuse Gods leuitie and growe to farther wichednes p That is thy naughtines Idolatries and impiecies which the wicked call Gods 〈◊〉 he derideth their obslinacie q Meaning the 〈◊〉 and other whose helpe thei loked for r God shal say to Darius and Cyrus s I wil not vse my power against 〈◊〉 man whose life is but a blast t That is for the vices and faures of the people which is ment hereby couetousnes u Thogh thei were ob stinat yet I did not with draw my mercie from them x That is I frame the speac e and wordes of my messengers which shal bring peace y As wel to him that is in 〈◊〉 as to him that remaineth at home z Their euil conscience doeth euer torment them and therefore they can neuer haue rest read Chap 48. 22. a The Lord thue speaketh to the Prophet willing him to vse all diligence and seueretie to rebuke the hypocrites b They wil seme to worship me and haue 〈◊〉 holines c He seeteth forthe the 〈◊〉 disdaine of the 〈◊〉 which grudge against God if their wor kes be not accepted d Thus he conninceth the hypo ctites by the secōde table and by their duetie tow ward their neigh bour that ther ha ue nether faith nor 〈◊〉 e So long as you vse contencion and oppression your fasting and praier shal not be heard f That you leaue of all your 〈◊〉 sions g For in him thou seest thy self as in a glasse h That is the pro sperous estate where with God wil blesse thee i The testimonie of thy goodnes shal appeare before God man k Whereby is ment all maner of iniurie l That is haue compassion ou their miseries m Thine aduersi rie shal be turned into prosperitie n Signifying that of the Iewes shulde come suche as shuld buvl de againe the rui nes of Ierusalem and Iudea but chiefly this is ment of the spiritual Ierusalem whose buylders were the Apostles o If thou refiaine thy self from thy wicked workes Nomb. 11. 23. Chap. 50. 20 Iere. 5. 25. a Read Chap. 1. 15 b All men winke at the 〈◊〉 oppressions and none go about to remedie them c According to their wicked deuises they hurt their neighbours d Whatsoeuer cometh from thē is poyson and bringeth death e Thei are profitable to no purpose f That is Gods vengeance to punish our enemies g Gods 〈◊〉 to defend vs. h We are altoge ther destitute of counsel and can finde no end of our miseries i We expresse our sorowes by outwarde signes some more some lesse k This confeisiō is general to the Church to obteine remission of sinnes and the Prophetes did not exempt them selues from the same l To wit against ourneighbours m There is nether iustice nor vp rightnes among men n The wicked wil destroye him o Meaning to do iustice and to remediethe 〈◊〉 that were so far out of order p That is his Churche or his ar me did helpe it self and did not seke aide of any other q Signifying that God hathe all meanes at hand to deliuer his Church and to punish their ene 〈◊〉 r To wit your enemies which dwel in diuers places and beyon de the sea s He sheweth that there shal be great affliction in the Church but God wil 〈◊〉 deliuer his t Whereby he de clareth that the true deliuerance from and Satan belongeth to none but to the chil dren of God whome he 〈◊〉 u Because the do ctrine is made profitable by the vertue of the Spirit he 〈◊〉 the one with the other promiseth to giue them bothe to his Church 〈◊〉 euer a The time 〈◊〉 thy prosperitie and 〈◊〉 where as speaking of Babylon he
as he might streight way condemne thē but sheweth them by euident examples their great ingratitude that they might be ashamed and repent Psal 78. 58. 106. 38 o Meanig thegre cians and Italiās p Vnto Arabia q That is God which is their glo rie and who maketh thē glorious aboue all other people reprouing the Iewes that they were lesse diligent to serue the true God then 〈◊〉 the ido laters to honour their vanities r Meaning the idoles which were their destruction Psal 106. 36. s He sheweth that the incensible creatures 〈◊〉 this vile ingratitude and as it were tremble for feare of Gods great iudgments against the same t Signifying that when men forsake Gods Worde which is the fountaine of life they reiect God him self and to fall to their owne inuencions and vaine confidence and procure to themselues destruction 〈◊〉 28. zach to 2. u Haue 〈◊〉 ordered them like seruants and not like dereliebeloued children Exod. 4 22 therefore it is their faut onely if the enemie spoile them x The Baby lonians Chaldeans and Assyrians y Not one shal be left to dwell there a Haue grieuously vexed thee an sondde times b Shewing that God wolde haue slilled them aright if thei wolde haue followed him c To seke helpe of mā as thogh God were notable ynough to defence thee which is to drinke of the puddels and to leaue the foun traine read Isa. Isa. 31. 1. d To wit Euphrates e Meaning that the wicked are insensible til the punishment for their sinne weaken them as verse 26 Isa 3. 9. f VVhen I deliuered the out of Egvpt Deut 27. 12 iosh. 24. 16. ezra 10 12. 〈◊〉 7. 8. †Ebr sede was all true g Though thou vse all the purifications and ceremonies of the Law thou canst not 〈◊〉 punishment except thou turne to me by faith and repentance That is the Egyptians for these were two great cities in Egypt h Meaning that hypocrites denie that thei Worship the idols but that they honour God in them and therfore they call their doings Gods seruice i He compareth the idoles to 〈◊〉 beastes because they neuer 〈◊〉 running to 〈◊〉 for bothe 〈◊〉 and hils are full of their idolatrie k He compareth the idolaters to a Wilde asse for she can neuer be tamed nor yet wea ried for as she rūneth she can take her 〈◊〉 at euerie occasion l That is Whē he is With fole and therfore the hunters Waite theyr time so thogh thou 〈◊〉 not be turned back now from thine idolatrie yet When thine iniquitie shal be at the full God Will mete With thee m Hereby he Warneth thē that they shuld not go into strange countreis to seke helpe for they shulde but spend their labour and hurt them selues Which is here ment by the bare fote and thirst Isa. 57. 10. n As a thefe Will not a knowledge his faute til he be taken With the dede and ready to be punished so thei Will not confesse their 〈◊〉 til the plagues due to the same light vpon them o Meaning that idolaters spoyle God of his honour and Where as he hathe taught to call him the father of all fleshe they attribute this title to their idoles p Thou thoghtest 〈◊〉 thy Gods of blockes stones colde haue holpen thee because they Were many in nō ber and present in euerye 〈◊〉 but now let vs se Whe ther ether the mul 〈◊〉 or their presence can deliuer thee from my plague Chap. 11. 13. q As thogh I did you iniurie in punishing you seing that your fautes are so euident r That is you haue killed your Prophetes that exhorted you to repentance as zechariah Isaiah c. s Haue I not giuen thē abundance of all things t But Wil crust in our owne power policie u VVith strāgers x The Prophets the faithful are slaine in euery corner of your countrey y For the Assyrians had taken away the ten tribes 〈◊〉 of Israel and destroyed Iuda euen vnto Ierusalém and the 〈◊〉 slewe 〈◊〉 and vexed the Iewes in 〈◊〉 sortes z In signe of lamentacion a 2. Sam. 13. 19. a According as i it is Writen Deut 24. 4. b If he take such one to Wife again c That is With idoles With 〈◊〉 Whome thou 〈◊〉 put thy cōfidēce 〈◊〉 d And I Will not cast thee of 〈◊〉 ceiue thee accor dīg to thy mercie e Which dwelleth in tents Waiteth for thē that passe by to spoyle them f As God threatened by his Law 〈◊〉 Deut. 28. 24. g Thou 〈◊〉 neuer be 〈◊〉 of thine actes and repent this im pudencie it 〈◊〉 ne to idolaters Whiche Will not giue of thogh thei be neuer so manifestly conuicted h He sheweth that the Wicked in their 〈◊〉 Wil crve vnto God vse ourward praier as the godly do but because they turne not from their euil they are not heard Is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 i Meaning the ten tribes k And gaue her vnto the hands of the Assyrians l The Ebrew Wor 〈◊〉 may ether signi fie lightnes and Wātōnes or noise and 〈◊〉 m Iudah fayned for a time as that she did returne as vnder Iosiah and other good Kings but she Was neuer truely touched or Wholy reformed as 〈◊〉 When occasion Was offred by any Wicked prince n Israél hathe not declared her 〈◊〉 so Wicked as Iudah Whiche yet hathe had more admonicions and examples to call her to 〈◊〉 o VVhere as 〈◊〉 Israelites Were now kepe in captiuitie by the Assyrians to Whome hepromi seth mercie if 〈◊〉 wil repent p There Was no Way Which thou didest not hante to seke after 〈◊〉 idoles and to 〈◊〉 a pilgrimage q This is to be vn 〈◊〉 of the cō ming of Christ for then they shal not seke the Lord by ceremonies all figures shal cease r Meaning the Church where the Lord wil be present to the worldes end Mat. 28. 20 s VVhere they are now in captiuitie t The Ebrewe word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 friend or cōpaniō and here maye be taken for a housband as it is vsed also Hoseah 3. 1. u Signifying that God whome thei had forsakē wold bring their ennemies vpon them who shulde 〈◊〉 them 〈◊〉 and make them to cry and lament x This is spoken in the persone of Israél to the 〈◊〉 of Iudah whiche staied so long to turne vnto God y For their idolatrie Gods 〈◊〉 hath light vpon them and theirs z They iustifie not them 〈◊〉 or say that they wolde followe their 〈◊〉 but condēne their 〈◊〉 doings and desire forgiuenes of the same 1. Ezra 9. 7. as Psal. 〈◊〉 6. 〈◊〉 69. 6. a That is wholy and without hypocrisie 〈◊〉 2. 〈◊〉 not dissembling to turne and serue God as they do which serue him 〈◊〉 halues as Hos. 7. 16. b Thou shalt detest the name of idoles Psal. 16. 4. and shalt with re uerence sweare by thelyuing GOD when thine othe may aduāce Gods glorie and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and here by 〈◊〉 he meaneth the
after was taken the Priests 〈◊〉 and the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 serably disconfired 1. 〈◊〉 4. 11. Cha. 26 6. c That is I neuer ceased to warne you as Isa. 〈◊〉 2. pro uer 1. 23. f He sheweth what is the 〈◊〉 to redresse our 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 God to 〈◊〉 vs into the Way and to obey his calling Isa. 66 4. g I wil send you into 〈◊〉 as I haue done Ephrim that is the 〈◊〉 h To assure 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 God had determined with him self to punish their wickednes he she weth that the prayers of the golie can nothing 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 they remaine in their obstin cie against God wil not vse the meanes that he vseth to call thē to 〈◊〉 tance Chap. 11. 14. 14 11. i That is thei 〈◊〉 fice to the funne mone and starres which thei 〈◊〉 the Quene of heauen Chap. 44 17. 2 king 23. 〈◊〉 k Shewing that 〈◊〉 was not his chief purpose and 〈◊〉 that thei shulde of 〈◊〉 sacrifices but that thei shuld regarde wherefore thei were ordeined to wit to be ioyned to the wor de as seales 〈◊〉 firmatiōs of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ofsins in 〈◊〉 for without 〈◊〉 Worde thei 〈◊〉 vaine and 〈◊〉 table l which was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 hun dreth yeres m Read vers 13. n VVhereby he sheweth that the pastours oght not to leaue their 〈◊〉 kes in their 〈◊〉 for the Lord wil vse the meanes of his 〈◊〉 to make the wicked more 〈◊〉 and to proue his o In signe of mour ning as Iob. 1 20. 〈◊〉 1. 16. p Against whome he had iuste occasiō to powre out his wrath q Of Topheth Read 2 King 23. 0. r But commanded the 〈◊〉 as 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 20. 〈◊〉 deu 〈◊〉 20. 〈◊〉 26. 〈◊〉 a The enemie for gredines of gaine shal risie your 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and laye you 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which in your 〈◊〉 you worshiped to 〈◊〉 they can helpe you b Because of the afflictiōs that thei shal fele through Gods iudgements c Is there no hope that thei wil 〈◊〉 re d They are ful of 〈◊〉 and euerye one 〈◊〉 his owne fan 〈◊〉 without any consideration e He accuseth thē in that they 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ignorāt of Gods iudgements then these birdes are of their appointed seasons to discerne the col 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 as 〈◊〉 1. 1. 3. f The Lawe doeth not profite you 〈◊〉 it to ha ue bene writē for ought that you ha ue learned by it g They that seme wise may be asha med of their igno rance for all wisdome cōsisteth in Gods worde Isa. 〈◊〉 11. chap 〈◊〉 31 and 6. 13. h Read Chap. 6. 14 i He speaketh in the pe sone of the people who whē the 〈◊〉 wil runne about to hide them selues acknowled ge that it is Gods hand k That is hathe broght vs into extreme affliction thus they shal not attribute this plague to fortune but to Gods iust iudgement Chap. 9. 15 21. 15. Chap. 14. 19 l Read Chap 4. 15. m God threateneth to send the 〈◊〉 among them who shal vtterly destroye them in su the sorte as by no meanes they shal escape n Read Chap. 4. 19 o 〈◊〉 the Lord speaketh p The people wonder that they haue so long time loked for succour in vaine q The Prophet speaketh this r Meaning that no mans helpe or meanes colde saue them for in Gilead was precious balme Chap. 45. 11. or els deriding the vaine confidence of the people who loked for helpe at their Priests who shulde haue bene the phisitions of their sou les and dwelt at Gilead Hose 6. 8. a The Prophet sheweth the great compassion that he had toward this people seing 〈◊〉 he cold neuer sufficiently lament the 〈◊〉 ction that he saw to hang ouer thē VVhich is a special note to discer ne the true pastours from the 〈◊〉 read chap. 4. 19 b He sheweth that this 〈◊〉 mo requietnes and greater safety for him to dwell among the wilde beastes then amōg this wicked 〈◊〉 saue that God hathe ioyned him this charge c 〈◊〉 turned from God d To belye selā der their neighbours e Meaning the all were corrupt none colde finde an honest man f They haueso practised deceit that thei can not forsake it g They had rather 〈◊〉 God then leaue their wicked trade h VVith the fyre of affliction Psal. 28. 3 120 4 i Signifying that all the places about Ierusalem shulde be destroyed k Meaning that are all without sense and vnderstanding and that God hathe taken his Spirit from them l He sheweth that the children can not excuse them selues by their fathers 〈◊〉 for bothe father and childe if they be wicked shal perish m Read Chap. 8. 14. n Seing you can not 〈◊〉 your owne sinnes call for those foolish women whome of a superstition you haue to lamēt for the dead that they by their fained teares may prouoke you to some sorow o As thogh 〈◊〉 weare 〈◊〉 of vs because of our 〈◊〉 Leu. 18 28. 20. 22. p He derideth the superstition of the women which made an arte of mourning and taught to wepe with fained teares q Signifying that there is no meanes to deliuer the wicked frō Gods iudgements but when thei thinke to be moste sure and moste faire of then are they sonest taken r Forasmuche as nonecan sauehim selfe by his owne labour or 〈◊〉 worldelie 〈◊〉 he sheweth that it is in vaine to put 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 therein but that we trust in the Lord and reioyce in him who onely can deliuer vs. 1. Cor. 1. 31. 2. 〈◊〉 10. 17. s These thre pointes are necessarie to knowe ari 〈◊〉 his mercie 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 our saluation his iudgement which he executeth continually against the wicked and his iustice whereby defendeth and mainteineth 〈◊〉 faithful t Meaning bothe Iewes and 〈◊〉 Is as in the next verse he sheweth the cause read Cl. ap 〈◊〉 a God for biddeth his people to giue creditor feare the constellations coniunctions of 〈◊〉 planets which haue no power of them selues but are gouerned by him their secret motions and influen ces are notknowē to man and there fore there can be no certaine iudge ment thereof 〈◊〉 18 9. b Meaning not onely in the obseruation of the starres but their laws and ceremo nies whereby they confirme their idolatrie which is forbiden Deut. 12. 30. c The prophetes vse thus plainely and simply to set forthe the vile ab surditie of the ido larers that men might learne to beashamed of that whereunto their corrupt nature is moste subiectread Isa. 44 12. d He reacheth the people to life vp their eves to God who hathe all power and there fore ought onely to be feared and herein he shewe them not onely the euil that they ought to eschew but the good which they ought to follow Reuel 15. 4. e Because the peo ple thoght that to haue images was a meane to serue God and to bring them to the knowledge of him he sheweth that nothing
q Meaning the Cal deans and other infidels which thoght God had vtterly cast of Iudah and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Beniamin because he did correct them for a time for their amende ment a VVho 〈◊〉 of Ieremiáh was called 〈◊〉 and of others 〈◊〉 2. Chr. 36. 19. Chap. 29. 〈◊〉 and 23. 3. b Not of any violent death c The Iewes shal 〈◊〉 for thee 〈◊〉 lord King d VVhen the enemie was at hand and thei 〈◊〉 we thē selues in danger thei wolde seme holy and so began some kinde of reformation but sone after they 〈◊〉 their hypocrisie e According to the Lawe Exod. 21. 2. 〈◊〉 13. Ebr. returned †Or bondage Deut. 15. 1. f Meaning in the Temple to declare that it was a most solemne and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 made 〈◊〉 the Name of the Lord. g That is I 〈◊〉 the sworde libertie to destroy 〈◊〉 h As touching 〈◊〉 maner of solemne couenant whiche the Ancient vsed by passing betwene 〈◊〉 two partes of abeast to 〈◊〉 that the 〈◊〉 of the same couenāt shul de be so diuided in pieces read 〈◊〉 15. 10. i To 〈◊〉 against the Egyptians 〈◊〉 Chap. 37. 11. a For the 〈◊〉 and order of these prophecies 〈◊〉 Chap. 27. 〈◊〉 b Thei came of Hobà b Moses father in law who was no 〈◊〉 but after 〈◊〉 with them in the seruice of God c That is a Prophete “ 〈◊〉 dore d The Prophet saith not The Lord saith thus for thē thei ought to haue obeyed but he 〈◊〉 to another end that is to declare their obedience toman seing the Iewes wolde not obey God him selfe e Whome Iehu the King of Israel fauored for his zeale 2. King 10. 15. f Teaching thē hereby to flee 〈◊〉 occasion of intempe rancie ambicion and auarice that thei migh knowe that thei were strā gers in the earth and be ready to de part at all occasiōs g Which was now for the space of threhundreth yeres from 〈◊〉 to Iehoiakim h Which declareth that thei were not so bound to their vowe that it colde not be broken for any necessities for where thei we recommanded to dwell in 〈◊〉 thei dwel now at Ieru salém for feare of the warres i Whome I haue chosen to be my children seing the se whiche were the children of an heathen man obei ed the commande 〈◊〉 of their fathers k I haue most 〈◊〉 exhorted warned you 〈◊〉 by my selfe 〈◊〉 Prophetes Chap. 18. 11 〈◊〉 5. l That is by his Prophets and 〈◊〉 which sheweth that it is as muche as though he shulde speake to vs him selfe when he sendeth his ministers to speake in his 〈◊〉 m His posteritie shall continue and be in my fauour for euer a Read Chap. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 b VVhich were twenty and 〈◊〉 yere as Cha 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from the thirtenth yere of 〈◊〉 reigne c As he did 〈◊〉 d Meaning in 〈◊〉 sō through 〈◊〉 lice of the Priestes e VVhich was pro claimed for feare of the Babyloniās as their custome was when thei 〈◊〉 warre or any great plague of God f He sheweth that fasting without 〈◊〉 repentan ce 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 g These fast was then proclaimed and Baruch 〈◊〉 this roole which was a litle before that Ierusalem was first taken then 〈◊〉 and Daniel and his companions were led away ca 〈◊〉 h VVhich is the East ga te of the of the Temple i The 〈◊〉 were afraid seing God so offended and the wicked were 〈◊〉 for the 〈◊〉 of the punishement k Thei that were godlie among the princes gaue this counsel by whose meanes it is like that Ieremiah was 〈◊〉 for thei knewe the rage of the King and of the wicked to besuche that they colde not escape without danger of their liues l VVhich 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 of December m Shewing that the wicked in stead of repenting when thei heare Gods iudgements grow into farther malice against him his worde n Thus wese the continual 〈◊〉 that God hathe euer ouer his to preserue them from the rage of the wicked o Thogh the wicked thinke to haue abolished the worde of God when they haue burnt the boke thereof yet this de clareth that God wil not onely raise it vp 〈◊〉 but also increase it in greater abun dance to their cōdemnation as p These are Iehoiakims wordes q Thogh Iehoiachin his sonne suc ceded him yet because he reigned thre moneths it was estemed as no reigne vers 32. r Read Chap. 〈◊〉 19. 2. King 24. 17. 〈◊〉 2 Chro. 36. 10. Chap 52. 〈◊〉 a VVho was called Iehoiachin or Ieco niah b And called him zedekiah where as before his name was 〈◊〉 2 King 24. 17. †Ebr. hand c Because he was afraied of the Cal deans that came against him d That is was 〈◊〉 of prison and atii 〈◊〉 e To helpe the Iewes †〈◊〉 went vp †Or list not vp 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 mindes f As somethinke to go to Anathoth his owne towne g By the which men went into the countrey of Beniamin †Ebr. fallest h Because it was a vile and 〈◊〉 prison Chap. 28. 4. †Ebr fall i That is so long as there was any bread in the citiethus God 〈◊〉 deth for his that he wil cause their enemies to 〈◊〉 them to that end whereunto he 〈◊〉 appointed them a For 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 sent these to Ieremiah to inqui re at the Lord for the 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 when Nabuchade 〈◊〉 came as Chap. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 b 〈◊〉 Chap. 21 〈◊〉 “ Or discourageth c 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 when 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 d VVherin he 〈◊〉 uously offended in that that not onely he wolde not heate the 〈◊〉 spoken by the 〈◊〉 but also gaue him to the lusts of the wicked to be cruelly intreated †Ebr. 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 e To heare matters and giue sentence f 〈◊〉 is declared that the Prophet founde 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 at this 〈◊〉 gers hands 〈◊〉 did by all them 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 which was to their great 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 †Ebr. vnder thine hand g VVhere the King had set him before to be at more 〈◊〉 as Chap. 37. 〈◊〉 h And yelde thy self vnto them i VVhiche 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 then the 〈◊〉 of God k VVhē 〈◊〉 and his mother with 〈◊〉 were 〈◊〉 away these women of the 〈◊〉 house were 〈◊〉 which 〈◊〉 takē 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and tell 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 zedekiah 〈◊〉 bene seduced by his 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 whiche haue 〈◊〉 him in the myre l Herein appeareth the 〈◊〉 of the Prophet who did dissemble to saue hys life albeit it was not to the denial of 〈◊〉 doctrine or to the 〈◊〉 of any 2. 〈◊〉 25 〈◊〉 Chap. 53. 4. a The gates and wales were broken dowen b VVhiche was a posterne dore read 2. King 25. 〈◊〉 c VVhiche is called 〈◊〉 in Syria “ Or captaines of the garde d For the riche and the 〈◊〉 which
it p Bothe the Iewes and 〈◊〉 shal be gathered into 〈◊〉 q All the worlde shal know that I haue 〈◊〉 dow ne the 〈◊〉 enemies and set vp my Church which was lowe and 〈◊〉 a The people 〈◊〉 at the 〈◊〉 of the Lord and therefore vsed this pro 〈◊〉 meaning that their fathers had sinned and their 〈◊〉 were 〈◊〉 for their 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 31 〈◊〉 b I she 〈◊〉 not 〈◊〉 of the flesh 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 bene 〈◊〉 vp to idoles to 〈◊〉 thē thereby †Ebr. come 〈◊〉 Leui. 20 18. Isa 58 7. Matt. 25 35. Exod. 22. 〈◊〉 Leu. 25. 37. Deut. 23. 〈◊〉 Psal. 15. 〈◊〉 “ Or a 〈◊〉 man c He 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the sonne is puni shed for his fathers 〈◊〉 that is 〈◊〉 he be wicked as his father was and 〈◊〉 not 〈◊〉 pent he shal be pu nished as 〈◊〉 father was or 〈◊〉 not Deu. 24 16. 2. King 4 6. 2. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 4. d He 〈◊〉 the obseruation of the commandements with 〈◊〉 for none cā repent in dede except he 〈◊〉 to kepe 〈◊〉 Law “ Or not layed 〈◊〉 his charge e That is in the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which declare that God doeth 〈◊〉 him f He speake 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 rather is 〈◊〉 to pardon thē to pu 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 his long 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 God in his 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 appointed the death and damnation of the 〈◊〉 yet the end of his counsel was not their 〈◊〉 only 〈◊〉 chiefly his owne glorie And also because de 〈◊〉 not 〈◊〉 sinne therfore it is here said that he wolde 〈◊〉 them to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from it 〈◊〉 thei 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 “ Or 〈◊〉 that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and liue g That is the 〈◊〉 opinion that the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ha ue of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 h In punishing the father with the children i He 〈◊〉 that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 not 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 til 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which is onely the worke of 〈◊〉 a That is 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 who for their 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 are compared vn to 〈◊〉 b To 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 c 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 King of Egypt 2. King 21. 33. d Which 〈◊〉 Iehoiakim e He 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 God and 〈◊〉 their 〈◊〉 f 〈◊〉 with great armie 〈◊〉 was gathered of 〈◊〉 nations g He speaketh this in the reproche of this wicked King in who se blood that is in the race of his predecessors 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shuld haue bene blessed acco ding to Gods promes and 〈◊〉 sned as a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 h Meaning that the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 them as the East winde doeth the frute of the vine i Destruction is come by 〈◊〉 who was the occasion of this 〈◊〉 a Of the captiuitie of 〈◊〉 b This 〈◊〉 the great 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 of God whiche calleth sinners to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he condemne 〈◊〉 c I sware 〈◊〉 I wolde be 〈◊〉 God which maner of the was 〈◊〉 from all 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 life vp their 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 acknowledging God to 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 and the defender thereof and also the 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that he shul 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 led anie thing which 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to be 〈◊〉 d God had forbidden them 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 23. 〈◊〉 psal 〈◊〉 e 〈◊〉 thing de 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Gods 〈◊〉 by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 senses f God had euer this respect to his glorie that he 〈◊〉 not haue his Name 〈◊〉 spoken of among the Gentiles for the 〈◊〉 that his people 〈◊〉 inconfidence whereof the 〈◊〉 euer 〈◊〉 as Exod. 〈◊〉 12. Nomb. 14. 13. Leui 18. 6. Nomb. 10 〈◊〉 Galat 3. 12. Exod. 20. 8. and 31. 〈◊〉 Deut. 5. 〈◊〉 Nomb. 14. 〈◊〉 and 26. 〈◊〉 g Who might thereby take an occasion to blaspheme my Name and 〈◊〉 accuse me of lacke of abilitie or els that I had soght a meanes to destroy them more commodiousty h That 〈◊〉 my true religion which I had commāded them and gaue them 〈◊〉 to serue me accor ding to their 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 i Whereby the holy Gost confuteth them that saie that thei wil follow the religion and example of their fathers and not measure their doings by Gods worde whether their be approua ble thereby or no. k Meaning that thei set their delite vpon them l Because thei 〈◊〉 not obei my Lawes I gaue them vp to 〈◊〉 selues that 〈◊〉 shulde obey their owne 〈◊〉 as ver 39. Rom. 1. 21. m I condemned those things and counted them as abominable which they thoght had bene excellent and to haue 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 zeale Luk. 16. 15. for that which God required as moste excellent that gaue they to their idoles n 〈◊〉 onely in the wildernes when I broght 〈◊〉 out of Egypt but 〈◊〉 I placed them in 〈◊〉 land 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 how prompt más 〈◊〉 is to idolatrie seing that by no admonitions he can be drawē backe o Which 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 place 〈◊〉 that they vanted them s lues of their ido 〈◊〉 and were not ashamed 〈◊〉 thogh God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 expressely that they shuld haue no 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 vp on 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 staires 〈◊〉 20. 26. †Ebr. in the 〈◊〉 p He sheweth 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 they 〈◊〉 not 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of his 〈◊〉 q He 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 man of 〈◊〉 is wholy 〈◊〉 God and to his owne saluation and therefore God cal 〈◊〉 him to the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by 〈◊〉 but chiefly by his 〈◊〉 in 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 kednes r I wil 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 na 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 into a 〈◊〉 and there wil visit you and so call you 〈◊〉 and thē bring the god 〈◊〉 home agai ne Isa. 65. 9. s Signifying that he wil not 〈◊〉 the corne with the chaffe but chuse 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 wicked to punish them when he wil spare his t This is spoken to the hypocrites u You 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shal conuict you 〈◊〉 that you haue felt my mercies x For 〈◊〉 sto de South from Babylon y Bothe 〈◊〉 and weake in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 z The people said 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 spake 〈◊〉 therefore he desireth the Lord to giue thē a plaine 〈◊〉 hereof a Speake sensibly that all may vnderstand b That is suche which seme to haue an outward shew of righteousnes by obseruation of the ceremonies of the Law c Meaning through all the land d As thogh thou were in 〈◊〉 anguish e Because of the great 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 of the Caldeans f And so cause a feare g Meaning the sceptre she wing that it wil not spare the King who shulde be as the sonne of God and in his place h That is the rest of the people i To Wit vnto the armie of the Caldeans k Read 〈◊〉 31. 19 l 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 with compas sion thus complaineth fearing the destruction of the kingdome which God had confirmed to Da 〈◊〉 and his 〈◊〉 ritie by promes 〈◊〉 promes God performed althogh here it se meth to mās eye that it shulde
cast of 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 lacke of know 〈◊〉 they are 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 charge 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 others g Meaning the whole bodie of 〈◊〉 people which 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the worde of God h The more I was 〈◊〉 vnto them i To wit the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to eat 〈◊〉 people 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in their 〈◊〉 k Signifying that 〈◊〉 they haue 〈◊〉 together so shal they be 〈◊〉 together l She wing that 〈◊〉 wickednes shal be punished on all 〈◊〉 for thogh they thinke by the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 to haue many 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 be 〈◊〉 of their hope m In 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 selues to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 become like 〈◊〉 beasts n Thus he speaketh by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 calling them his people which 〈◊〉 for their sin nes they were not they soght helpe of stockes and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 3. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 7. o They are 〈◊〉 away with a rage p Because they take away Gods 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 there 〈◊〉 he wil 〈◊〉 them vp to 〈◊〉 lustes that they shal 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 owne 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Rom 1. 28. q I wil not correct your shame to bring you to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 headlong to 〈◊〉 owne 〈◊〉 r God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 them to learne by their example 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 time s For 〈◊〉 the Lord had 〈◊〉 this place in time past by his 〈◊〉 yet because it was 〈◊〉 by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he wolde not that his people 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 t He calleth 〈◊〉 that is the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 God 〈◊〉 that is the house of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of their 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 vp there 〈◊〉 that no place is 〈◊〉 where God is not purely 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 u God wil so disperse them that they shal not 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 anie 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 x 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 so 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 bribes that they wil commandement 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 them vnto them y To 〈◊〉 them suddenly away a The Priests and princes catched the poore people in their snares as the 〈◊〉 did the birds in these two high mountaines b Not withstanding they semed 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 giuen 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which here he calleth slaughter in 〈◊〉 c Thogh I 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 them con 〈◊〉 by my 〈◊〉 d They boasted 〈◊〉 selues not onely to be 〈◊〉 but also Ephra mites becau se 〈◊〉 King 〈◊〉 came of that tribe e Meaning their 〈◊〉 of all admonitions f That is their children are degenerat so that there is no hope in them g Ther destructiō is not 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 h That is all Israél comprehended vnder 〈◊〉 parte signifying that the Lords plagues shulde 〈◊〉 thē from place to place 〈◊〉 they 〈◊〉 destroyed i By the successe thei shal knowe that I haue 〈◊〉 determined this k Thei haue 〈◊〉 vp side dow ne all political or der and 〈◊〉 of religion l To wit after King 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 did not rather follow God m In stead of seking for 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Gods 〈◊〉 n Who was King of the 〈◊〉 a He 〈◊〉 the people howe they ought to turne to the Lord that he might call backe his pla gues b Thogh he corrected vs from 〈◊〉 to time yet his helpe wil not be 〈◊〉 of if we returne to him c You seme to haue a certeine holines and 〈◊〉 but it is vpon the sudden and as a morning cloude d I haue 〈◊〉 laboured by thy Prophetes and as it were framed you to bring amendement but all was in vaine for my worde was not meat to fede them but a sworde to stay them e My doctrine which I taught thee was moste euident f He sheweth to what scope his doctrine tended that they shulde Ioyne the obedience of God the loue of their neighbour with out warde sacrifice g That is like light and weake persones h Which was the place where the Priests dwelt and which shulde haue bene best instructed in my worde i That is doeth imitate thine 〈◊〉 and hathe taken graffes of thy trees a Meaning that there was no one kinde of vice among them but that they were subiect to all wickednes bothe secret and open b Thei esteme their wicked King Ieroboam aboue God and seke but how to flatter and please him c He compareth the 〈◊〉 of the people to a 〈◊〉 ouen which the baker heateth stil til his dowe be leauened and 〈◊〉 d They vsed all riot and excesse in their feasts and solēnites whereby their King was ouercome with surfet and broght into diseases and delited in flatteries e By their occasion God hathe depriued them of all good rulers f That is he conterfaiteth the religion of the Gen tiles 〈◊〉 is but as a cake baked on the one side and 〈◊〉 the other that is nether through 〈◊〉 not through cold but partly a Iewe and partely a Gentil g Which are a token of his maniefolde 〈◊〉 h That is without all iudgemēt as they that can not tel whether it is better to clea ue onely to God or to seke the helpe of a man i According to my curses made to the whole con gregation of Israél k That is diuers times redemed them and deliuered them from death l When they were in affliction and cryed out for paine they soght not vnto me for helpe m They onely 〈◊〉 their owne comoditie and welth and passe not for me their God n Because they boast of their owne strength and passe 〈◊〉 what they speake against me and my seruants * Psal. 73. 9. a God incourageth the Propheto signifie the spe die coming of the enemie against Is rael which was once the people of God b They shal crye like hypocrites but not from the heart as their dedes declare c That is Ierobo ám by whome they soght their owne libertie not to obey my wil. d That is vpright iudgement and godlie life e Meaning the calfe was inuented by them selues and of their fathers in the wildernes f Shewing that their religion hathe but a shewe and in it self 〈◊〉 but vanitie g They neuer cease but runne to and 〈◊〉 to seke helpe h That is for the tribute which the King 〈◊〉 the princes shal lay vpon them which meanes the Lord vseth to bring them to re pentance i Thus the idola ters counte the worde of God as strāge in respect of their owne inuentions k Saving that they offer it to the Lord but he accepteth no seruice which he hī self hathe not appointed a For thogh all other people 〈◊〉 escape yet thou 〈◊〉 be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 b 〈◊〉 hast committed 〈◊〉 in hope of 〈◊〉 de to haue thy 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Iere 44 17. 〈◊〉 an harlot 〈◊〉 had 〈◊〉 liue by 〈◊〉 the whole then to be interteined of her owne 〈◊〉 c These 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 things that thou 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 takē from thee d All their doings 〈◊〉 touching 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 reiected as things polluted e The 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 fring which thei offred for them selues f When the Lord shal take away all 〈◊〉 occasions of 〈◊〉 him which shal be the moste 〈◊〉 point of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 when you shal se your selues 〈◊〉
by 〈◊〉 ād speciall promes that whiche els he colde not haue knowen “ Or persone a The worde signifieth a place where one can se nothing “ Or feele b By the vertue and power c He 〈◊〉 of his father power to accōplis h the promes whiche he made to hys Apostles as touching the holie Gost to be sent vnto them 1. Kyng 2. 10. d And therefore 〈◊〉 doeth farre excell Dauid e Christe is the onelye redemer vnto whom all powers are sub iect mustobey Chap. 13. 36. Psal. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 f That is hathe appointed as King and ruler and note that in all thys Sermon Peter speaketh of Christs manhode as bewas dead burved risen and 〈◊〉 to heauen Psal. 15. 10. Chap 13. 55. g He speaketh not here of the forme of baptisme but teacheth that the whole effect therof 〈◊〉 in Iesus Christ. h The visible signes Psal. 110. 1. “ Or protested before God k VVhich standeth in brotherlie loue and liberalitie * Rom 15. 26. * 2. Cor. 9. 13. * Ebr. 13. 16. l Whichwas the ministraciō of the Lords supper * Cha. 4 32. m Not that their goods were mingled all together but suche order was obserued that 〈◊〉 man frank ly relieued anothers 〈◊〉 * Chap. 20. 7. n They did eat together and at these feast did vse to minister the Lords supper * 〈◊〉 Cor. 11. 21. * Iude. 12. “ Or from house to house i Christ is promi sed bothe to the Ie wes and Gentiles but the Iewes haue the first place o VVhereby we se that the Apostles 〈◊〉 not in vaine Or persones a Whichi is with vs thre a clocke afternone whiche was their euening sacrifice at whiche the Apostles were present to teach that the shadowes of the Law were abolyshed by that lambe that toke awaye the sinnes of the worlde b Because his disease was in cura ble he gaue him self to liue of almes c He had the gift of healyng sicknesses d In the vertue of 〈◊〉 for Christ was the autor of this miracle and Peter was the minister e He correcteth the abuse of men who attribute that to mans 〈◊〉 which one ly apperteineth to God Chap. 5. 30. Mat. 27. 20. Mark 15 11. Luke 23. 18. f To wit Barrabbas Iohn 18. 40. g To wit Gods Name whereby it appeareth that they did stri ue against God “ Or in Christ. 1. Peter 1. 21. h He doeth not excuse their malice but because that ignorance a blinde zeale led many he put teth thē in hope of saluation i He meaneth some ād not all k VVhen Iesus shal come to iud ge the world ye i hall know that he wil be your re demer and not your Iudge l VVe therefore beleue constantly that he is in none other place m VVhich is begon and continueth but the ful accomply 〈◊〉 and perfection is differed to the last daye n Of the stocke of Abraham Deut. 18 15. Chap. 7. 37. o Because they came of the same nacion and therfore were beires of the same promes whiche apperteined to the whole bodye of the people Gene. 12. 1. Gala. 3. 8. p Both Iewe ād Gentile q None are blessed but in Christ. r So that our regeneracion and newnes of life is inclosed vnder this blessing a It is to be thoght that this was the Captaine of the Romaines garison b The Sadduces were great enemies to this doctrine c The whole Church was increased to thys nomber d By whose autoritie or commaundement e For he colde not haue so spoken of him selfe f Iudges ought 〈◊〉 to condemne but approuue and commende that whiche is well done Psal. 117. 12. g Meaning Priestes Elders and Gouerners Isa. 28. 16. h For to vp hold the waight and force of the buyldyng Mat. 21. 42. Mark 12. 10. Luke 20. 17. Rom. 9. 33. 1. Peter 2. 7. i That is none other cause or meane k The wicked still rage against Christe thogh their owne conscience do condē ne them l They gaue commaundement to preach Christ no more m They preferre their autoritieto the ordinance of God n To the intent that we shulde beare witnes ād preache them o God hathe put a ring through the wickeds nosesso that he stay eth them their mischiuous purposes p To encourage one another and to 〈◊〉 God q They grounde their prasers vpō Gods promes who had assured that he wolde en large the kingdo me of Christ. Psal. 2. 1. r This is the verifying of the pro phecie s And appointed to be King t Power and 〈◊〉 u All things are done by the force of Gods purpo se according to the decree of his wil x Aswage their rage and malice which they entre prise against thee y They seke not how to liue at ease but whereby they may muste glorifie God Ephes. 1. 11. z This was a signe of Gods presence and the per formans of his promes a This boldenes and constancie declared that their praier toke effect b Of one minde wil consent and affection c Their hearts were so 〈◊〉 in God that being all membres of one bodie they colde not suffer their fellow membres to be destirute Chap. 2. 44. d As the Apostles suffred none to lacke so e The goods were not alike deuided amongs all but as euerie man had want so was his necessitie moderatly relieued S. Paul comm andeth that no idle loyterers be main teined 2. Thes. 3. 10. a Which signified their sacriledge distrust and hypocrisie b VVho moued thine heart to sel thy possession where as thou turnest parte to another vse as if God did not se thy dissimulatiō c His sinne there fore was so much greater in that he committed it willingly d Then no man was cōpelled to sel his 〈◊〉 nor to put his money to the cō mune vse e Because that God so disposed it f And to mocke him as if he shuld not haue knowē your craftie fetch which declareth that when men do any thing of an euil cōscience they do not onely pronoūce the sentēce of damna tiō vpō them selues but also prouoke the wrath of God because they do proue as it were purpose ly whether God be righteous and almightie g Read the anno ratiō vpon the figure 1. King 6. pa ge 152. h Because of their owne euil cōsciēces which made them to tremble for they that were not assured of Gods mercies in Christ were astonished at these his strange iudgements i That is thei gaue them great praise k VVhiche then were the chief among them l They were ful of blinde zeale emulation and ielousie in defen ce of their supersticion m That is of the liuelie doctrine whereby the way to life is declared n So that there was no fraude 〈◊〉 deceit nor negligence but it huelie 〈◊〉 forthe the power of God his pro uidence for his o He accuseth tl ē of rebellion and sedition p And to make
bread in the feast of the weks and in the feast of the Tabernacles and they shal not appeare before the Lord empty 17 Euerie man shall gyue accordyng to the gift of hys hande and accordynge to the blessing of the Lord thy God which he hath giuen theé 18 ¶ Iudges and officers shalt thou make thee in all thy cities whiche the Lord thy God gi ueth thee throughout thy tribes and they shall iudge the people with ryghteous iudgement 19 Wrest not thou the Lawe nor respect anye persone nether take reward for the reward blindeth the eyes of the wise ād peruerteth the wordes of the iust 20 That which is iust and right shalt thou followe that thou maiest liue and possesse the land which the Lord thy God giueth thee 21 ¶ Thou shalt plante thee no groue of anie trees nere vnto the altar of the Lorde thy God which thou shalt make thee 22 Thou shalte set thee vp no piller whiche thing the Lord thy God hateth CHAP. XVII 2 The punishment of the idolater 9 Hard controuersies are broght to the Priest and the iudge 12 The contemner muste dye 15 The election of the Kyng 16 and 17. What things he ought to auoide 18 And what he ought to imbrace 1 THou shalt offer vnto the Lorde thy God no bullocke nor shepe wherein is blemish or anie euill fauored thyng for that is an abominacion vnto the Lord thy God 2 ¶ If there be found among you in anie of thy cities whiche the Lord thy God giueth thee man or woman that hathe wroght wicked nes in the sight of the Lord thy God in trans gressing his couenant 3 And hathe gone and serued other gods and worshipped them as the sunne or the moone or anie of the hoste of heauen whiche I haue not commanded 4 And it be tolde vnto thee thou hast heard it then shalte thou inquire diligently and if it be true and the thing certeine that suche abominacion is wroght in Israél 5 Then shalte thou bryng forthe that man or that woman whyche haue committed that wicked thynge vnto thy gates whether it be man or woman ād shalt stone them with stones til they dye 6 * At the mouth of two or thre witnesses shal he that is worthy of death dye but at the mouth of one witnes he shal not dye 7 The hands of the witnesses shal be first vpon him to kil him and afterwarde the háds of all the people so thou shalt take the wicked away from among you 8 ¶ If there rise a matter to hard for thee in iudgement betwene blood and blood betwene plea and plea betwene plague plague in the matter of cōtrouersie within thy gates then shalt thou arise and go vp vnto the place which the Lord thy GOD shal chose 9 And thou shalt come vnto the Priests of the Leuites and vnto the iudge that shal be in those dayes and aske thei shal she we thee the sentence of iudgement 10 And thou shalt do according to that thing which they of that place which the Lord hathe chosen shewe thee and thou shalt obserue to do according to all that they informe thee 11 According to the Lawe which they shal teach thee and according to the iudgement whiche they shall tell thee shalte thou do thou shalt not decline from the thyng whiche they shall shewe thee nether to the right hand nor to the left 12 And that man that will do presumpteously not heark enyng vnto the Priest that standeth before the Lorde thy God to minister there or vnto the iudge that man shal dye and thou shalt take away euil from Israél 13 So all the people shall heare and feare and do no more presumpteously 14 ¶ When thou shalte come vnto the lande whiche the Lord thy God giueth thee and shalt possesse it and dwel therein if thou say I wil set a King ouerme like as all the nacions that are about me 15 Thē thou shalt make him King ouer thee whome the Lord thy God shal chose from amonge thy brethren shalte thou make a King ouer thee thou shalt not set a stranger ouer thee which is not thy brother 16 In anie wise he shal not prepare him manie horses nor bring the people againe to Egy pte for to increase the nōber of horses seing the Lord hathe said vnto you Ye shal hence forthe go no more againe that way 17 Nether shall he take hym manie wiues lest his heart turne away nether shal he gather him muche siluer and golde 18 And when he shall sit vppon the throne of his kyngdome then shall he write hym this Lawe repeted in a boke by the Priests of the Leuites 19 And it shal be wyth hym and he shall read therein all dayes of hys lyfe that he maye learne to feare the Lorde his God and to kepe all the wordes of this Lawe and these ordinances for to do them 20 That hys heart be not lyfted vp aboue hys brethren and that he turne not frome the commandement to the ryght hande or the left but that he maye prolong hys dayes in hys kyngdome he and hys sonnes in the middes of Israél CHAP. XVIII 3 The portion of the Leuites 6 Of the Leuite comming frome another palce 9 To auoyde the abominacion of the 〈◊〉 15 God wil not leaue them without a true Prophete 20 The false prophete shal be slayne 22 How he may be knowen 1 THe Priestes of the Leuites and all the tribe of Leui * shall haue no parte nor inheritance wyth Israél * but shall eat the offrings of the Lorde made by fire and his inheritance 2 Therefore shall they haue no inheritance among their brethren for the Lorde is their inheritance as he hathe said vnto them 3 ¶ And thys shal be the Priests duetie of the people that they whyche offer sacrifice whether it be bullocke or shepe shall giue vnto the Priest the shulder ād the two chekes and the mawe 4 The firste frutes also of thycorne of thy wine and of thine oyle and the firste of the flece of thy shepe shalt thou giue him 5 For the Lorde thy God hathe chosen hym out of all thy tribes to stande and minister in the Name of the Lorde him and hys sonnes for euer 6 ¶ Also when a Leuite shall come out of anie of thy cities of Israél where he remained and come wyth all the desire of hys hearte vnto the place whyche the LORD shall chose 7 He shall then minister in the Name of the Lord his God as al his brethren the Leuites whiche remaine there before the Lorde 8 They shall haue lyke porcions to eat beside that whiche commeth of hys sale of his patrimonie 9 When thou shalt come into the land whiche the Lorde thy God giueth thee thou shalte not learne to do after the
abominacions of those nacions 10 Let none be founde amonge you that maketh his sonne or his daughter to go throu ghe the fire or that vseth witchcraft or a regarder of times or a marker of the flying of foules or a sorcerer 11 Or * a charmer or that counselleth wyth spirits or a so the sayer or that * asketh coun sell at the dead 12 For all that do suche thyngs are abominacion vnto the Lorde and because of these abominacions the Lord thy God doeth caste them out before thee 13 Thou shalt be vpryght therefore with the Lord thy God 14 For these nacions whiche thou shalt possesse hearken vnto those that regarde the tymês and vnto sorcerers as for thee the Lord thy God hathe not suffered thee so 15 ¶ * The Lord thy God wil raise vp vnto thee a Prophet like vnto me frō amōg you euē of thy brethren vnto him ye shall hearken 16 According to all that thou desiredst of the Lorde thy God in Horéb in the day of the assemblie when thou saidest * Let me heare the voyce of my Lord God no more nor se this great fire anie more that I dye not 17 And the Lord said vnto me They haue wel spoken 18 * I wil raise thē vp a Prophet from among their brethren like vnto thee will put my wordes in his mouth he shall speake vnto them all that I shal commande him 19 And whosoeuer will not hearken vnto my wordes which he shall speake in my Name I wil require it of him 20 But the prophet that shal presume to spake a worde in my Name whiche I haue not commanded him to speake or that spaketh in the name of other gods euen the same prophet shaldye 21 And if thou thinke in thine heart How shall we knowe the worde which the Lord hathe not spoken 22 When a prophet speaketh in the Name of the Lord if the thing follow not nor come to passe that is the thyng whiche the Lorde hathe not spoken but the prophet hathe spoken it presumpteously thou shalt not therefore be afrayed of him CHAP. XIX 2 The franchised townes 14 Not to remoue thy Neighbours 〈◊〉 16 The punishment of him that heareth false witnes 1 WHen the Lorde thy God * shall roote out the nacions whose land the Lorde thy GOD giueth thee and thou shalt posselfe them and dwel in their cities in their houses 2 * Thou shalt separate thre cities for thee in the middes of thy land which the Lord thy God giueth thee to possesse it 3 Thou shalt prepare thee the waie deuide the coastes of the land whiche the Lord thy God giueth thee to inherit into thre partes that euerie manslayer may fleeth ether 4 ¶ This also is the cause wherefore the 〈◊〉 shall flee thether and liue who so killeth his neighbour ignorantly and hated him not in time passed 5 As he that goeth vnto the wood with hys neighbour to hewe wood his hand striketh with the axe to cut downe the tre if the head slip from the helue and hitte his neighbour that he dyeth the same 〈◊〉 flee vnto one of the cities and liue 6 Lest the* auenger of the blood followe after the manslaier while his heart is chafed and ouertake hym because the way is long and slay him althogh he be not worthi of death because he hated him not in time passed 7 Wherefore I commande thee saying Thou shalt appoint out thre cities for thee 8 And when the Lord thy God enlargeth thy coastes as he hath sworne vnto thy fathers and giueth thee al the land which he promised to giue vnto thy fathers 9 If thou kepe all these commandements to do them whiche I commande thee this day to wit that thou loue the Lord thy GOD and walke in his waies for euer * thē shalt thou adde thre cities mo for thee besides those thre 10 That innocent blood be not shed within thy land whiche the Lorde thy God giueth thee to inherit lest blood be vpon thee 11 ¶ But if a man hate his neighbour and laye waite for him and rise against him and smite any man that he dye and flee vnto any of these cities 12 Then the Elders of his citie shall send and fet hym thence and deliuer hym into the hands of the auenger of the blood that he may dye 13 Thine eie shal not spare him but thou shalt put away the crye of innocent blood from Israél that it may go wel with thee 14 ¶ Thou shalt not remoue thy neighbours marke whiche they of olde time haue set in thine inheritance that thou shalt inherit in the land whiche the Lorde thy God giueth thee to possesse it 15 ¶ * One witnes shal not rise again a man for any trespas or for any sinne or for any faute that he offendeth in * but at the mouth of two witnesses or at the mouthe of thre witnesses shall the matter be stablished 16 ¶ If a false witnes rise vp against a man to accuse him of trespasse 17 Thē bothe the men whiche striue together shall stand before the Lord euen before the Priests and the Iudges whiche shal be in those daies 18 And the Iudges shall make diligent inquisicion if the witnes be founde false and hathe giuen false witnes against his brother 19 * Thē shal ye do vnto him as he had thoght to do vnto his brother so thou shalt take euil away for the of the middes of thee 20 And the rest shal heare this and feare and shall hence for the commit no more any such wickednes among you 21 Therefore thine 〈◊〉 shal haue no cōpassion but * life for life eie for eie to the for to the hand for hand fote for fote CHAP. XX. 3 The 〈◊〉 of the Priest when the Israelites go to battel 3 The exhortacion of the office shewyng who shulde go to battel 10 Peace must first be proclamed 19 The trees that beare frute must not be destroyed 1 WHen thou shalt go forthe to warre against thine enemies and shaltse horses and charets and people mo then thou be not afraied of thē for the Lord thy God is with thee which broght thee out of the land of Egypt 2 And when ye are come nere vnto the battel then the Priest shall come forthe to speake vnto the people 3 And shal say vnto thē Heare ô Israél ye are 〈◊〉 this day vnto battell against your 〈◊〉 * let not your hearts faint nether feare nor be amased nor adread of them 4 For the Lord your God goeth 〈◊〉 you to fight for you against your enemies and to saue you 5 ¶ And let the officers speake vnto the people saying What man is there that 〈◊〉 buylt a newe house and hath not dedicate 〈◊〉 let
that were at Anathoth in the land of Beniamin 2 To whome the worde of the Lord came in the daies of Iosiah the sonne of Amōn King of Iudáh in the thirtenth yere of his reigne 3 And also in the daies of Iehoiakim the sonne of Iosiah King of Iudah vnto the end of the eleuenth yere of Zedekiáh the sonne of Iosiáh King of Iudáh euen vnto the carying awaie of Ierusalém captiuitie in the fift moneth 4 Then the worde of the Lord come vntō me saying 5 Before I formed thee in the wombe I knewe thee and before thou camest out of the wombe I sāctified thee ordeined thee to be a Prophet vnto the nations 6 Then said I Oh Lord God beholde I can not speake for I am a childe 7 But the lord said vnto me Saie not I am a childe for thou shalt go to all that I shal sent thee and whatsoeuer I commāde thee shalt thou speake 8 Be not afraied of their faces for I am with thee to deliuer thee saith the Lord 9 Then the Lord stretched out his hand and touched my mouth and the Lord said vn to me Beholde I haue put my wordes in thy mouth 10 Beholde this daie haue I set thee ouer the nations ouer the kingdomes to plucke vp and to roote out and to destroy and throwe downe to buylde and to plant 11 After this the worde of the Lord came vnto me saying Ieremiáh what seest thou And I said I se a rod of an almonde tre 12 Thē said the Lord vnto me Thou hast sene aright for I wil hastē my word to performe it 13 Againe the worde of the Lord came vnto me the seconde time saying What seest thou And I said I se a seething pot loking out of the North. 14 Then said the Lord vnto me Out of the North shall a plague be spred vpō all the inhabitants of the land 15 For lo I will call all the families of the kingdomes of the North saith the Lord and they shall come and euerye one shall set hys throne in the entring of the gates of Ierusalém and on all the walles thereof round about in all the cities of Iudáh 16 And I will declare vnto them my iudgements touching all the wickednes of them that haue for saken me and haue burnt incense vnto other Gods and worshiped the workes of their owne hands 17 Thou therefore trusse vp thy loynes and arise and speake vnto them all that I comman de thee be not afrayed of their faces lest I destroye thee before them 18 For I beholde I this day haue made thee a defenced Citie and an yron piller and walles of brasse agaynste the whole land agaynste the Kings of Iudáh and against the princes thereof agaynste the Priestes therof and against the people of the land 19 For they shall fight against thee but they shal nor preuaile against thee for I am with thee to deliuer thee saith the Lord. CHAP. II. 2 God rehearseth his benefites done vnto the Iewes 8 Against the Priests and false prophetes 12 The Iewes are destroyed because they forsake God 1 MOreouer the worde of the Lord came vnto me saying 2 Go cry in the eares of Ierusalē saying Thus saith the Lord I remēber thee with the kindenes of thy youth the loue of thy mariage whē thou wētest after me in the wildernes in a land that was not sowen 3 Israél was as a thynge halowed vnto the Lord and his first frutes all they that eat it shal offend euill shall come vpon them saith the Lord. 4 Heare ye the worde of the Lord ô house of Iaakōb and all the families of the house of Israél 5 Thus saith the Lord What iniquitie haue your fathers founde in me that they are gone farre from me and haue walked after vanitie and are become vaine 6 For they said not Where is the Lord that broght vs vp out of the lande of Egypte that led vs through the wildernes through a desert and waste land through a drye land and by the shadowe of death by a land that no man passed through where no man dwelt 7 And I broght you into a plentifull countrey to eat the frute thereof and the commodities of the same but when ye entred ye defiled my land and made mine heritage an abominacion 8 The Priests said not Where is the Lord they that shulde minister the Law knewe me not the pastours also offēded agaīst me the prophetes prophecied in Báal wēt after things that did not profite 9 Wherefore I wil yet plead with you saith the Lord and I wil plead with your childrens children 10 For go ye to the yles of Chittim and beholde and sent vnto Kedar and take diligent hede and se whether there be suche things 11 Hathe anie nation changed their Gods which yet are no gods but my people ha ue changed their glorie for that which doeth not profite 12 Oye heauēs be astonied at this be afraied and vtterly confounded saith the Lord. 13 For my people haue committed two euils they haue forsaken me the fountaine of liuing waters to digge them pittes euen broken pittes that can holde no water 14 Is Israél a seruant or is he borne in the house why then is he spoiled 15 The lions roared vpon him and yelled they haue made his land waste his cities are burnt without an inhabitant 16 Also the childrē of z Noph and Tahapanés haue broken thine head 17 Hast not thou procured this vnto thy self because thou hast forsaken the Lord thy God when he led thee by the way 18 And what hast thou now to do in the way of Egypt to drinke the water of Nilus or what makest thou in the way of Asshūr to drinke the water of the Riuer 19 Thine owne wickednes shal correct thee and thy turnings backe shal reproue thee knowe therefore and beholde that it is an euil thing and bitter that thou hast for saken the Lord thy God and that my feare is not in thee saith the lord God of hostes 20 For of olde time I haue broken thy yoke and burst thy bonds and thou saidest I wil nomore transgresse but like an harlot thou runnest about vpon all hie hilles and vnder all grene trees 21 Yet I had planted thee a noble vine whose plants were all natural how then art thou turned vnto me īto the plāts of a strāgevine 22 Thogh thou wash thee with nitre and take thee muche sope yet thine iniquitie is marked before me saithe the Lord God 23 How canst thou say I am not polluted nether haue I followed Baalim beholde thy wayes in the valley and knowe what thouhast done thou art like a swift dromedarie that runneth
by his waies 24 And as a wilde asse vsed to the wildernes that snoffeth vp the winde by occasiō at her pleasure who can turne her backe all thei that seke her will not weary them selues but wil finde her in her moneth 25 Kepe thou thy fete frome barenes and thy throte from thirst but thou saidst desperatly No for I haue loued strangers them 〈◊〉 followe 26 As the thefe is ashamed whē he is found so is the house of Israél ashamed thei their Kings their princes and their Priests and their Prophetes 27 Saying to a tre Thou art my father and to a stone Thou hast begotten me for they haue turned their backe vnto me and not their face but in the time of their trouble they wil say Arise and helpe vs. 28 But where are thy Gods that thou hast made thee let them arise if thei can helpe thee in the time of thy trouble for according to the nomber of thy cities are thy Gods ô Iudáh 29 Wherefore will ye pleade with me ye all haue rebelled agaynste me saieth the Lord. 30 I haue smitten your childrē in vaine they receiued no correction your owne sword hathe deuoured your Prophetes like a destroying lyon 31 O generacion take hede to the worde of the Lord haue I bene as a wildernes vnto Israél or a land of darkenes Wherefore saith my people then We are Lords we wil come no more vnto thee 32 Can a maide forget her ornament or a bride her at tire yet my people haue forgotten me daies without nomber 33 Why doest thou prepare thy way to seke amitie euen therfore wil I teach thee that thy waies are wickednes 34 Also in thy winges is founde the blood of the soules of the poore innocēts I haue not founde it in holes but vppon all these places 35 Yet thou saist Because I am giltles surely his wrath shal turne from me behold I wil entre with thee into iudgement because thou saiest I haue not sinned 36 Why runnest thou aboute so muche to change thy waies for thou shalt be confounded of Egypt as thou art confounded of Asshúr 37 For thou shalt go forthe from thence and thine hāds vpon thine head because the Lord hathe reiected thy confidence and thou shalt not prosper thereby CHAP. III. God calleth his people vnto repentance 14 He promiseth the restitucion of his Churche 20 He reproueth Iudáh and Israél comparing them to a woman disobedient to her housband 1 THey say If a man put away his wife she go from him and become another mans shal he returne againe vnto her shal not this land be polluted but thou hast plaied the harlot with manie louers yet turne againe to me saith the Lord. 2 Lift vp thine eies vnto the high places beholde where thou hast not plaied the harlot thou hast sit waiting for thē in the waies as the Arabian in the wildernes thou hast polluted the lād with thy whoredomes and with thy malice 3 Therefore the showres haue bene restrained and the latter raine came not and thou haddest a whores forheade thou woldest not be ashamed 4 Didest thou not stil crye vnto me Thou art my father and the guide of my youth 5 Wil he kepe his angre for euer wil he reserue it to the end thus hast thou spoken but thou doest euil euen more and more 6 The Lord said also vnto me in the daies of Iosiáh the King Hast thou sene what thys rebell Israél hathe done for she hathe gone vp vpon euerye high mountaine and vnder euery grenetre and there plaied the harlot 7 And I said when she had done all this Turne thou vnto me but she returned not as her rebellious sister Iudáh sawe 8 When I sawe how that by all occasions rebellious Israél had plaied the harlot I cast her away and gaue her a byll of deuorcement yet her rebellious sister Iudáh was not afrayed but she went also and plaied the harlot 9 So that for the lightnes of her whoredome she hathe euen defiled the land for she hathe committed fornicacion with stones and stockes 10 Neuertheles for all this her rebellious sister Iudáh hathe not returned vnto me with her whole heart but fainedly saith the Lord. 11 And the Lord said vnto me The rebellious Israél hathe iustified her selfe more then the rebellious Iudáh 12 Go and crye these wordes towarde the North and saie Thou disobedient Israél returne saith the Lord and I will not let my wrath fall vpon you for I am mercifull saith the Lord and I will not alwaye kepe mine angre 13 But know thine iniquitie for thou hast rebelled against the Lord thy God and hast scattered thy waies to the strange gods vnder euerie grene tre but ye wolde not obeye my voyce saith the Lord. 14 Oye disobedient children turne againe saith the Lord for I am your Lord and I wil take you one of a citie and two of a tribe and wil bring you to Ziōn 15 And I wil giue you pastours according to mine heart which shal fede you with know ledge and vnderstanding 16 Moreouer when ye be increased and multiplied in the land in those daies saith the Lord thei shal say no more The Arke of the couenant of the Lord for it shal come no more to minde nether 〈◊〉 thei remember it nether shal they visit it for that shal be no more done 17 At that time they shall call Ierusalē The throne of the 〈◊〉 and all the nacions shal be gathered vnto it euē to the Name of the Lord in Ierusalém and thence forth they shal follow no more the hardenes of their wicked heart 18 In those daies the house of Iudáh shall walke with the house of Israél they shal come together out of the lād of the North into the land that I haue giuen for an inheritance vnto your fathers 19 But I said How did I take thee for childrē and giue thee a pleasant lande euen the glorious heritage of the armies of the heathen and said Thou shalt call me saying My father and shalt not turne from me 20 But as a woman rebelleth agaynste her housbād so haue ye rebelled against me ô house of Israél saith the Lord. 21 A voyce was heard vpō the high places weping and supplicacions of the children of Israél for thei haue peruerted their way and forgotten the Lord their God 22 Oye disobedient children returne and I will heale your rebellions Be holde we come vnto thee for thou art the Lord our God 23 Truely the hope of the hilles is but vaine no the multitude of mountaines but in the Lord our God is the health of Israél 24 For confusion hathe deuoured our Fathers labour from our youth theyr shepe and their bullockes their sonnes theyr daughters 25 We lie downe in our confusion
they 〈◊〉 hym a right so 〈◊〉 did he preserue and prosper them i Or grandmother and herein he shewed that 〈◊〉 lacked 〈◊〉 for she ought to haued 〈◊〉 bothe by the 〈◊〉 and by the Lawe of God but he ga ue place to foolishe pitie and wolde also seme after a 〈◊〉 to satisfie the Law k VVhich partely came through lacke of zeale in hym partelye through the negligence of hys officers and part ly by the 〈◊〉 cion of the people that all were not taken away l Because that God was called the God of Israél by reason of his promes to Iaakob therefore Israélis some time taken for Iudah because Iudah was hys chief people m In respect of his predecessors a VVho reigned after Nadab the sonne of Ieroboam b He fortified 〈◊〉 with walles and ditches it was a citie in Beniamin nere to 〈◊〉 “ Or Darmasek c He thoght to re pulse his aduersa rie by an vnlawfull meanes that is by seking helpe of infideles as they that 〈◊〉 Turkes amitie thinkyng therby to make thē selues more strong “ Or Prophet Chap. 14 9. 2. Mac. 9 5. 12 22. †Ebr. prison house d Thus in 〈◊〉 of turning to God by repentan ce he disdained the admonicion of the Prophet and punished him as the wicked do whē they be tolde of their fautes “ 〈◊〉 goutie or swollen “ Or to the top of his head e God plagued his rebellion and hereby declareth that it is nothing to beginne wel except we so cōtinue to the end that is zealous of Gods glorie put 〈◊〉 whole trust in him f He sheweth that it is in vaine to seke to the Phisitians except first we seke to God to purge our sinnes which are the chief cause of all our diseases after vse the help of the phisitian as a meane by whome GOD worketh a That is his vertuest meaning be fore he had committed with Bathshéba and against 〈◊〉 b Soght not helpe at strange gods †Ebr. Worke. c He gaue him selfe wholy to serue the Lord. d He knewe it was in vaine to professe religion except such were appointed which colde instruct the people in the same and had au toritie to put away all idolatrie e Thus God prospereth all suche that with a pure heart seke his glo rie and kepeth their enemies in feare that thei cā not be able to execute their rage against thē †Ebr. in his hand Or next to him f Meaning which was a Nazarian g That is they were as his ordi narie garde 1. King 22 〈◊〉 a For Iorám Iehoshaphats sonne maried Ahabs daughter b That is 〈◊〉 third yere 1. King 〈◊〉 c To recouer it out of the hands of the 〈◊〉 d Heare the adui se of some Prophet to knowe whether it be Gods wil. e VVhiche were the Prophetes of Báal 〈◊〉 that the wicked esteme not but flatterers suche as wil beare with their inordinate affections f Yet the true mi 〈◊〉 of GOD ought not to cea se to do their due tie thogh the wic ked magistrates 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 abide thē to speake the 〈◊〉 g Meaning that he ought not to refuse to heare 〈◊〉 that was of God h That is in their 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 apparel i Read 1. King 22 11. k Thinking that where a foure 〈◊〉 dreth 〈◊〉 had 〈◊〉 in one thing that he being but one man and in least estimation durst not gaine say it l He 〈◊〉 this by 〈◊〉 of the false 〈◊〉 as the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 perceiued m He 〈◊〉 how the people shulde be dispersed Aháb steane n Meaning his Angels “ Or deceiue o That is the Lord. p So they that wil not 〈◊〉 the trueth God sendeth strong delusion that they shulde beleue lyes 2. Thess 2 〈◊〉 q By this 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 hypocrisie was discouered thus the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 which they haue not and declare t eir malice against them in whome the true Spirit is r Kepe him streict ly in 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 him fele hungre and thirst “ Or 〈◊〉 s Thus the wicked thinke by their owne 〈◊〉 to escape Gods 〈◊〉 which he threatneth by his word r He 〈◊〉 to the Lord by acknow ledging his 〈◊〉 in going with this wicked King to warre against the worde of the Lord by his Pro phet and also by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for the same †〈◊〉 in his 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 “ Or betwene the habergine u He 〈◊〉 his hurt that his souldiers might fight more couragiously †Ebr. in peace a He declareth that the wrath and iudgement of God is oueral suche that supporte the wicked and rather shewe not in dede that they are enemies to all suche as hate the Lord. †Ebr. wrath frō the Lord. b He visited all his 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 hys people frome 〈◊〉 to the know ledge of the true God c Bothe to preser 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 if you do iustely or to punish you if you do 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 10. 17. d He wil declare by thes 〈◊〉 of the punishmēt 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 all 〈◊〉 Iob. 4 15. Act. 10. 〈◊〉 Rom. 2. 11. Gal. 2. 6. Ephe 6 9. Col. 〈◊〉 26. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 e The 〈◊〉 ād 〈◊〉 whiche 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to the 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 f 〈◊〉 is to trye 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ur ther was done at 〈◊〉 or els 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Nomb. 35 11. 〈◊〉 4. 〈◊〉 g Meaning that God 〈◊〉 punish them 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 if they wold not execut 〈◊〉 right h Shalbe 〈◊〉 o 〈◊〉 of the pu 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 easine i They shal haue 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 causes k 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a That is which 〈◊〉 the Ammonites in langage apparel The 〈◊〉 thinke that they were the 〈◊〉 but as mai 〈◊〉 by the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 they were the 〈◊〉 of moūt Seir. b Called the dead sea where God 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 cities for sinne c This declareth what the 〈◊〉 of the godlie is whiche is as a pricke to stirre them to prayer ād to depend on the Lord where as it moueth the wicked ether to seke after world ly meanes ād po licies or els to fal into despaire d He 〈◊〉 his prayer vpon Goddes power whereby he is able to helpe ād also on his mercie which he wil continue toward his for as muche as he hathe once chosen them and begonne to shew his graces to warde them e Meaning warre whiche commeth by Gods iuste iudgements for our sinnes f That is it is here called vpon and thou declarest thy presence and fauour 1. King 8. 〈◊〉 Chap. 6. 28. Deut. 2. 9. Nehem. 13. 3. g VVe onely put our truste in thee and waite for our deliuerance from heauen h That is before the Arke of the couenant i VVhiche was moued by the Spirit of God to prophecie k They fight againste God and not agaynst you therefore he wil fight for you Exod. 14. 〈◊〉 “ Or 〈◊〉 l Declaryng his faith and obediē ce to the worde of the Lord and giuing thankes for the deliueran 〈◊〉
promised Giue credit to their wordesand doctrine This was a psal me of thankes gi uing which they vsed communely to sing when they praised the Lord for his benefites and was made by Dauid Psal. 〈◊〉 o Meanyng the Idumeans which dwelt in mount 〈◊〉 p Thus the Lord according to Iehoshaphats prai er declared hys power when he deliue ed 〈◊〉 by causing their ene mies to kill one another q To giue thākes to the Lorde for the victorie and therefore the val ley was called Berachah that is blessing or thanke giuīg whiche wasalsocalled the valley of Iehosha phat Ioél 3. 2. 12. because the Lord iudged the enemies according to Iehos haphats prayer He declareth 〈◊〉 that the 〈◊〉 of God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or destruction to his enemies 〈◊〉 King 22. 42. s Meaning in his vertues ād those waies wherein he followed God t If the great care and 〈◊〉 of this good 〈◊〉 was not able vtterly to abolishe all superstition and 〈◊〉 out of thys people but that they wolde still 〈◊〉 their 〈◊〉 and idolatrie howe muche 〈◊〉 are they able 〈◊〉 refor me euill whiche ether haue litle zeale or not such as he had thogh herein hewas 〈◊〉 to be excused 1 King 16. 1. u Thus GOD wolde not haue his to ioyne in 〈◊〉 with 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 ked men 1. King 22. 49. a Read chap. 15. 17 how by Israel 〈◊〉 ment Iudah 2. King 8. 16. b Because the wic ked liue euer in 〈◊〉 ād also are ambitious they become cruel ād spare not to mur ther thē whome by nature they ought 〈◊〉 to cherishe and defende c Meanyng of Iu dah and Beniamin d So that we se howe it cannot be that we shuld ioyne with the wicked and 〈◊〉 God 2. 〈◊〉 7. 12. 1. King 2. 4. and 9. 5. 2. King 8. 19. Chap. 6. 16. e Read 〈◊〉 King 〈◊〉 22. f Meaning idola trie because that the idolater brea keth promes with GOD 〈◊〉 as doeth the adulteresse to her housband g Some thinke that this was Elishá so called because he had the Spirit in abū dance as had Eliáh h we se this exā ple daily practised vpon them that fall away 〈◊〉 God and becomeidolaters murtherers of their brethren i There were other Arabians in 〈◊〉 Southward toward Egypt k Called also Aha ziáh as Chap. 22 1 〈◊〉 Azariáh 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 l That is assome write hewas not regarded but deposed for his wic kednes idolatrie so that his sonne reigned 22 yeres his father yet lyuing with out honour after his fathers death he was cō 〈◊〉 to reigne 〈◊〉 as Chap. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 2 King 8 24. a Meaning the 〈◊〉 b Read Chap. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 c That is after the death of his 〈◊〉 d She was 〈◊〉 daughter who 〈◊〉 the sonne of 〈◊〉 e He sheweth that it 〈◊〉 followe that the rulers 〈◊〉 suche as theit counselers be and that there can not be a good King that suffreth wicked counselers f Hereby we se hownothing can come to any but by Godsprouiden ce and as he 〈◊〉 appointed therefore he causeth al meanes to serue to his wil. “ Or toke vengeance 2 King 〈◊〉 7. g This was the 〈◊〉 plague of God because he ioyned him selfe with Gods enemies yet God to declare the worthines of 〈◊〉 phāt his grand father moued them togiue him the honour of burval h To the intent that there shulde be none to make title to the crowne and so she might vsurpe the gouernement 2 King 11. 1. i Meaning in the chāberwhere the Priests and Leuites slept which kept their courses weekly in the Temple k To wit of 〈◊〉 dáh a Of the reigne of Athaliá or after the death of Ahaziáh 2. 〈◊〉 11. 4. b Meaning of 〈◊〉 dáh Beniamin read Why they are called Israél Chap 15. 17. 2 Sam. 7. 12. 1 King 2. 4. Chap. 21. 7. 2. King 11. 6. c Which Was the chief gate of the Temple toWard the East d Meaning to make any 〈◊〉 te or to hinder their 〈◊〉 e Which had 〈◊〉 their course on the Sabbath and so the other part entred to kepe their turne f 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Where 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 stode g That is the 〈◊〉 ke of the Law or as 〈◊〉 they put 〈◊〉 him 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 parel “ Or sawe the King standing h Declaring 〈◊〉 vile impudencie Which hauing vn iustly and by murther vsurped the crowne Wol de shl haue defea red the true 〈◊〉 and therefore called true 〈◊〉 treasō i To ioyne 〈◊〉 her partie to 〈◊〉 her 〈◊〉 k That they Wold onely serue him and renounce all 〈◊〉 l According to their couenane made to the Lord. m As the Lord commanded in his Lawe bothe for the persone and also the 〈◊〉 Deu. 13 9 15. “ Or charge Nomb. 28 〈◊〉 n VVhiche Was the principal gate that the King might be sene of all the people o For Where a tyrant an idolater reigneth there can be no quietnes for the plagues of GOD are ouer among such people 2. King 12 〈◊〉 a VVho Was a faithful 〈◊〉 and gouerned him by the Word of God 〈◊〉 Or gaue him two Wiues b He meaneth not the ten tribes but onely the two tribes of 〈◊〉 Beniamin c For he Was the hie Priest Exod. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 d The Scripture doeth terme her thus because she Was a 〈◊〉 mur therer and a blas phemous 〈◊〉 2. King 12 9. Exod. 30. 〈◊〉 e Suche as Were faythfull men 〈◊〉 the King had 〈◊〉 for that matter f Signifiyng that this thyng 〈◊〉 done by 〈◊〉 and counsel and 〈◊〉 by a y one 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 †Ebr. a medicine Was vpon the Worke meaning it Was 〈◊〉 g 〈◊〉 the Wicked Kings his 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 nad destroyed the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 h Signifiynge 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 colde not honour him to 〈◊〉 Who had so 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 se ued in the 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 and in the 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 We 〈◊〉 i 〈◊〉 Were 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and knew now that the 〈◊〉 Was de 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 did 〈◊〉 ouer him a afathe ād 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 hym to 〈◊〉 vile 〈◊〉 k They 〈◊〉 hea uen and earthād all 〈◊〉 to Witnes that 〈◊〉 returned to the Lord he 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 their infide 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 l In a place aboue the people to the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 be heard m 〈◊〉 is no ra 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 as of thē Whose hea 〈◊〉 God hathe harde ned and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in su 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 ād pure sim 〈◊〉 of hys Worde n Reuenge my death and 〈◊〉 my blood at your hands or he speaketh this by 〈◊〉 because he knewe that God 〈◊〉 do it This 〈◊〉 is also called the sonne of 〈◊〉 Mat. 〈◊〉 35. because his progenitours 〈◊〉 Iddo 〈◊〉 Iehoiadá c. o That 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and cheked him handeled him rigorously p Meaning zacharie Which Was one of Iehoiadas sonnes and a 〈◊〉 phet